Home

DirectMail

1. ueeeseeeeeeeeeeeee esee cr 333 191 MersionS 14 uh eo ee o ate a NU OG ERR CGU eed 333 19 27 Version emen emi Cuenta tentata Mens 333 19 35 Versioni 9 40 iui emen ode Dent ae a tet e ae ede 334 20 0 INDEX ee ee ee e 337 DirectMail Table of Contents Page 7 Page 8 General Information DirectMail 1 0 General Information 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 DirectMail is a product in the new TOOLMAKER series of e business solutions DirectMail allows you to send and receive email from any iSeries screen whether you are working on a terminal or a PC Goals and benefits Here are some of the special features of DirectMail which distinguish it from other products Runs on Series RISC systems Outstandingly suitable for internal and external communications as a successor program to OfficeVision Easy to use for both PC Series emulation and terminal users Incoming Mail Assistant with many functions supporting process automation Email API for the integration of DirectMail into your iSeries applications Spool option for sending iSeries spoolfiles in the original format or in a range of PC file formats AutoMail for the automated sending of spoolfiles to recipients in a range of PC file formats for orders quotes mailshots etc Central administration and maintenance Terms of use DirectMail 400 software may be used only on the machine identified in the product order Changing the m
2. KISSO0 Rame Library 27 ex eit KISS Name LIBL Parameter Start Substr End Substr Mr Field Valu Len Find Pos Find Pos 1 MAILID 20 NONE 0 NONE 0 2 MAILBOX 10 NONE H NONE 0 3 WsosE NORE D NONE 0 4 NONE tC NOR AE 2008 9 5 HORE NONE 0 NONE 0 6 NONE NOME H MOE D 7 HONE NONE Q NONE 0 SG amp NEE D RE 9 NONE NONE 0 NONE 2 NONE Not used BLANK F3 Exit FA Prompt F12 Cancel 0197 Edit exit program The sources of the optional parameters can be selected from the available parameters using the F4 key Page 180 260Fncoming Mail Assistant DirectMail Select DirectMail parameter DSTEXTPGM Select option press enter l Selecat Op Value Distribution Exit Program Parameters Len ll account POP Account 10 ATTACH N Attachment n 100 ATTACHTOT Total number of attachments 5 0 5 _ MAILBOX Mailbox 10 _ MAILID Mail ID 20 RCVDATE Date Time received YYYYMMDDHHMMSS 14 SNDDATE Date Time sent YYYMMDDHHMMSS 14 SNDEMAIL Sender s email address BO F3 Exit F5 Refresh Fl2 Cancel LR 9 o 8 3 4 9 9 RON 9 8 8 9 3 9 9 99 RN R3 3 9 9 o9 o9 on 0198 Select parameter Define variably the parameters really transferred to your program and their length as described in the example hereafter WOROS O9 8 93 9 98 2 9 9 9 9 93 9 ON O3 3 9 8 3 9 8 883 39 88 398 83 9 9 8848 8898 N39 9 98 4 9 9 ono o9 o9 on on Edit Exit P
3. ORIG Compress data ae NO NO YES Deem air a a app n NO _ HO YES Add to email text HO NO YES ALT File ss se we we ewe we wow ww OS Name Library Name LIBL CURLIB Member o we ass enn e FIRST _ Name FIRST Output format TXT TXT CSV HTML DBASE3 Add field description HO NO YES Columnseparation with blanks 2 0 20 NONE Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0258 Attach database file Object type TYPE In this case FILE Alias filename ALIAS The name with which the file should be attached to the email ORIG stands for original name of file Compress data COMPRESS Specify whether the file should be zipped before being sent The file can then be unzipped by the recipient with a standard program like PKUNZIP WINZIP etc DirectMail supports the GZIP format as a pack format The values allowed are YES The file is packed before being attached to the email NO The file is not packed before being attached to the email Delete object DLT Specify whether the file should be deleted after being attached DirectMail Email APIs Page 261 The values allowed are YES The spoolfile is deleted after being attached to the email NO The spoolfile is not deleted Attach to email text ADDTOTXT Specify whether the file should be sent as an attachment or as a text The values allowed
4. Page AutoMail 230 DirectMail OWNER The owner codepage is used SYSVAL The system codepage is used CCSID The codepage entered is used Pages without email address Outqueue library Spool files are put into the specified queues as no email address has been determined The values allowed are Name The name of an output queue through which the document can then be printed or which may serve as a buffer for identifying missing email addresses and for re sending the document after completion of the master files NONE The spoolfile is put into a separate output queue MAILBOX The spoolfile is not put into a separate queue but sent to the owner of the mailbox Library Library of the outqueue Hold With this parameter spoolfiles not processed can be held The values allowed are Y Yes the spoolfile is put into the output queue with the status HLD after being processed N No the spoolfile is not held after processing 12 6 2 Spool export In order to make spoolfiles sent with AutoMail available for further processing the function Spool export is available which you can activate with F 10 as well as option Spool and Spool export The following parameters have to be seen as succeeding parameters i e at first the spoolfile is exported then optionally a CSV file Then an Exit Program or a command for archiving is executed and at last the created files Spool CSV are deleted optionally Dire
5. X File cens DBFILE X Library X Member DBMBR X Output format DBOUTFMT X Add field description DBFLDDSC X Column separation with spaces COLSEPSPC X 13 1 2 1 Attach PC documents PC documents are also accessible to the iSeries through the Integrated File System IFS DirectMail uses this function to access PC files Output in email API WRTEMLAPI Type choices press Enter Objecttype e ee IFS SPLF SAVF IFS FILE Alias filename ORIG Compress data NO NO YES Delete object NO NO YES Add to email text NO NO YES ALT INFE Geet y x uos wo Search subdirectories NO NO YES More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0253 Attach PC documents page 1 Object type TYPE Specify which type of object you want to attach in this case IFS Alias filename ALIAS The name with which the file should be attached to the email ORIG stands for the original name of the file Compress data COMPRESS Specify whether the file should be zipped before being sent The file can then be unzipped by the recipient with a standard program like PKUNZIP WINZIP etc DirectMail supports the GZIP format as a pack format The values allowed are YES The file is packed before being attached to the email Page 252 Email APIs DirectMail
6. ARST Restores the previously saved graphic settings Recursion allowed ABOK text Creates a bookmark for the current page Test Text for the bookmark Note With AutoMail index values in the text can be stated with amp INDEX for example These are then replaced when being processed by AutoMail by the index value 12 7 3 Work with functions With this function which you can call from the menu item Extras all the selected functions are also shown to you for direct changes Page 242 AutoMail DirectMail Work With AutoMail Functions TESTO test gt Select option press enter 2 Change 4 Delete 5 Display Start End Target Op Type Rw co Rw Co Rw co Count Parameter PM o EH InsRow 5 1 D InsCol 31 1 H Movaira 4 39 7 59 11 59 H Bottom E3 Exit F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel r1i Top F1S8 Bottom DirectMail 400 c 1999 2005 by Toolmaker Software GmbH Kaufering 0248 Work with functions 12 8 Work with spoolfile bundles With AutoMail you can bundle spoolfiles For this you can specify when the bundle should be closed The creation of the bundle is described in chapter Spool options Bundling Automail collects all spooled files with SCS content and converts them as there was only one big spooled file With the option 10 Bundles in WRKATMDEF Work with Automail definitions you can see the status of the bundle together with the already bundled files The files must not exist if the bundl
7. File decompression Page 130 A221Fttachments DirectMail 9 0 E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures The following describes encryption and the use of digital signatures 9 1 Encryption DirectMail can send e mail encrypted in S MIME format with 128 bit encryption and a certificate You can also encrypt sent PDF files with up to 128 bit encryption without certification 9 2 General S Mime stands for Secure Multimedia Internet Mail Extensions and represents an extension of the MIME standards for secure e mail transmission S Mime uses the called public private key method This concept eliminates some fundamental weaknesses in the transmission process In particular it is not sufficient to intercept a code sent before the message is transmitted In order to apply this encryption method correctly it is important to understand its essential features and procedures S MIME supports both signing and encryption of e mail A signature is a guarantee to the recipient that the e mail has not been changed during transmission over the internet A signed e mail is not encrypted and could therefore be read by an unauthorised person Mail is always signed with the sender s private key As the sender s public key is always attached to a signed e mail the receiver can validate the signature using the sender s attached public key Encryption ensures that the mail cannot be read by third parties Mail is encrypted with the recip
8. Install hardware and software described in the chapter titled Installation Configure TCP IP and a Mailbox described in the chapter titled iSeries Configuration for email ADDLI BLE DI RMAIL GO EMAIL Option 7 Work with Emails described in chapter Work with Emails DirectMail General Information Page 11 Page 12 Installation DirectMail 2 0 Installation 2 1 2 2 The first installation of DirectMail includes installing the software on the iSeries connecting and configuring the ISDN router internet access and configuring the email function in the iSeries operating system To install a new version of DirectMail update proceed as described in Section Software Installation The installation program checks for existing data and copies it to the new library All passwords are also retained Hardware Installation The ISDN router will be connected to both the network and to an SO bus ora DSL modem Contact your hardware supplier or network engineer as the configuration differs from router to router The TCP IP address the exchange line and the access identifier to your internet provider are always required for the router Configuration is usually done through a Telnet session to the router You can also use your existing internet connection NT Server Exchange Server dedicated lines etc Software Installation 2 2 1 Install online help system Toolmaker ships DirectMail with an online help syste
9. NO Do not save the file default Form type FORMTYPE Enter the form type you want to use The values allowed are STD Use the standard form type User data USRDTA Enter the user data you want to use The values allowed are DFT Use the default user data 13 2 25 Command WRKEML Use the command WRKEML to work with the emails in a mailbox 292 DirectMail Work with DirectMail Emails WRKEML Type choices press Enter Mailbox EcurrenT Character value CURRENT Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0321 Work with DirectMail emails Mailbox MAILBOX Enter the mailbox The values allowed are String Type the mailbox name CURRENT The current mailbox is selected default 13 2 26 Command SETPWR Use SETPWR to set Lindy Set Power Switch parameters Set Power Switch SETPWR Type choices press Enter Wost IP coo di Veer we oe ee eene Password ees w ite e n n n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 Set power ww ON OFF TOGGLE PULSE Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 311 Set Power Switch Host IP DirectMail Email APIs Page 293 Enter the Host IP User Enter the user Password Enter the password Switch Enter the switch number The values allowed are 1 8 Select a switch number Set power The values allowed
10. NO The file is not packed before being attached to the email Delete object DLT Specify whether the file should be deleted after being attached The values allowed are YES The file is deleted after being attached to the email NO The file is not deleted Attach to email text ADDTOTXT Specify whether the file should be sent as an attachment or as a text If files exist in HTML format or if HTML is specified as the conversion format these files can be used as an alternative text Email programs supporting HTML as an alternative text then display the HTML document instead of the text The parameter ADDTOTXT ALT also has to be specified with the command WRTEMLAPI The values allowed are YES The object content should be used as a text NO The object content should be used as an attachment ALT The object content should be used as alternative text With some email programs this content is then displayed instead of the email text e g to represent underlining etc IFS object OBJ Enter the name and the directory for the IFS object that you want to attach With the command WRTEMLAPI multiple files can also be attached with one call You can use generic searches for example test pdf test pdf Article4711 or path Subdirectories can also be searched if the parameter SUBDIR is set to YES Browse subfolders SUBDIR You can also search subfolders The values allowed are YES Subfolders are included i
11. POP server attributes Again enter Y ES for Autostart server Set message block sizeto the maximum value 2 0 48 A lower value may split up and send your outgoing emails in multiple blocks In most cases the receiving system will have difficulties in receiving the mail without problems You can use the following command to prevent OS 400 from splitting e mail Page 26 iSeries Configuration for Sending E mail DirectMail CRTDTAARA DTAARA QUSRSYS QTMSNOSPLT TYPE CHAR LEN 32 3 7 Shut down and restart TCP IP master computer End the master computer functions SMTP and POP using the command ENDTCPSVR SERVER SMTP POP wait a few minutes until the servers have ended and restart them using the command STRTCPSVR SERVER SMTP POP 3 8 Automatic start of the TCP IP server DirectMail requires running SMTP and POP3 servers in order to send e mail It s best to start TCP IP and the server from QSTRUP to ensure that the servers are active every time the system is started 3 9 iSeries system value for sending receiving time To account for the difference between Central European Time and GMT ensure that the system value QUTCOFFSET is set correctly The value must be 02 00 during Summer Time and 01 00 during Winter Time This value can be set When configuring DirectMail Change System Value System value mye 3 QUTCOFFSET Description e e Coordinated universal time offset Type choice press Enter Offset oz 00 24 00 t
12. character as a wildcard 3 Upper and lower case characters are not distinguished Definition See previous chapter Active See previous chapter Mailbox The definition refers to a mailbox if the Incoming Mail Assistant has been created from within a mailbox Global definitions with the mailbox ALL can be created from the menu Account If you maintain multiple email accounts in your mailbox you can limit the definition to one account Asence Specifies whether the definition should be executed when the mailbox owner is absent The values allowed are Y The definition is executed when the owner of the mailbox is absent For an explanation see chapter Absence option 14 Fehler Es wurde kein Textmarkenname vergeben N The definition is executed if the owner of the mailbox is not absent Page 160 i260Fncoming Mail Assistant DirectMail From The sender can be limited here Priority Specify whether priority is included in the filter function The values allowed are H Emails with high priority are included N Emails with normal priority are included L Emails with low priority are included To The recipient can be limited here Attachments Specify whether attachments are included in the filter function The values allowed are Y Emails with attachments are included N Emails without attachments are included Subject The character string in the Subject field is searched Negative This is a global par
13. 0277 The command PRTEML Mail ID Enter the 20 character mail ID that identifies every email uniquely You get the 20 character mail ID automatically from the Incoming Mail Assistant using the function EXITPGM among others Output queue Library Specify an output queue for the spoolfile The values allowed are Name The name of an output queue to which the spoolfile is printed JOB The output queue from the job description is used DEV The output queue from the device description for the screen session is used Copies Specify the number of copies to be printed Hold spoolfile When spoolfiles are copied to an output queue you can hold them with this parameter for later printing The values allowed are Y Yes the spoolfile is put into the output queue with the status HLD after being processed N No the spoolfile is not held after being processed Tray Specify from which paper tray the printer should take the paper for the printout Page Email APIs 280 DirectMail 13 2 13 Command RLSATMBCH You can use RLSATMBCH Release AutoMail Batch to release complete AutoMail batches that were created in the Hold mode with a single command Release AutoMail Batch RLSATMBCH Type choices press Enter Batch ID 0278 The command RLSATMBCH Batch ID The unique batch ID must be specified as a parameter This ID can be determined using option 5 in the mailbox 13 2 14 Command RGZDIRMAIL U
14. 0369 Work with conversion descriptions Definition Name of the conversion description Description Explaining designation for the conversion description File extension File extension of the conversion description 18 1 2 Create a conversion command Create Conversion Command Sequence ff Command F3 Exit F4 Prompt F6 Variables F12 Cancel Tee eee ee eee eee ee eee eee ee ee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee ee ee ee od 0370 Create conversion command Sequence Enter a sequence number for the processing sequence of the CL commands Command Enter the CL command including the corresponding parameters 18 1 3 Change conversion command Page 330 Conversion descriptions DirectMail Change Conversion EPDFENG Convert into EPDF Select option press enter 2 Change 3 Copy 4 Delete 5 Display Op Seq Command t a 10 CVTSPLF OBJ amp IFSOBJ FILE amp FILNAM JOB amp JOBNUM amp U Bottom F3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create F12 Cancel F17 Top Fi8 Bottom 0372 Edit conversions Create Conversion Command Sequence E 10 Command CVTSPLF OBJ amp IFSOBJ FILE amp FILNAM JOB amp JOBNUM amp USRNAM amp JOBNAM SPLNBR SPILNUM FORMAT EDPF P3 Exit F4 Prompt F8 Variables F12 Cancel 0371 Change conversion command Example CVTSPLF OBJ amp IFSOBJ FILE amp FILNAM JOB amp JOBNAM amp USRNAM amp JOBNUM SPLNBR amp FILNUM F
15. 3 0179 Move email to the folder PCO1 Outbox Archive 11 1 12 Print email text You can automatically print the header as well as the text body of an incoming email RENGELE Definition BASIC 20 02 03 16 50 36 Definsticn Active Y Yes rs Filter mailbox RENGEL Account From Absence um Lo ae Priority Reference PRINT Attachments A Negative m A Select a4 Delet Opt Function Function parameter d Print email text E Reply sich email SMS message to mobile phone Ende Fiexir FA errompr Et ta Fa2 cancel 0180 Print email Enter your fi ter email text criteria and enter 1 next to the option Print Print email Outq BRro1 Name JOB Library LIBL Name LIBL Hold N Y Yes N No Drawer d 1 255 Copies pee 1 9999 F3 Exit F Prompt F12 Cancel 0181 Select printer Outqueue Outqueue from where the message text shall be printed Library Page 172 I260Fncoming Mail Assistant DirectMail The outqueue s library Hold Optionally the print can be set to hold Paper tray Indicates the paper tray Copies The number of copies is free of choice RENGEL Definition BASIC Definition PRINT 21 08 04 20 42 44 Act ve Y Y Ye lt N No Filter Mailbox PC9 Account From Absence To amp 3 Priority Reference ORDER Attachments Text Negative N i Select 4 Delete Opt Function Print email text Function parameter Printer PRTO1 Reply with em
16. Allow modify Allow copy Allow annotations Alle Samm 5 x Allow accessible Allow assemble Allow high res print gt F3 Exit F12 Cancel pa 40 128 Y Yes Y Yes Y 7Yes Y Yes rYes eYea YeYear Y Yea Heo Heo Neo N No 0234 PDF security The parameters for PDF security are all described in the command CRTSECPDF which is described in the chapter Email APIs 12 5 7 Email attachments Additionally to the converted spoolfiles further IFS files can be attached to an email For this you can define the attachments here Like in the WRTEMLAPI command a generic search can be defined here as IFS path Also index fields can be defined in the path name as well as in the alias name Also subdirectories can be searched With this function in connection with the option to determine multiple occurrences of index values e g all article numbers from a spoolfile can be identified and corresponding pictures PDF files or drawings from the IFS can be added Double occurrences are eliminated automatically in order to prevent the sending of multiple identical files in case of identical index values Page AutoMail 218 DirectMail A Work with AwLonail Attachments Select option press enter DO Change 4 Delete 5 Display 9 Scan Replace S List Areas Op Path Alias Mane Delet Compr SubDr Scan List Ho records to display K3eExit Piete
17. List Areas for AutoMail Attachments Pomo WRKSPLFE htm Select option press enter 2 Change Delete 5 Display Scan Replace Op Start list area End list area Grp Index P lt STARTLIST gt ENDLIST gt SFILHAM Ende gt F3 Exit E5 Refresh F Create F12 Cancel Fi7 Top F18 Bottom Create List Area Type option and press enter Start search string E TLIST gt End search string lt ENDLIST gt Group index SEILHAM t F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0334 Create list area Start character string The start position of the list area 228 Page DirectMail AutoMail End character string The end position of the list area Group index The name of the group index Each occurrence of the index outputs the list area You must also use 8 Scan Replace to define the replacement values indexes for all placeholders in the list area 12 6 Spool actions Under the function Spool which is available through F 10 as well as option Spool several settings can be activated which affect the spoolfiles to be processed Spool Extras D 1 Spooled file EF 2 Spool Export SE 3 Spool split SP 4 Spool Bundleing SB 0237 Spool actions 12 6 14 Spool file With AutoMail processed spoolfiles must be deleted as a rule after being processed However in order to react flexible to requirements an option has been built into DirectMail with which you can govern
18. NO Mailbox M c CURRENT Character value CURRENT More ES Exit F4 Prompt F5 Ref resh El2 Cancel Fi3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0299 Send spoolfile Spool files can be sent in different formats as previously described There follows a series of screenshots of the different file formats Page 304 Send spoolfile DirectMail Jobprarow tt B440h6 17 05 59 OF 56648 Mor MS Dawet ER TEC 12 05 99 2erapeat omt E 17 05 09 QO 45 32 ADNAMD Nachricht Botcuare lt adill 1996 niche gwfurden her Cojektrare der Biblintheksnaxe oder die Obiexrart irt nicht kurrckt Wurde der Bibliotheksanse nicht argegeben befindet sich des bjekt woglicherueise 12 ejzar Ribliothek die nicht th der Pihliorheraliste y Hi CG d 4 t Te 5 T v E 7 ki 7 4 se ou 0300 HTML format 5SM490 _ PDF EE Leve Hi x18 xl allan ep 12156157 12 57 03 12 57 03 12 57 00 12 57 09 12 57 09 12 57 10 OK 12157130 AT CPIN 12 57 10 4CPIN SIM PIN OK 12 57 10 AT4CPIN 2444 12 57 11 OK 12 57 11 Arar 12 57 12 12 57 12 12 57 12 0301 PDF format DirectMail Send spoolfile Page 305 5769551 VARIMO 990729 08 07 99 20 51 05 Befehlsnane DALIA ee ro Befehlsuerarbeitungsprogrann t Bibliothek setti Quellendatel Bibliothek Se QUELISARCMAMEISEEE Gu Zeit ei eee e ete ens GUltigkeitspriifprogramm GUltig bei Modus
19. Y The signature will be attached to every new email N The signature will not be attached automatically to every new email The text can be attached to the email using F15 Attach when replying forwarding Here you specify whether the text should be attached automatically to every forwarded email and or to replies The values allowed are Y The signature will be attached to every forwarded answered email N The signature will not be attached automatically to every forwarded answered email The text can be attached to the email using F15 Exit Auto Signature Editor Do you want to save the changes Xx Y Yes N No E3 Exit FI12 Cancel 0056 Exit AutoSignature Editor Page 86 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail Options Save changes Specify whether the entered text should be saved The values allowed are Y The changes will be saved N The changes will be dismissed 5 11 Password option 16 Use this option to go to the screen for entering the password when you want to protect your mailbox Change Mailbox Password Type selection press enter Password for mailbox B Password validation Allways ask for password e Y Yes N No Password expiration interval Days O never gt F3 Exit Fi2 Cancel 0057 Define password Options Password for mailbox Enter the desired password for accessing your mailbox The mailbox password is saved temporarily for each job Once a mailbox password has
20. Y Y Yes W No Filter Mailbox CHA Account Absence From RENGEL Priority To p l Attachments Reference Negative H Text e Phonetic leSelect 4 Delete Opt Function Punction parameter Send email if absend Add to addressbook Addressbook entry Copy to folder CMARNG Delete email Detour to receiver 1 Send v a fax 09563740625 0170 Detour to recipient pbc2 messe de 11 19 Send to a fax recipient With this function you can also reach recipients who do not have an email address If you have installed DirectFax from TOOLMAKER on your iSeries the email text will be converted into a fax and delivered to the recipient via fax Page 168 260Fncoming Mail Assistant DirectMail RENGELE Definition RASIC 20 02 03 16 43 23 Definition ZAXOL Actiwe x YsYes X No Filter Mailbox RENGEL Account Pron Absence Y To Priority Reterence Attachments Text Negative N 1 Select Deiete Opt Function Function parameter Send amail Lf absens Ad to addrasabook Addressbook entry Copy to folder Delete email Detour to receiver 1 Ser v a fex 09563740625 Forward to email receiver Move to folder Weitere EX Exit F f rompt E5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel 0171 Send to a fax recipient Enter yurfilter criteria and enter 1 next to the function Send via fax Forward email to fax Fax number 2563740625 Number OWNER F32Exit P4 Prompt F12 Cancel 0172 Forward email to fax Sele
21. A Allways TCP IP Port for POP 110 POP timeout 20 1 999 seconds F3 Exit Fi cancel 0027 Change mail account 5 6 3 Copy email account option 3 Here you can copy an email account to another account saving the time of entering data Copy Email Account Account ID Kin Description Account for PC10 Active X Y Yes N No Mailserver mail toolmaker en PtP Profile MAILCFG Name NONE MAILCFG Delete messages m Y Y Yes N No Receive email header many N Y Yes N No Login User PC1O Password e Confirm password Polling interval Minutes O SYSVAL Time window 0 00 0 00 HH MM O SYSVAL MTWTFSS Days of week e X mark leer SYSVAL Only if absent A Yes N No A Allways TCP IP Port for POP 110 POP timeout 20 1 999 seconds F3 Exit Fi2 Cancel 0028 Copy email account Change the values analogous to the entry options described in the chapter email accounts Option 10 Fehler Es wurde kein Textmarkenname vergeben 5 6 4 Delete email account option 4 Page 68 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail With this you can delete existing mail accounts Delete Mail Accounts Press enter to confirm the delete operation Cancel delete operation with F3 or F12 Op Account ID Description Act Ma cio Account for PC10 Yes Ende F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0029 Delete email account Confirm your deleting with the enter key or return to the previous option with F12 5 6 5 Displa
22. An activated absence definition 11 1 4 Create address book entry Occasionally you may get emails from someone whose email address has not been entered yet in the address book With this function of the Incoming Mail Assistant this will now be something of the past The sender of the relevant emails will automatically be added to the address book The function Create address book entry also allows you to automatically insert customers and prospects into your mailing list In the following example the senders of all emails with ENTER stated in the Subject field are automatically inserted into an address book With this function you can create mailing lists very simply as they more or less maintain themselves Page 162 260Fncoming Mail Assistant DirectMail CMA Definition BASIC 2 09 05 10 09 3 Definition ADDRESS Active Y Y Yes N No Filter Mailbox CMA Account Absence From Priority TO Attachments Reference Negative Text Phonetic l Select 4 Delete Opt Function Function parameter Send email if absend Yes 1 Add to addressbook 0155 Create address entry Create address entry Enter your filter criteria and enter 1 next to the function Create address entry 0156 Select folder Select the folder into which you want to save the address book eniry by entering 1 CMA Definition BASIC 2 09 05 10 42 3 Definition ADDRESS Active Y Y Yes N No Filte
23. Assistant option 13 When an incoming email has been processed by the Incoming Mail Assistant and e g an Exit Program has been ended with a negative result because the email address of the sender has not been found in the address file you can now after the email address has been recorded in the master data transmit the email manually again to the Incoming Mail Assistant for a new processing 7 16 Release emails option 16 Release emails that have been stopped for transmission 7 17 Move emails option 17 With this option you can move emails from one folder to another and improve the clear structure without having to unnecessarily delete emails Select folder 21 08 04 20 17 56 Select option press enter leSelect 5 Display O Folder Description Deleted Deleted Items L Error Items with errors D Inbox Incoming Items Outbox Outgoing Items Sent Sent Items Ende P3 Exit F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fi7 Top Fi8 Bottom 0083 Move emails Options 1 Select Page 108 W170Fork with emails option 7 DirectMail The email will be moved into the selected folder 5 Display Use this option to turn in subfolders for a folder displayed with in front 7 18 New folder option 19 Use this option to create a new folder of the top level or a new subfolder in an existing folder subfolder The new folder will always be created below the folder in front of which you use Option 19 Create folder Typ
24. Bottom E3 Exit F4 Prorpt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel Fi3 How to use this display F24 Mcre keys 0283 Retrieve spoolfile IFS object The qualified name of the IFS object Output Allows you to either display the IFS file or send it to a print outqueue Compressed data If the file has been packed you can unpack it with YES Delete IFS object Allows you to delete the IFS object after executing the command Output queue Specify the name of the output queue to which you want to send the spoolfile Hold spoolfile Specifies whether the spoolfile is printed immediately or set to HLD 13 2 17 Command SAVOBJIFS Use this command to save iSeries objects to the Integrated File System on the iSeries Objects are saved to a savefile and stored in the IFS Page 284 Email APIs DirectMail Save Objects to IFS SAVOBJIFS Type choices press Enter IFS Object Replace object e NO YES NO Bottom F3 Exit Fd Prompt ES5S Refresh Fi2 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display E24 More keys 0284 Save objects to IFS IFS object Specify the directory and object name under which the objects in the IFS are saved The object name must be a savefile Replace object Specify whether any existing document in the IFS is overwritten The values allowed are YES Existing document is overwritten NO Existing document is not overwritten Save Object SAVOBJ Type choices press Enter Objects is Bite Mee SI oss A E Name generic AL
25. Clear folder deleted On exit N Y Yes N No C Coonfirm More E3 Exit P4 Prompt FB Addrezz Pi2 Cancel User not found 0018 Change mailbox options page 1 Mailbox Assign a name to the mailbox which is associated with the content e g user names or group names like SENDING INFO SERVICE etc DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 53 Description Here you can enter a text description of the mailbox User A user can be assigned to every mailbox This way when calling DirectMail the user will go directly to their mailbox after activating Work with emails from the DirectMail menu or after entering the command WRKEML Name This name will be used as the sender name for outgoing emails Email address The email address of the user Regardless of how many accounts each user has their outgoing emails will be sent with this address Reply address This address will be used when the recipient of your email replies on your mail By entering a different email address you can forward your reply to another user e g when you initially work on transactions with the further processing being carried out in your house by other users Work offline Working offline means that the monitor does not check for new messages automatically This must be done by the user manually using F22 Transmit Direct receiving Direct receiving means that DirectMail checks when sending an email whether the recipient has been registe
26. GONE o H Promt Text Prompt Row Col zz wats z sl Search area from row colum 4 __ to row column Multi occur _ F3Exit F4 Prompt F12 Cancel 0245 View change the added function area 12 7 2 Function insert text commands This function is described separately as it provides very extensive functionalities with respect to the design of the spoolfile when sending or converting Also with the function Insert Texts Commands you must select a start position and confirm with the enter key When selecting commands you are supported by option F4 Page 238 AutoMail DirectMail Select DirectMail parameter PDF CHD Select option press enter 1 Select Op Value PDF Commands H BCD write Barcode _ BOX Rectangle _ CCS Set CCSID _ COL Color GC Circle PRT Font _ GRE Grafic LIN Line Weitere F3 Exit F5 Refresh F12 Cancel 0246 Selection of commands Select the desired command and enter the appropriate parameters Insert text command gt Please type text or command Text fox gt F3 Exit F4 Prongst F12 Cancel 0247 Text input The text parameter must now be added to the specific contents Note PDF commands all begin with the character After that the command name follows e g grf Parameters required for the command are put into brackets directly after the command Every parameter is separated by a Example grf auto gif 1 The
27. Kostenstelle 963200 f r iSeries iS 870 0889 7433 SN 44K3283 0365 A PDF file with a background form This is an unedited PDF file with a background form LL Seftegeg New EEN Faurecia Autositze Geta amp Co KG Mordsehler str 36 ORIGINAL 33486 Stadthagen KECHMUNOSKOPIE YVertret Steirer Peter i im Steigfeld 1 D 771 cotbein Rechtung Wr 052432 Bestellung vom 14 19 05 Datum 18 10 05 5NA Kuidennummet 1976 Best N1 12232424 05 Ang 901944 Mir bedanken uns Gr thre Bestellung vom Carsten Xlupiec 1 DirectFax Software Vollversion invest mammor 0366 A PDF file optimised with an AutoMail definition Here is an example of an AutoMail definition that has been reworked with AutoMail In this example the first line has been deleted and four blank lines added Page 326 DirectView Conversion and Display DirectMail Configure DirectView Spooled File Type option and press enter lt erer Berar NONE Page rotation SPLF First Page Second Page Form Overlay EPDF TMS2001 JPG FIRSTPAGE Green bar N Y Yes N No Pagetabla N Y Yes N No Gumbo format IXT j End F3 Exit F4 Prompt F8 Attributes F12 Cancel 0364 Display spool attributes DirectMail DirectView Conversion and Display Page 327 Page 328 Conversion descriptions DirectMail 18 0 Conversion descriptions With conversion descriptions additionally to conversions that
28. Page Email APIs 288 DirectMail Enter the name of the remote system from which you want to receive the object Remote user RMTUSR Specify the name of the remote user Remote password RMTPWD Enter the remote user s password Local path LCLPTH Specify the local path you want to use to store the object Binary mode BINARY Specify whether the object is received in binary mode The values allowed are YES The object is received in binary mode default NO The object is not received in binary mode You must have a DM400API license to use the command RCVOBJFTP 13 2 22 Command RNMOBJFTP Use the command RNMOBJFTP to rename files using FTP Rename Object using FTP RNMOBJFTP Type choices press Enter Remote gief ww RR a amp toolmaker test txt Rename to s toolmaker testl txt Remote system S20TCP Remote user eh we te oo CMA Remote password sss Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0308 Rename object using FTP Remote object Type the name of the remote object you want to rename Rename to Type the name of the remote object you want to rename Remote system DirectMail Email APIs Page 289 Enter the name of the remote system on which you want to rename the object Remote user Specify the name of the remote user Remote password Enter the remote user s passw
29. Print email Outq s Re A BENE _ Name JOB EE ow xw Name LIBL s JEE um fe x Wa x ei Y Yes N No rae o 9 6 6x4 x a 1 255 2 deeg a Sin D x ki 1 9999 E3 Exit F4 Prompt F12 Cancel 0077 Print email Outqueue Enter the printer s outqueue where the email shall be printed Library The outqueue s library Hold Sets the job status in the outqueue to Hold The job isn t printed immediately Paper tray Indicates the paper tray Copies Numbers of copies to be printed 7 10 Reply to email option 7 Incoming emails can be answered using Option 7 i e an email will be shown in which the sender of the original message has already been inserted as the recipient of the reply and the original text of the received email remains as a comment Page 104 W170Fork with emails option 7 DirectMail 20 02 03 15 22 98 Edit DirectMail 400 Email Sent 20 02 03 15 2 From Toclmaker Kaufering Robert Engel Iro lleclmaker Kaufering Robert Engel CC E ES OR c Attachments Subject RE contskt for firewall translations Prom Tooizaker Kaufering Robert Engel SMTP renf toolmaker de Sent Thursday 20 February 2003 13 09 To bertrand wauters39 yucom be Subject contakt for firewall translations Hello Bertrand Pi Mark E2 Copy F3 Exit F Delete Prompt F5 Insert F8 Properties F9 List F10 Attachments F12 Cancel F24 More keys 0078 Reply to sender After entering your reply text you can exi
30. SAME CCSID DET Library Name LIBL CURLIB Incoming ASCII EBCDIC table CCSID Name SAME CCSID DFT Library e Name LIBL CURLIB Firewall NO YES NO SAME dee zeg ra RES Dub NO YES NO SAME Process all mail through MSF No YES NO SAME Percent routing character amp 7 YES YES NO SAME More F3 Exit F4 Prompt FS Refresh Fi2 Cancel EX3 How to use this display P24 More keys 0006 SMTP attributes page 2 3 6 2 POP server attributes POP configuration is only required if you want to use the iSeries as a POP server DirectMail allows you to use POP servers other than the iSeries Choose option 16 to configure the POP server attributes Change POP Server Attributes CHGPOPA Type choices press Enter Autostart servers HS MSS Afs YES YES NO SAME Number of initial servers 3 1 20 SAME DFT Inactivity timeout 600 10 65535 seconds SAME DET Message split size 2048 32 2048 kilobytes SAME MIME CCSID Coded character set identifier posis SAME DFT 00819 00912 Nhan l we 1 1 e 72 se E BESTFIT SAME BESTFIT ALWAYS Allow standard POP connection YES SAME YES NO Host server connection NONZ SAME NONE ALL IP SNA Address book Enabled Kamp LA pe um YES SHE NO YES Refresh interval a e 8 1 1 65535 minutes NONE Bottom P3 Exit P4 Prompt F5 Refrezn F12 Cancel Fi3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0007
31. Savefile Name Library PX e 7 5 Name LIBL CURLIB Bottom E3 Exit Fa Prompt ES Refresh Fl2 Cancel Fl3 Hew to use this display E24 More keys 0257 Attach savefile Object type TYPE Specify the attachment object type In this case it is SAVF Alias filename ALIAS The name with which the savefile should be attached to the email ORIG stands for original name of file Compress data COMPRESS Specify whether the file should be zipped before being sent The file can then be unzipped by the recipient with a standard program like PKUNZIP WINZIP etc DirectMail supports the GZIP format as a pack format The values allowed are YES The file is packed before being attached to the email NO The file is not packed before being attached to the email Delete object DLT Specify whether the savefile should be deleted after being attached The values allowed are YES The savefile is deleted after being attached to the email Page Email APIs 260 DirectMail NO The savefile is not deleted Savefile SAVF Specify the name of the savefile Library Specify the name of the library for the savefile 13 1 2 4 Attach iSeries database file With DirectMail you can also attach iSeries database files either as an attachment or as part of the email text Output in email API WRTEMLAPI Type choices press Enter Objesttype e e e eeeee n gt FILE SPLF SAVF IFS FILE Alias filename
32. Select option press enter 2 Change 3 Copy 4 Delete 5 Display Op Seq Command H 10 CVTSPLF OBJ amp IFSOBJ FILE amp FILNAM JOB amp JOBNUM amp U Bottom F3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create F12 Cancel F17 Top Fi8 Bottom 0372 Edit conversions Create Conversion Command Sequence BM 10 Command CVTSPLF OBJ amp IFSOBJ FILE amp FILNAM JOB amp JOBNUM amp USRNAM amp JOBNAM af SPLNBR SPILNUM FORMAT EDPF F3 Exit F4 Prompt F8 Variables Fl2 Cancel 0371 Change conversion command Example CVTSPLF OBJ amp IFSOBJ FILE amp FILNAM JOB amp JOBNAM amp USRNAM amp JOBNUM SPLNBR amp FILNUM FORMAT EPDF amp IFSOBJ IFS object amp FILNAM Spool file name amp JOBNAM Spool file job name amp USRNAM Spool file job user amp JOBNUM Spool file job number amp FILNUM Spool file job number DirectMail Conversion descriptions Page 309 The above command line would execute a simple conversion to EPDF 15 1 3 Copy conversions Copy Conversion Description Type in name and description 1 Definition PDF Description Konvertierung in EPDF New definition PDF Description Convert into PDF F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0373 Copy conversion command New definition Enter a new definition Description Enter a new description 15 1 4 Delete conversions Using this option a conversion can be deleted CMA Delete Conversion Descr
33. With the function amp INDEX you can integrate a variable into the email text Here amp INDEX stands for the name of a variable which you previously created through the function Indexes So you can achieve a constant text with variable texts e g for personalised forms address in the standard text DirectMail AutoMail Page 213 Type Directitail Mail ID gt Type Mail ID pross enter Mail ID O F3 Exit F Prompt ri2 cancel 0229 Specify DirectMail mail ID Mail ID Enter the name of a saved email or search in the mailboxes for a current email with function key F 4 0230 Mail ID First select a mailbox with option 1 to which you want to attach an email The next step is for you to branch directly into the mailbox and thus have the possibility with option 5 to select a folder for displaying saved emails You can also alternatively create a new email with function key F 6 RENGELE DirectMa11 400 20 02 03 20 30 42 l Select__2 Change__4 Delete 5 Display Print 75Reply WOIDT Holger Woidt Ausgang Postausgang Eingang Posteingang Fehler Fehlerhafte Objekte Gel scht Gel schte Objekte Gesendete Objekte 10 Op Recipient Subject Date Time Sts A iB hotiine DLS HLTBFLR HLTB0220 TXT 20 02 03 18 22 Ok Y hotline QDLS HLTBFLR HLTB0219 TXT 19 02 03 18 32 Ok Y hotline QDLS HLTBFLR HLTB0218 TXT 18 02 03 18 37 Ok Y woidt MIXT4P von Steffen 18 02 03 17 53 Ok Y hotline QDLS HLTBFL
34. Zuldssige Ungebung nt Benutzer begrenzt zulassen Max Positionsparameter Bedienerf hrungsdatei Nachrichtendatei Bibliothek s Berechtigung o a pense ossas amp DOFODL SEW ee oec Rom e aun Grafische Benutzerschnittstelle Sicher f r Threads 0302 TXT format aktivieren Befehlsdefinition 1 JAHUMS 012 HB AQHUMS 012 LIBL QCHMDSRC ua JAHUMS 012 Rull PROD DEBUG SERVICE IREXX DREXX DPEN 1PCM EXEC INTERACT DATCH KI 1M0D nO HOMAX NE QCPFMSG LIBL LIBCRTRUT VES 40 nO HB JAHUNS O12 a 68 67 99 NS A9 A9 Page 306 Send spoolfile DirectMail 15 0 Conversion descriptions With conversion descriptions additionally to conversions that run in one process step e g conversion into HTML TXT or CSV complex user defined conversion routines can be configured With this external spool converters can be integrated and standard conversion can be configured Note Using the parameter FORMAT the conversion description can be specified for all conversion commands and routines 15 1 Work with conversion descriptions WRKSPLCNV Each description consists of a sequence of CL commands that will be processed during conversion Into the CL commands variables that will be provided by DirectMail can be inserted CMA Work with Conversion Descriptions 16 02 06 11 08 41 Position t E Select optio
35. 0 999 Number of elements 9 List area The list function adds list indexes that occur more than once as a list in the output file You might use this for example for orders including headers and items you want to output in HTML or other PC file format Lists can be nested Note that all indexes must be logically linked Example Order Customer Name Date Total Line Item Quantity Price Text lines This example is nested twice Every order can contain n lines and every line can contain n text lines The Order index is the main index The Order field is assigned as a group index to Customer Name Date and Total The index Position is also assigned to the index Order but as a level change index The indexes tem Quantity Price are assigned to Line The Text lines also receives the index Order as a group index although it is a level change index List area example Page AutoMail 220 DirectMail WRKSPLF System SYSTEM Uhrzeit TIME Einheit Benutzer Seiten Benutzer Status Warteschlange d C o of CH Jon 73 VE VS Finhait Saiten Ala e atus 1 Warteschlange weg qesamt Seiten apinn DIRMAJ 7 3 0337 Result Prerequisites A defined HTML file or another format containing placeholders for the indexes to be added You can use different names or text for the placeholders To display lists the start and end of the list block must be identified in the file This sect
36. 268 298 Paper SIZE 25a case ERR 37 215 274 298 I iusso e lp 250 254 286 301 password Password Password expiration DI EEN 88 Password tor Malba se 87 Password confirm Path for UE TEE 58 232 Path for Ee WEE 58 PC documents s Igel E PDP files endende DAL eae ERAS pelt OA ed abi tah led Mee La UI IN KI SE OM EE PDF form PDF security as PDF Security Setn EE 301 PDF Ver SiO iS EA e MERC e OD RE OVER 37 258 lupum 37 PDFLib license key 42 ERR EA Eh I EE 39 Phonetic 161 PLAIN wrest o RR DUREE UAE UHR OH Cote EA Eeer 56 Page 346 Index DirectMail PomtFo PomMt EE 35 Point to Point profile iia ii ORE 65 Pollinterv A O TN 35 189 Poll time Polling interval POP account POP before SMTP POP server attributes POP server timeout POP time out pop btx dtag de Port for check POSICIOB cc stet eee te ce E SE uve etico Sgr cens RU Me circ Postmaster s e mail address Postmaster s name PHATE eral ss EE Print email text Priorit t NN Private address QSTRUP DU H A Mee A e e A AN 11 QUTCOFESE Ti A ada 27 42 RCVOBJFTP Read confirmation RECEIVE WEE RECEIVER Recipient Recipient Recipient Recipients Teference i Ee sn ee ete eti ec ed deeg ee eege be dee ees Reference Release jnre DUE Remote Ob ey costi edit en epo a e ope eb a eO opea ud ees e
37. 66 294 317 User address DOOR Manara dai annone 62 70 User A sis 292 User PASS jor 266 UTC Offset RRE e Vertical alig mefit 5 51 een t rete eere ree t rte eie gg eege 274 Vi Wasi 188 View viewer program 320 Viewer program file name 320 Viewer program parameter settings 320 Viewer PEO dd e ERU 319 Page 350 Index DirectMail KT CT Work offline Work with conversion descriptions e ettet redet a tl 307 329 Work with emails cm H Work with spoolfile bundles Workstation customising ODJEC EE 37 212 296 WARK CER soci aiii 143 WRKDVWUSR WREKQUTO M 39 303 WRESPECNV AERE 307 329 WRESPLE EE WRKSPLF change display is seas DELE HERE EAR A TES TENOS EN a EiS rE iE i 314 gg Sd aid dani 250 255 260 Zon for daylight sAViN ARR 44 LO o EEE E E E E EE 321 DirectMail Enhancements Corrections Page 351
38. AU ON WWW 13 2 1 Hardware RE e E 13 2 2 el TEE Le 13 2 2 1 Install online help system cece eesecceeeeeeceeeeeseceeeeeeeceeeeaseaeeeseseaeenseeeaeenenseeeeenenees 13 2 2 2 Update meninos eee ees A eevee gate vat Ave EE 14 2 2 3 Install from iSeries CD ROM drive cceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeesaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeneaeees 14 2 2 4 Install rom PG iia ED 14 2 3 Install from download EE 15 2 4 Configure online bein 16 2 4 1 Check application ET 16 2 4 2 Gonfigure paths ia dt a dea el ae taa a 18 2 5 Install Online help files ENEE eae ti dc dada 19 2 6 ASSIQN PaSSWOMd EE 19 2 7 License models user RRE ONE eege Eed Nee agde neis eet ER decken 19 2 8 BACKUD TEE 20 2 9 eerte Tue 20 2 10 Removal from the Systemi ei cr Fete nce E roa eie d ia poa de 20 3 0 iSeries Configuration for Sending E mail eese nee enne nennen 23 3 1 EE EE 23 3 2 TOP IPnterfaces id secs Co tetas ue LL ee 23 3 3 TOPP e E 23 3 4 TCP IP host table entries AAA 24 3 5 TCP IP domain information ener nenne nnn nnne inns 24 3 6 Configure TCP IP applications sssssssssesseseeseeeneeennenn enne nnne nenas 25 3 6 1 Configure SM Pisses E 25 3 6 2 POP server altilDUtes src ia LEER deuce 26 3 7 Shut down and restart TCP IP master Computer 27 3 8 Automatic start of the TCP IP eener 27 3 9 iSeries system value for sending receiving time sssssseeee
39. Acrobat 7 Codepage CCSID CCSID When using Unicode conversion specify the CCSID to ensure that characters are properly displayed in PDF format Text original co ordinates PDFAREA X axis mm Allows you to move the original spool text right values in mm Negative values shift the text left X scale Type in the scaling factor for the original spool text The values allowed are Number A percentage of the original size for example 90 90 120 120 NO Do not scale YES FIT Scale to page size keeps the spool text within the page margins Y axis mm Allows you to move the original spool text down values in mm Negative values shift the text up Y scale Type in the scaling factor for the original spool text The values allowed are Number A percentage of the original size for example 90 90 120 120 NO Do not scale YES FIT Scale to page size keeps the spool text within the page margins Page Email APIs 258 DirectMail Form first page OVERLAY Enter the name of a form to be added to the PDF file The file must be in the FORMS directory of DirectMail400 This setting is only allowed when using EPDF format Form position MARGINS Enter the margins so that the graphic can be aligned as required Form continuation pages OVERLAY2 Specify the form for continuation pages The values allowed are FIRSTPAGE Continuation pages same as first page
40. Additional parameters El2 Cancel Fli How to use this display F24 More keys 0098 Backup and attach iSeries objects Objects Enter the name of the object you want to back up and attach to the email as a savefile Page 120 A221Fttachments DirectMail Library The name of the library from which the object should be backed up Object types Here you can select the type of object PGM FILE Target release This parameter is important when you are giving objects to recipients who do not have the same Release on their machines as you do After selecting the objects they will be saved in a temporary savefile and attached Afterwards the overview of the attachments will be shown again Work with attachments 20 02 03 15 36 17 Seleot option press enter 1 Expert 4 Delete 5 Display 7 Rename BeAttributes Op Filename Filetype Size Changed at A P No Rame htm IFS 497 20 02 03 11 44 N DirectMail 2 00 tif IFS 37 KB 20 02 03 11 44 N QSYSPRT PDF SPL 2 KB 20 02 03 15 15 N SaveFile sav SAVE 12 KB 20 02 03 15 36 N E3 Exit P5 Refresh F6 Create F12 Cancel F24 More keys 1 objects saved from library QGPL 0099 Overview of attachments 8 4 Attach iSeries libraries option 5 With DirectMail a complete library can be backed up and attached to an email e SS 6 Sae5 Seen Ess Sew to use tnis as eee p Bee 0100 Back up and attach iSeries libraries Library The name of the library that is to be b
41. AutoMail function allows you to send spoolfiles automatically without programming Definitions are used to analyse edit convert and send mail If DirectMail Installation Page 19 2 8 2 9 2 10 you have only one license for DM400ATM only AutoMail jobs are started Sending e mail is not supported DM400CRY Allows the encryption of outgoing e mail in SMIME standard and also the encryption of PDF files DM400CVT This license allows you to convert spoolfiles to different formats but not to send with DirectMail DM400LIT With this license you can use only one mailbox and no incoming mail assistant DM400PCL With this license you can convert incoming spoolfiles in PCL5 format DM400UNI Allows unicode conversion for PDF format DM400DSP License for DirectView the product for conversion and display of spoolfiles on the PC Backup E mail sent and received from DirectMail are saved in the iSeries integrated file system You should therefore include the directory Toolmaker DirectMail DirectMail400 for older versions in the iSeries IFS in your daily backup If you process PC documents with DirectMail these will also be saved in IFS directories You should also include these directories in the backup In addition to the PC documents you must of course also back up the iSeries database files containing DirectMail data It s a good idea to include the complete DIRMAIL library in your daily backup routine
42. Bertrand Fl Mark P2 Copy F3 Exit F4 Doloto Prompt F5 Insert P8 Properties F9 List Fi0 Attachments F12 Cancei E24 More keys 0080 Forward email Here you can also enter text which the recipient receives together with the forwarded email 7 13 Attachments to emails option 10 Attachments to emails are widespread and current possibilities of attaching PC documents to an email DirectMail goes a step further here In addition to PC files including emails in eml format you can also attach iSeries spoolfiles and iSeries objects such as libraries or programs to emails 5854535 8375232 52524258495442524895445542454485845845845534554855244544544548554452244543428445 Work with attachments 21 08 04 20 16 07 Select option press enter 1 Export 4 Delete 5 Display 7 Rename 8 Attributes 7 Op Filename Filetype Size Changed at A LL orsomzoc pr SPL 8 KB 27 04 04 16 54 N Ende F3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create F12 Cancel F24 More keys 0081 Attachments The attachments function is commented on more precisely below in this Guide Page 106 W170Fork with emails option 7 DirectMail 7 14 Search emails option 12 DirectMail involves a search function which selects and displays all matching emails within a folder on the basis of the email header and texts CMA DirectMail 400 search 19 09 05 14 41 25 ype search criteria press enter Folder Eingang In From CMASTOOLMAKER DE Directory E TO e Attach
43. Configuration After successfully installing the hardware and software use the menu EMAIL to configure The menu and the options it contains are described in the next chapter Removal from the System If you no longer want to use DirectMail on your system first stop all activities with the software If you have entered the library name DIRMAIL in job descriptions JOBD or system values e g QUSRLIBL remove it now Log off and then log on again as QSECOFR Using the following commands Page Installation 20 DirectMail ADDLI BLE DI RMAIL CFGDI RMAIL CHGOPT NO RMVLI BLE DI RMAIL DLTLIB LI B DI RMAIL DLTMNU MNU QSYS EMAIL DLTREFOBJ ALL RMVDIR DIR DirectMai 400 RMVDIR DI R Tool maker Direct Mai 400 to start a delete job for all DirectMail objects found on the system and the library DIRMAIL The delete will not complete successfully if any jobs are using DIRMAIL Exit the menu first DirectMail Installation Page 21 Page 22 iSeries Configuration for Sending E mail DirectMail 3 0 iSeries Configuration for Sending E mail 3 1 3 2 3 3 Because TCP IP configuration differs from company to company the following configuration should be seen as an example General Start the configuration with the OS 400 command CFGTCP TCP IP interfaces Use option 1 Work with TCP IP interfaces to specify your Ethernet or Token Ring connection with the TCP IP address and the iSeries subnet mask
44. Deilete S Criteria 9 Tasks 12 Reset Hits Op Name Description Type Activ Hits since ABSOZ absend BASIC Yes 111 20 08 04 Ende E3 Ex1it F Refresh F6 Create Fl12 Cancel F17 Top FlS Bottom 0050 Incoming Mail Assistant Start list at Starts the display at the term entered here OP Use one of the options above 5 9 Absence option 14 DirectMail allows you to enter periods of internal absence Together with the Incoming Mail Assistant you can provide the sender with an automatic reply when absent e g Your email to meier test de was received Mr Meier is on holidays until 14 09 Your email will be dealt with afterwards The times of absence can be administrated with this option Werk With Absence Table DN PCS mailbox Select option press enter d Change deDelete Op From Date To Date Reason cu 1 08 04 we 25 08 01 holidays 0051 Absences DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 83 Options 2 Change Use this option to change the created entry See chapter Change absence Option 2 4 Delete Use this option to delete an absence entry See chapter Delete absence Option 4 5 9 1 Add absence F6 Using F6 you can add a new time period Edit absence table Datum to F Date from Reason E3 Exit F12 Cancel 0052 Edit absence entry From date Enter the date of the first day of absence To date Enter the date of the last day of absence Reason This is a text descr
45. DirectMail 5 7 9 Copy address book from database DirectMail provides the possibility of copying data from your own database to the DirectMail address book This is done using Option 8 from the DirectMail main menu RENGEL Work with Address Transfers 20 08 04 11 01 33 Position to E Select option press enter 2 Change 39Copy 4 Delete ldrExecute Op Definition Description File last use Start End Ende FS Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create F12 Cancel F17 Top FlS BRottom 0044 Copying addresses from a database Options 2 Change Use this option to change the created entry 3zCopy Use this option to copy the copy definition and to apply subsequent changes to the copy 4 Delete Use this option to delete a copy definition 14 Execute Use this option to execute the copying of the address data from your database Existing address entries will be written over in this process Function keys F6 Create Using this function key you can create a new copy definition You will receive the following screens for entering the definition name and a description DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 79 Create address transfer Type in name and description Definition TEST99 Description Test Import from FileM F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0045 Create copy path Press the function keys F3 or F12 to exit or the enter key to confirm the new definition You will then receive the subsequent screen which is more o
46. Email S Y Yes N No P Possible Sign Email exte e wA Y Yes N No S System S System More Here you specify the default value for the SMTP server over which the emails of this mailbox should be sent from DirectMail 400 Note The server address can be either an IP address or a name The name must be compatible with the name server or the Series host table entries Example mail toolmaker de 204 12 179 1 The values allowed for this parameter are SYSVAL The SMTP server specified in the configuration of DirectMail will be used Name Enter the server name or IP address TCP IP port for SMTP Some SMTP Servers require a port other than the standard port 25 for the TCP IP communication This port can be customised in this parameter The values allowed for this parameter are DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 55 SMTP The standard port 25 will be used for SMTP 1 9999 Enter a port number SMTP server timeout Some SMTP servers may have a bad response time pattern You can use this parameter to customise the time period that DirectMail will wait for a reply from the SMPT server The values allowed for this parameter are 1 999 Number of seconds for the timeout POP before SMTP Some SMTP servers expect an identification to avoid spam mails before sending emails i e mails sent by an unauthorised user over a SMTP server The values allowed for this parameter are Y Yes POP before SMTP s
47. Existing file is overwritten NO Existing file is not overwritten Paper size Specify the paper size for the PDF file The values allowed are AO to A6 DIN German industry norm formats B5 DIN German industry norm format LEDGER LEGAL LETTER P11 17 Other formats ORIG The original paper size is used Top bottom left right margin Allows you to specify the margin settings in millimetres Horizontal alignment Sets the horizontal alignment of the graphic in the PDF document The values allowed are LEFT Aligned to the left margin RIGHT Aligned to the right margin MIDDLE Centred Vertical alignment Sets the vertical alignment of the graphic in the PDF document The values allowed are TOP Aligned to the top margin BOTTOM Aligned to the bottom margin MIDDLE Centred Page 274 Email APIs DirectMail 13 2 7 Command DLTATMBCH Using the command DLTATMBCH Delete AutoMail batch a complete batch can be deleted from AutoMail Delete AutoMail Batch DLTATMBCH Type choices press Enter Batch ID 0268 Delete AutoMail batch Batch ID The unique batch ID must be specified as a parameter This ID can be determined using option 5 in the mailbox 13 2 8 Command DSPMIM Using the command DSPMIM you can access Mime files which have been saved in the IFS from the iSeries Text files are shown If attachments have been saved they can be exported If the command DSPMIM is called with INBOX the mail I
48. MESSE DE Work with TCP IP Host Table Entries System S 4T0223 Type options press Enter 5 Display Internet Host Opt Address Name 34444224 150TCP 192 168 100 152 AS400 MESSE 192 168 100 236 BINTEC 192 168 100 237 TCS 192 168 100 239 COMSERVER2 192 168 100 240 COMSERVER 192 162 100 241 DIRDIAL 192 168 100 248 CITRIX 192 168 100 249 THEBOX_TMS THEBOX 192 168 100 251 KONSOLE Bottom E3 Exit F5 Refresh F Print list F12 Cancel Fi7 Position to 0008 Host table entries 3 5 TCP IP domain information Please ensure that the entries made with option 12 produce a valid address that corresponds to the host table name specified with option 10 Page 24 iSeries Configuration for Sending E mail DirectMail Change TCP IP Domain CHGTCEDMN Type choices press Enter Host name Domain name Domain search list Host name search priority 44B066A LOCAL REMOTE LOCAL SAME Domain name server Internet address 192 25 2 129 8 SAME SAME Bottom ES Exit F4 Prompt E5 Refresh FlO0 Additional parameters F12 Cancel Fil How to use this display F24 More keys 0004 Domain information 3 6 Configure TCP IP applications Use option 20 from the configuration menu to set the SMTP and POP services for your Series 3 6 1 Configure SMTP SMTP configuration is only required if you want to use the iSeries as an SMTP server DirectMail allows you to use SMTP servers other than the iSeries C
49. NONE No form Form position MARGINS2 Enter the margins so that the graphic on continuation pages can be aligned as required PDF security settings PDFSEC Specify the settings for PDF files sent encrypted The parameters are described below in the section on the command CRTSECPDF CSV column separation CSVTAB Controls column separation The values allowed are 1 200 Number of columns NONE No column separation AUTO No automatic column separation Present empty CSV lines CSVSPCLIN Controls the presentation of empty lines The values allowed are YES Do not delete empty lines NO Delete empty lines Present CSV format error CSVNOFIT Controls the display in case of format errors The values allowed are YES All lines are presented NO Lines that do not fit with the CSV scheme will be deleted Present CSV header lines CSVHEAD Controls the display of header lines The values allowed are DirectMail Email APIs Page 259 YES Header lines will be presented NO Lines that are identified as header lines will be deleted Note Best results using CSVSPCLIN NO and CSVNOFIT NO 13 1 2 3 Attach savefile Savefile With DirectMail you can also automatically send iSeries objects which have been saved in savefiles by WRTEMLAPI Cutput in email API WRTEMLAPI Type choices press Enter Objecttype gt SAVE SPLE SAVF IFS FILE deg DA NN EN e ORIG Compress data NO NO YES RA NO NO YES
50. Op Applicat Description Activ XXxXxxx Tool Yes Bottom FAeExit E5 Refresh F6 Create FlO0 DirectHelp library list Fll Display log F12 Cancel Fl4 Import F24 More keys 1023 If your application is not displayed here it can be imported using the F14 function key Type choices press IFS file Help application Replace application F3 Exit F Prompt F24 More keys 1024 Help import IFS file An application s he Help import from XML IMPHLPXML Enter Toolmaker DirectHelp400 xxxxxx xmlli XML Character value XML NO NO YES Bottom F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fi3 How to use this display Ip definition is stored in a XML file in the iSeries integrated file system By default the path Toolmaker DirectHelp400 Name of the application xml is used If you are not sure about the name of the file to be imported you Tool maker can display the XML files using the commands C D DirectHelp400 and WRKLNK DirectMail Installation Page 17 Help application The default option XML installs the application with the name stored in the XML file Replace application With this you control whether an existing application will be replaced by the contents from the XML file or not 2 4 2 Configure paths For a standard configuration select option Work with help path settings RENGEL Work with Help Applications 5 04 06 14 55 26 Position to E Type choices and press Enter 2 Change 4 Delete 7eDirec
51. Papersize s A4 PDF zoom for viewing FITPAGE JOR Version 52555995 5 1 6 Min pages HTML EPDF pagetable 003 F9 A11 parameters Fll Keywords 0012 3 The DirectMail configuration screen Fl4 Command string Time HHMM Time HHMM Mark days with X Time HHMM YES NO YES NO TXT HTML PDF EPDF Name NONE Name LIBL CURLIB A0 Al A2 A3 A4 FITPAGE FITWIDTH LATEST 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 999 More F24 More keys DirectMail Accessing DirectMail Page 35 Amount check timeframe TIMEFRAME Specifies the time window in which the e mail accounts will be checked for new messages This can also save telephone costs Note These values will only be used when the 0 SYSVAL value is specified in the email account Days of week POLDOW This parameter specifies on which days the system should be checked for new messages Every weekday corresponds to a place in this parameter Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su This prevents e g unnecessary polling during the weekend Poll time POLTIM With a PTP type of connection modem connection you specify here on which time of day the system should connect to the Internet Enable F21 Command line CMDLINE Using this parameter the command key F21 command line can be deactivated in all DirectMail 400 programs Note Also when F21 is activated the function key will not be displayed with the other function keys due to safet
52. Print Transform format This requires the specification of a printer type or WSCST object The new parameters MFRTYPMDL and WSCST are also used for the conversion of Splf to PDF EPDF This file first will be processed per HPT and then the result PCL5 converted into PDF This conversion is useful when outputs from LSD Forms or PRESCRIBE SCS Spools first shall be converted via HPT into PCL5 and then into PDF Now the conversion of spools to CSV supports also an automatic method for setting the CSVTABS using the parameter CSVTAB AUTO With it DirectMail scans a determined line range for finding suitable CSVTAB positions The line range used can be set on the positions 941 943 from and 944 946 to in the DMDTAARA data area Default values are lines 10 60 Page 334 Enhancements Corrections DirectMail Additionally there are three new parameters for CSV conversion Present empty CSV lines CSVSPCLIN no deletes empty lines Present CSV format error CSVNOFIT no deletes lines not fitting with the CSV scheme Present CSV header lines CSVHEAD no Lines identified as header lines will be deleted Best results using CSVSPCLIN NO and CSVNOFIT NO The PCL converter now is able to process first Kyocera PRESCRIBE commands Not supported commands will be ignored Using the command WRKSPLONV work with conversion descriptions now a user defined conversion routine can be configured With this external spool converte
53. QPJOBLOG QSYS QPRINT a Weitere E3 Exit E5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel Fl7 Top Fi8 Bottom H NN ttt ERREECHEN o 0250 Spool bundle files DirectMail AutoMail Page 245 Page 246 Email APIs DirectMail 13 0 Email APIs To offer you the possibility of integrating DirectMail perfectly into your applications DirectMail provides several APIs program interfaces as well as commands which you can use to create and send emails with simple iSeries commands and transmitted parameters 13 1 Create and send emails automatically The individual steps for automated email creation and dispatch are described in detail here 13 1 1 Open email API option 9 The first API opens an email file You begin creating an email with the command OP NE ML AP I Open email API OPNEMLAPI Type choices press Enter Mailbox BCURRENT Character value CURRENT Sender Name MAILBOX Email address MAILBOX Recipient Type of Reci paient 4 TO eTO OS BCC MEN 2c RN Aye e Email address or path for more values More P3 Exit FA Prozpt E5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fi3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0251 Open email Parameter names are shown in brackets in the following For example Receiver RECEIVER Mailbox MAILBOX Specify in which mailbox the email file should be opened Sender SENDER Specify the names and email address es of the sender of the email The format for the sender i
54. RDY 13 1 STD 5 QSYSPRT RDO RDY 1 1 STD 5 WSARCAPGMI SOLITAS RDY 5 1 STD 5 WSARCAPGMI SOLITAS RDY 4 1 STD 5 WSARCAPGMI SOLITAS RDY 4 1 STD 5 WSARCAPGMI SOLITAS RDY a A STD 5 LAGO31R ROEHL RDY 25 L STD 5 More Parameters for options 1 2 3 or command gt E3 Exit Fli view 2 F12 Cancel Le F22 Printers E24 More keys 0297 Work with output queue Select the spoolfile to be sent with option 1 S iscz SPLE mail system SELSPLESND Type choices press Enter gt DIALSEVY Name user gt gt Mame gt o7essa 2000021 gt o gt s gt o gt muc 33 cansada gt A 1299992 ONLY LasT Mest system gt bem EMAIL SMA CONVERT Bottom ma Exic dx EE et SAS ee Ee to use this display EL ee hoy 0298 Select mail system To send using DirectMail select EMAIL as the mail system The further parameters correspond to chapter Send spoolfile via email menu option 12 Send spoolfile via email SNDSPLEML Type choices press Enter Spoolfile Y e e e gt QPRINT Name Jobname gt DEAESRVY Name Weer 4 599 QPEGMR Name Dual A c ege u 072584 000001 999999 Spoolfilenumber a ROSA a SE 1 999999 ONLY LAST Delete spoolfile ZENS No YES NO DOCE e As 3 HINML TTXT HIML EPDE PDE Pagearea NEM NEN a aua acueclm a Re x 1 999999 To page e e e gt 47 e LAST 1 999999 LAST Start editor e gt NO YES
55. Software company DirectFax installed DIRECTFAX Indicates whether DirectFax 400 is installed on the system This enables the Incoming Mail Assistant to forward emails as fax The values allowed are YES DirectFax 400 is installed NO DirectFax 400 is not installed GSM Text installed GSMTEXT Indicates whether GSM Text is installed on the system This enables the Incoming Mail Assistant to forward received emails to a mobile phone via SMS The values allowed are YES GSM Text 400 is installed NO GSM Text 400 is not installed DirectMedia installed DIRMEDIA Indicates whether DirectMedia is installed on the system This enables emails and attachments containing PC files to be displayed on the PC The values allowed are YES DirectMedia is installed NO DirectMedia is not installed Time difference to UTC time UTCOFFSET Difference from UTC time Specifies by how many hours and minutes the current system time differs from UTC time Universal Coordinated Time Le Greenwich Mean Time For Germany the following values apply in normal cases 0200 Summer Time 0100 Winter Time A change of this value will be effective immediately The default time for the job will be determined from the system value QUTCOFFSET Changes will also be made in the system value Configure daylight savings CFGDLS Specify whether DirectMail should automatically carry out the adjustment of the time differentiation of the syste
56. Test xxx xxx is the respective extension If a split of the spoolfile into several PC files results from the AutoMail definition the name of the second file and all the following names are generated automatically according to the pattern ATM xx y where xx and y being numbers Send email Specify whether the spoolfile is sent after being converted The values allowed are YES The file is sent by email after being converted NO The file is not sent by email after being converted DEF The AutoMail definition determines whether the file is sent or not after conversion Archive Specify whether the spoolfile is archived after being converted The values allowed are YES The file is archived after being converted NO The file is not archived after being converted DEF The AutoMail definition determines whether the file is archived or not after conversion Delete spoolfile DLT Specify whether the spoolfile should be deleted after being converted The values allowed are Page Email APIs 272 DirectMail YES The spoolfile is deleted after being converted NO The spoolfile is not deleted Public data authority DTAAUT Specify the authority with which the object should be protected in the IFS The values allowed are NONE The object is created without any object authority Authority The object is created with the specified authorities RWX RW RX WX R W X EXCLUDE No user has access to the
57. Y for the address book option you will receive the subsequent screen for the selecting an address book a mailing list Select folder 20 08 04 15 53 12 Select option press enter i Select 5 Display O Folder Description Extern Externe AdreBb cher Privat Private AdreBb cher FIDDY Privates AdreBbuch f r FIDDY PCO Privates AdreSbuch fur PCO Pcl Privates AdreBbuch fur PC1 SC Privates AdreBbuch f r PC2 PCS Privates AdreSbuch f r PC3 PC4 Privates Adrebbuch fur PC4 SCH Privates AdreSbuch fur PCS E PCS Private Addressbook for PCS E PCS Private Addressbook for PCS B sales Toclmaker Salesmen Weitere E3 Exit F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl7 Top F18 Bottom 0047 Select address book Use Option 1 to select the address book in which the copied addresses should be filed DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 81 RENGEL Change DirectMail Address Transfer 20 08 04 15 53 38 Type changes press enter First name KNDMAL 40 ZIP codoe e 8 Last name KNDNAZ 40 City ENDORT 40 Company KNDMAL 40 Nation KNDLND 3 Department 40 Country 43 BRR n x 40 Phone 20 Street lt lt o e KNDSTR 40 Telefax 20 Mobile 20 rivate 20 Email e ENDEMEAB 80 Field nane Type Zen Dec Text KNDNUM Zoned 8 O Kundennummer KNDNAL Alpha 35 Kundenname 1 KNDNA2 Alpha 35 Kundennane 2 KNDSTR Alpha 30 KundenstraBe KNDLND Alpha 3 Kunden Land KNDPLZ Zoned 5 D RKunden PLZ KNDORT A
58. _ QIBM Directory 27 098 03 29 17 i Weitere F3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create F12 Cancel F24 More keys 0105 Export of PC files Option Select the IFS directory with Option 1 or go to a lower level with Option 3 Use the Enter key to save your document in the directory displayed 8 7 Delete attachments option 4 Attachments you have attached to an email are not static but can be removed from that email Highlight the attachments to be deleted with option 4 andpresstheEnter key Delete attachment 20 02 03 15 42 57 Press enter to confirm the delete operation Cancel delete operation with F3 or F12 t Op Filename Filetype Size Changed at A s Ba SaveFile sav SAVF 12 KB 20 02 03 15 36 N Ende P3 Exit Fl2 Cancel 0106 Delete attachment DirectMail A221Fttachments Page 125 Confirm the delete with Ent er or return to attachment selection with F 12 8 8 Display attachments option 5 Some attachment content can be displayed directly with the display function on a 5250 screen This is not always useful especially when it is PC documents that are to be attached to the email Text documents will be displayed correctly Provided that the DirectMedia product from Toolmaker is installed and configured this attachment will not be opened in the 5250 emulation but in the Windows application to which it is linked Therefore a correct display of PC documents is possible on the PC from within the 5250 session D
59. adjustment of the QUTCOFFSET system value using the value shown below The values allowed are Y The adjustment takes place automatically N The adjustment must be carried out manually Adjust System time automatically Effects the automatic adjustment of the system time at the time of the summer winter time adjustment using the value shown below The values allowed are Y The time adjustment takes place automatically N The adjustment must be carried out manually Page 44 Accessing DirectMail DirectMail 4 3 2 System time via Internet Using the GET T MNTP command the system time can be read by an NTP Network Time Protocol This command can be used to update the time on the iSeries An API licence is required This command can be embedded via the Scheduler job WRK OBS CDE and be called as required wm Pao mmm nmm FAR Cancet Fete te mmm this cmm WIG mm Beye 0016 System time over the Internet NTP server Specify the TCP IP address of an NTP server in the Internet You will find some servers under the following Internet links http www eecis udel edu mills ntp clock1 htm http www eecis udel edu mills ntp clock2 htm NTP port Here you can set the port that will be used for communicating The values allowed are Number A valid port which matches the NTP server from the above parameter NTP The default port for NTP Change system time You can control with this parameter whether
60. and sent to the PC DirectMail DirectView Conversion and Display Page 323 Dee beben vah foin Dos i jS sue Vitec E O C Olaerts anc rg eri coe rt eg a Hl sr Ewas P ARFRAGONARE INVENTURSL pint IOTEEREMANE tss DATEL BISLIOTHEE TEILDATEI fonar moy KI Dupont mur LAGO2PT en LAGO27f Lacozrrr ARTETA z istoti apretar KINDST EN VUNPST KINSSTY DAUR ree 4 09 08 DRETT CELTE m e mit Ser Sew 2 FAmteg Ap 3 Ap A Inge 23 04 00 05 14 42 45 levwntur Liste mach Legerplatz mit Zerigrrer serre 1 Lager Regal Tech Artikel Nr Artikelbereichnsng Berien Wr Je we zan gra nos A resa Inrelitgewte Artivectenne DCF 017481 2 iren j teg weg 0358 HTML spoolfile 17 2 Spool attributes Create AutoMail definition AutoMail is a module in the Toolmaker software DirectMail that allows you modify spoolfiles for example by adding forms changing fonts adding or deleting line ranges etc You can use AutoMail definitions with DirectView displays by setting the Use Automail Y N parameter Because DirectView is a program component of DirectMail all AutoMail functions are available To allow you to incorporate forms when converting DirectView includes a function for creating simple AutoMail definitions If you have SPLCTL rights in your user profile you can use option 8 in the spoolfile overview to create AutoMail definitions Fl Adobe Reader diraa pdf 7 Date Geateten Ancege Dokument Wer
61. are ON Turn the selected switch on OFF Turn the selected switch off TOGGLE Toggle mode PULSE Pulse mode Page Email APIs 294 DirectMail 14 0 Send spoolfile DirectMail contains the option Send spool with which you can easily send spoolfiles from the iSeries to your business partners outdoor staff representatives etc Without paper in an attractive format and above all faster than all our competitors 14 1 Send spoolfile via email option 12 If you know the name of the spoolfile you can send it with the iSeries command SNDSPLEML Send spoolfile via email SNDSPLEML Type choices press Enter Spoolfile OOO O Name Jobname 2 eener Name User n on on on on Name DUDO e o o n on on o 000001 999999 Spoolfilenumber ONLY 1 999999 ONLY LAST Delete spoolfile NO YES NO Outputformat sss s HTML TXT HTML EPDF PDF Spool A Matic format TXT Workstation customizing object NONE Name NONE L beeeg e e s e 2 Name LIBL CURLIB Pagearea From page o o sees 1 1 999999 To page e e es es o LAST 1 999999 LAST END CSV column seperation NONE 1 200 NONE for more values Start editor o NO YES NO More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0287 Send spoolfile via email screen 1 Spool f
62. as attachment you can display this attached email and export it to the Incoming Mails DirectMail A221Fttachments Page 115 E E Ee En changea sc 7 KB 27 04 04 x 0093 Work with attachments Select export type Before exporting an attachment you must select an export type Select export type 1 PC Filesystem IFS 2 Spoolfile SPL 3 Savefile SAVF 4 Certificate CERT 5 Email Inbox EML Choice BJ F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0303 Select export type Options 1 PC file system IFS 2 Spool file SPL 3 Savefile SAVF 4 Certificate CERT 5 Email Inbox EML Selection Enter the export type 4 Delete Deletes an email attachment See chapter Delete attachments Option 4 5 Display Displays the text of an attachment See chapter Display attachments Option 5 7 Rename Use this option to rename the attachment See chapter Rename attachment option 7 Fehler Es wurde kein Textmarkenname vergeben Page 116 A221Fttachments DirectMail 8 Attributes Displays the attachment s attributes See chapter Attachments attributes option 8 9 Compress You can compress an attached file See chapter 8 11 Compress attachments 10 Decompress You can decompress compressed attachments See chapter 8 11 1 1 Decompress attachments 8 2 Attach spoolfiles option 2 Often Series printouts must be forwarded to software houses field service team members or customers suppliers Quite
63. attachment Work with attachments 20 02 03 15 59 31 Select option press enter l Export 4 Delete S Display 7 Rename 8 Attributes 21 e Ch TTT RE ARE TR res ate e eR NS E RIEN QE A No Name htm a Select export type 6s 1 renbtv cer MU l PC Filesystem IFS 2 Spoolfile SPL 3 Savefile SAVE 4 Certificate CERT Choice 4 F3 Exit F12 Cancel F3 Exit FS Refresh F6 Create Fl2 Cancel F24 More keys Import Certificate Certificate Type Certificate Email Address ren toolmaker de Description Robert Engel Standard Y YzYes NzNo F3zExit Fl2 Cancel 0146 Importing a certificate Notes on certificate storage under DirectMail The recipient s email address is the access key for certificates You can save as many certificates as required for each email address The standard certificate is always used for encrypting emails There are three possible values for the encryption parameter Page 150 E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures DirectMail N No gt The email is sent unencrypted Y Yes gt The email is always encrypted If no certificate for the recipient is found the email is not sent The email receives the status WRN Warning and is placed into the error folder P Possible gt The email is sent encrypted if a certificate exists and unencrypted if no certificate is found Use option 25 Internet when sending email to view recipients for which no certif
64. been entered correctly you will not be prompted for it again for the duration of the job WARNING Remember the password As with all passwords without this you no longer have the possibility of accessing your mailbox Only the user QSECOFR has the authority of resetting the password Confirm password Enter your password again for validation Always ask for password Here you specify whether the password is requested from all DirectMail users The values allowed are DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 87 Y The password will be requested from every user when accessing the mailbox So you can protect your mailbox more intensely i e even the owner of the mailbox must enter the password before using it This is useful when the mailbox owner has signed on but wants to protect his mailbox from unauthorised access N The password will only be requested when a user other than the owner of the mailbox wants to access Password expiration interval Enter the time interval in days after which the password will expire You will be prompted beforehand to change the password Here you specify whether the text should be attached automatically to every forwarded email and or to replies The values allowed are Y The signature will be attached to every forwarded answered email N The signature will not be attached automatically to every forwarded answered email The text can be attached to the email using F15 5 12 Priva
65. certificate vip Wposked Fila r deese tepine 3f mirot 3 Dd Pan 2 2 4 s a 2 D 4 2 1 Corti Choate efect leet page ie ap strim or B neide heel a vert fheate ziddert sjest asse 44 np strim amtisike Uacemaveld CH gt Pelha Vrennomvwd d feed ieptisnimsbee de Zerf fier be walid Fra Tae Dey 7190 99 2007 ta Mee Mar E 13 45 29 Zei Certifioske shpert Pe satt stet ertittcate fingerpriat n vm e PY rann 44 AP CF 99 99 COrtitioate f apesgedar ena Tee 23 27 83 te oe bo Jooh O OP DP 18 mm er oeste errata lat ti types present at Entarmba type TA EIER EFFE TER falaeeibn type ELIE XTYOtAUR te type TETONA Revereion type GITT TE Fetennten str Syn CA Leet TU weet Le cate 260 5 K24 neca kay 0135 Spool file display 11 Standard Use this option to convert an alternative certificate into a standard certificate F6 Create Used this key to create certificates in DirectMail You can import certificate files saved in the IFS with this function 9 9 91949399 9 919 9 4 9408 0h76 IAE SELOOE TES Jil ut rtt rim 019 07 mat DirectMail400 certs public 1 Select 5 O Filename Filetype Size Changed at J Her cer SC Eile 561 10 12 02 18 08 _ Ren cer PC File 790 10 02 03 16 24 _ Renllll cer PC File 1 KB 23 10 02 10 45 Toolmaker Software Heik gt PC File 599 13 02 03 17 10 S Ende BP3eExit F5sRe fresh F12 Cancel F17 TOp FA1B Bottom 0136 Creating a certificate Se
66. display the contents of the certificate Display speksi wile tree i t en D H gt a 1 D i sma 4 em Seriki Cisse 3 OB Trsttst re Sah e rares vmi cepe ow fn Y entries d amp overdue E s ya rien A Ze stat A tat ond weit sient sch it T t 1 D mee X a mt Vettia furent Metwerk irt L P z t velit tasa Med Oct 41 90 40 2007 o d t h LXI 1 p bem treni n Sm TETI mor rain A fiert P fzzc t Pibes keye 0140 Display private certificates 11 Standard Use this option to convert an alternative certificate into a standard certificate F6 Create This function key allows you to create private certificates in DirectMail At present you can only create your own certificates Certificate import will be added later Create private certificate Select certificate type 1 Simple self signed certificate Choice i E3 Exit F12 Cancel 0142 Create private certificate Page 148 E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures DirectMail Option 1 brings you to the screen for creating certificate files Create simple self signed certificate Name E Desciption Toolmaker Software Heiko Groeneveld Name Toolmaker Software Heiko Groeneveld Email address hgr toolmaker de Password Password cnf F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0143 Enter certificate data screen 1 Name A name for the certificate Description The text description of your
67. display the formats available with F4 Workstation customising object WSCST With conversion using host print transform you can insert a workstation customising object which will be used when converting the printer data stream Library Enter the name of the library in which the workstation customising object is saved Page range from to PAGERANGE Allows you to select a page range for the spoolfile to be attached The values allowed are Page number LAST Attach up to the last page number END Attach up to the last page number CSV column separation CSVTAB Controls column separation The values allowed are 1 200 Number of columns Page 296 Send spoolfile DirectMail NONE No column separation Start editor EDIT Specifies whether the editor is started to add subject text and other information to the email The values allowed are YES The editor is started NO The editor is not started Send spoolfile via email SNDSPLEML Type choices press Enter MUST sth lt lt lt a CURRENT Zeichenwert CURRENT Sender EMEN A EA MAILBOX Email address MAILBOX Recipient e pr ee ss 9 SELECT Reference ss Messagetext for more values More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0288 Send spoolfile via email screen 2 Mailbox MAILBOX The name of the mailbox used to send the spoolfile CURR
68. email The key for both emails is the 20 character MAIL ID Page 182 260Fncoming Mail Assistant DirectMail We have listed two samples of Exit Programs below Sample program for export of email attachments KOK ROK RK RK RK RK RK RK KK RK RK RK KK RK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KK KK KK Sample Exit Programm for exporting email attachments C 2000 Toolmaker Software KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KEK KKK kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kk kc kckckckckockckckok c entry plist c parm mailid 20 c parm mailbox 10 c c do 9999 attid 5 0 ES Cat EXPEMLATT command c eval cloemd DIRMAIL EXPEMLATT MAILID c Strim mailid ATTID Cc trim editc attid Z c WW PATH dirmail file Ge Strim editc attid Z VEM uU t c REPLACE YES c Execute EXPEMLATT command E Call QCMDEXC 50 c parm clcmd 1000 E parm 1000 cllen l5 75 he If error occured assume that all attachments have been exported e Sf in50 E leave c endif c c enddo Quit program G seton ir DirectMail I260Fncoming Mail Assistant Page 183 Sample program for output of mail text to a source file The Program receives the internal Mail ID as Parameter and chains the Mail Header file and the Mail Text file The records will be written in the source file EMLOUTF in library QGPL It makes no sense to write the data in library QTEMP because the Program is running in batch mode Adjustments in Incoming Mail Assistant Fun
69. every mailbox Example mail toolmaker de 204 12 179 1 The values allowed for this parameter are AS400 All e mail will be sent via the iSeries e mail API The API must be configured correctly Name Enter the server name or IP address Page 32 Accessing DirectMail DirectMail DirectMail 400 Type choices press Enter configuration CFGDIRMAIL SMTP server timeout fro 1 999 seconds TCP IP port for SMTP SMTP Number SMTP Max number of retries 5 Number Retry time interval 5 Number Number of sending jobs 1 1 10 Number of automail jobs 1 1 10 Encrypt Email Wb NO YES POSSIBLE Sign EMil eene een HO NO YES Check Connection NO YES NO Server for check www t online de Port for check xw e HTTP Number HTTP POP SMTP Connectiontype LAN LAN PTP Configurationprofile TONLINE Name Poll interval 0010 1 9998 Minutes FIX PERM More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fl12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0011 2 The DirectMail configuration screen SMTP server timeout SMTPTIMOUT Some SMTP servers may have a bad response time pattern You can use this parameter to customise the time period that DirectMail will wait for a reply from the SMPT server The values allowed for this parameter are 1 999 Number of se
70. exported file as a mail attachment to your DirectMail mailbox From there you can import it as described later in the document 9 5 Export a private key DirectMail E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures Page 141 The private key is required by DirectMail to sign emails digitally Now export the public part of your digital ID to a file and send it to your DirectMail mailbox for example with Outlook 2000 In Outlook click Tools Options Security and then on the button Import Export Digital ID Import Export Digital ID rC Import existing Digital ID from a file Import the Digital ID from the file to your computer You must use the password you entered while exporting the certificate to this file Import File Browse Password Digital ID Name r Export your Digital ID to a File Export the Digital ID information into a file Enter a password to protect this information Digital ID Fobert engel Select Filename c ren pfd Browse Password dee Confirm om O Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 0 Compatible low security T Delete Digital ID from system Ca zs 0131 The Import Export Digital ID dialog Check Export your digital ID to a file and then click Select Select Certificate 3 2h x Select the certificate you want to use a EMT E EE Expiration robert en VeriSian 9 18 2004 gt Es Cancel View Certificate Page 142
71. file if it already exists Search and replace Search one or multiple strings and replace them Search string Type a search string Replace with Specify the string to replace the search string Multi occurrence To repeat the search until the end of the file is reached specify YES Stream file CCISD Type in the CCSID of the target file STMF specifies the same CCSID as the source file Parameter CCSID Allows you to specify a CCSID other than the job ID 13 2 19 Command CHGDMLLNG Use the command CHGDMLLNG to change the iSeries language settings Page 286 Email APIs DirectMail 0305 Change language New DirectMail language Select one of the following languages e DES German Switzerland e DEU German e ENG English e FRA French e ITA Italian 13 2 20 Command SNDOBJFTP Use the command SNDOBJFTP to transfer files to remote systems using FTP Send Object using FTP SNDOBJFTP Type choices press Enter IFS Object ee ws toolmaker test txt Remote system ss S20TCP Remote user we CMA Remote password LLLLLLJ Remote path oolmaker Binary mode YES YES NO Delete IFS Object NO YES NO Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys 0306 Send object using FTP IFS object Type the name of the IFS object you want to
72. here The mailbox password is saved temporarily for each job Once a password has been entered correctly you will not be prompted for it again for that job and mailbox 18 Certificates For the digital signature of emails certificates are required You can administrate them using this option See chapter Certificates Option 18 Function keys F6 Create Using this function key you can create a new mailbox You will receive the following screens for entering the mailbox name and a description Page 52 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail n o 0 4 6 0 6 60 4600060000000 9 9 RR OR 9 OR 9 0 Create new mailbox Type in name and description NB e ve ze re mr ww Description F3 Exit Fl2 Cancel Forros 0367 Create mailbox Name Mailbox name Description Mailbox description Press the function keys F3 or F12 to exit or the enter key to confirm the new definition You will then receive the subsequent screen as described in 5 1 which is identical to the screen when changing a mailbox 5 1 Change Mailbox Option 2 With Option 2 you will see the following screen Change mailbox options Type changes press enter Mailbox e e gt gt gt ROS Description BCS mailbox User Name NONE Nane PCS mailbox Email address pc9POtcolmaker net Response adress Work offline N YeYes N No Receive direct y Y Yes N No Standard folder i
73. i Select 5 Display 21 08 04 20 35 23 O Folder Description 2 Deleted Deleted Items z T Error Items with errors BM Inbox Incoming Items archivo Archieved Mails z Outbox Outgoing Items Sent Sent Items z Ende gt F3 Exit PS Refresh Pi2 Cancel F17 Top F12 Bottom 0163 Structure displayed DirectMail I260Fncoming Mail Assistant Page 165 CMAENG Definition BASIC 8 09 05 15 25 35 Definition COPY _ Copy E Mail in folder 1 1 1 1 Active Y Y Yes N No Filter Mailbox CMA Account Absence From BERGER ee Priority TO Attachments _ Reference DELETE Negative N Text Phonetic N l Select 4 Delete Opt Function Function parameter Send email if absend Add to addressbook Addressbook entry Copy to folder CMAENG 0164 Email copied to folder CMA deleted 11 1 7 Delete email automatically Everyone dislikes spam and junk mail This Incoming Mail Assistant function allows you to delete unwanted emails automatically and immediately The function is only executed after all other functions Also in expert mode CMA Definition BASIC 2 09 05 10 48 48 Definition DELETE Active Y Y Yes N No Filter Mailbox CMA Account Absence From Priority TO Attachments Reference DELETE Negative N Text Phonetic N l Select 4 Delete Opt Function Function parameter Send email if absend Yes Add to addressbook Extern Addressbook entry Extern Copy
74. program association for a file type Delete Delete the association for the viewer currently displayed Here is an example showing an existing definition Assignment Key lt gt Mediaplayer Editor lud SEARCH STRING om lome senis Het EDIT Mediaplayer Temple M Eubence check weree check USER DEFINED setters BEFORE subt document name A TER TRANSLATION of contol commands of DIRECTMEDIA Hoi te No Toots No Statusda No Meru No Focus Seral Offset Zoom Riotahon Angie exe Qte res Window Position Window Sor exe QteNo Requeed ingt vil be atomaticaly completed at program stat 0353 Assigning a document to Mediaplayer Search string file extension Enter the file extension for the document type For example XLS for Excel files You can also search for strings in the document name For example www finds all document names beginning with www Full path of the viewer program Enter the full path and program name for the viewer For example C PROGRAM FILES MICROSOFT OFFICE OFFICE11 EXCEL EXE If the path is in the path list AUTOEXEC BAT or registry path the viewer program name is sufficient User defined settings for viewer programs Please note that these parameter settings depend on the viewer specified For example For example Excel always opens a file as read only if the parameter r is passed before the document name Page DirectView 320 DirectMail Submit document name BEFORE
75. run in one process step e g conversion into HTML TXT or CSV complex user defined conversion routines can be configured With this external spool converters can be integrated and standard conversion can be configured Note Using the parameter FORMAT the conversion description can be specified for all conversion commands and routines 18 1 Work with conversion descriptions WRKSPLCNV Each description consists of a sequence of CL commands that will be processed during conversion Variables that will be provided by DirectMail can be inserted into the CL commands CHA Work with Conversion Descriptions 16 02 06 11 08 41 Position t E Select option press enter 2 Change 3 Copy 4 Delete 8 Description 12 Reset Hits Op Definition Description Type Hits since No valid records to display F3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create Fl2 Cancel F17 Top F1G Bottom 0368 Work with conversion descriptions Options 2 Change Use this option to change an existing conversion description 3 Copy 4 Delete Use this option to delete a conversion description 8 Description Use this option to modify the designation of a conversion description 12 Reset hits Use this option to reset the counter to zero DirectMail Conversion descriptions Page 329 18 1 1 Create a conversion description Create Conversion Description Type in name and description Definition EPDF Description Convert into EPDF File extension EDPFE F3 Exit F12 Cancel
76. send Remote system Enter the name of the remote system to which you want to send the object Remote user Specify the name of the remote user Remote password DirectMail Email APIs Page 287 Enter the remote user s password Remote path Specify the remote path to which you want to send the object Binary mode Specify whether the object is sent in binary mode The values allowed are YES The object is sent in binary mode default NO The object is not sent in binary mode Delete IFS object Specify whether the file should be deleted after being sent The values allowed are YES The IFS object is deleted after it is sent NO The IFS object is not deleted after it is sent default You must have a DM400API license to use the command SNDOBJFTP 13 2 21 Command RCVOBJFTP Use the command RCVOBJFTP to receive files from remote systems using FTP Receive Object using FTP RCVOBJFTP Type choices press Enter Remote object toolmaker test txt Remote system oo S20TCP Remote user e CHA Remote password ARA d e eeh 5o 209 5 gp s toolmaker Binary mode YES YES NO Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0307 Receive object using FTP Remote object RMTOBJ Type the name of the remote object you want to receive Remote system RMTSYS
77. spoolfile The values allowed are Number A valid CPI setting e g 5 8 10 12 15 16 7 0 The spoolfile CPI value is used LPI LPI Here you can set individual text heights in LPI lines per inch differing from the spoolfile The values allowed are Number A valid LPI setting e g 5 8 10 12 15 16 7 0 The spoolfile LPI value is used PDF font FONT When using Unicode conversion specify the PDF font for character conversion Codepage CCISD CCSID When using Unicode conversion specify the CCSID to ensure that characters are properly displayed in PDF format Text offset co ordinates PDFAREA X axis mm Allows you to move the original spool text right values in mm Negative values shift the text left X scale Type in the scaling factor for the original spool text The values allowed are Number A percentage of the original size for example 90 90 120 120 NO Do not scale YES FIT Scale to page size keeps the spool text within the page margins Y axis mm Allows you to move the original spool text down values in mm Negative values shift the text up DirectMail Send spoolfile Page 299 Y scale Type in the scaling factor for the original spool text The values allowed are Number A percentage of the original size for example 90 90 120 120 NO Do not scale YES FIT Scale to page size keeps the spool text within the page margins Send sp
78. strict hierarchy of X 509 certificates forms the basis of the S MIME approach X 509 certificates are used with SSL S MIME and IPSec The Certificate Authority sits at the top of the hierarchy It represents the highest authority within the PKI or Public Key Infrastructure X 509 digital certificates or X 509 digital signatures guarantee that the public key can be uniquely allocated to a specific user Page 132 E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures DirectMail A Certification Authority CA is a trusted third party which issues and administers digital certificates The CA guarantees that a public key belongs to a single identified user Certificates can be issued either offline or online Online TC Trust Center among others offer a Class 1 Certificate providing basic security free of charge With the Class 1 or Express Certificate36 only the correctness of the given e mail address is validated TC Trust Center Class 1 Certificates require very little proof of identity The main focus here is to test encrypted mail communication using X 509 certificates Offline the user has to go in person to the CA The Trust Center Verisign37 for example offers a Class 3 Certificate Assuming a Trust Center fulfils specific requirements the signatures created with their certificates are legally binding under German law TeleSec Telekom and Signtrust Deutsche Post are two other German providers of the qualified signatures presumed enable secu
79. system through which the connection for the checking is to be established The values allowed for this parameter are HTTP The port for HTTP 80 will be used POP The port for POP 110 will be used SMTP The port for SMTP 25 will be used FTP The port for FTP 21 will be used TFTP The port for TFTP 69 will be used Number The number of the TCP IP port Connection type CNNTYP Type of the internet intranet connection The values allowed for this parameter are LAN The connection will be established via the local network Local Area Network PTP The connection will be established via a modem on the V24 interface Point To Point Configuration profile CFGPRF PPP configuration profile Poll interval POLINT This parameter specifies how often the system should permit an internet connection The higher the interval is defined the more messages can be dispatched in a single connection establishment However also the delay before arrival at the recipient increases DirectMail 400 configuration CFGDIRMAIL Type choices press Enter Account check timeframe fime from ex oi Time tO 2359 Days of week MTWTFSS XXXXXXX Pell time e see e e 0000 Enable F21 commandline YES SPLAMATIC installed SRO Standardformat Spooldistributi HTML Default Spool A Matic Format TXT Workstation customizing object NONE Library 2 2 s e rer e
80. text only Green bars Page table Papersize Landscape CPI le siste PDF font Codepage CCISD Text original co ordinates Xaxis mm Xscale Form first page Form position Top margin mm Bottom margin mm Left margin mm Form continuation pages Form position Top margin mm Bottom margin mm Left margin mm PDF security settings Owner password User password Key length Allow print Allow change Allow copy Allow annotations Allow form fields Allow access to content Allow assemble High resolution Allow print CSV column separation Present empty CSV lines Present CSV format error Present CSV header lines IFS object Browse subfolders Search and replace Search for Replace with Multiple occurrences GUMBOFMT WSCST X X X PAGERANGE X TEXTONLY GREENBAR PAGETABLE PAPERSIZE ROTATION CPI LPI FONT CCSID PDFAREA OVERLAY MARGINS OVERLAY2 MARGINS2 PDFSEC CSVTAB CSVSPCLIN CSVNOFIT CSVHEAD OBJ SUBDIR SCNRPL XK KK KK KK OX OX OX OX KK OX OX KK X X OX OX 0X KK X OX KKK 0X 0X 0X 0X X X X X X KK OK X X X X KK OX DirectMail Email APIs Page 251 Data stream file CCISD STMFCCSID X Parameter CCSID PARMCCSID X Save file SAVF X Library
81. the Exit Program ATMEXTPGM in the DIRMAIL library enter the following command CHGDTAARA DTAARA DI RMAI L DMDTAARA 816 10 VALUE ATMEXTPGM CHGDTAARA DTAARA DI RMAI L DMDTAARA 826 10 VALUE DI RMAI L d The exit program has to accept the following parameters c entry plist c parm atmdef 10 AutoMail Definition c parm filnam 10 Filename c parm usrdta 10 Userdata C parm frmtyp 10 Formtype e parm pgmnam 10 Program Name c parm usrnam 10 User c parm outq 10 OUTQ c parm outqlib 10 OUTQ Library c parm atrrcd 2048 Attribute record c parm dbfile 10 CPYSPLF File c parm dblib 10 CPYSPLF File Library c parm rtnatmdef 10 Return AutoMail Definition The ATRRCD parameter contains the attributes of the spoolfile in the SPLA0100 format of the QUSRSPLA API The DBFILE and DBLIB parameters specify the output file of CPYSPLF for this file The output format is in PRTCTL format The RTNATMDEF parameter allows the return of an AutoMail definition which should be used for the current spoolfile If this field is returned with BLANK AutoMail will not process the Spool file If a valid AutoMail definition is specified the file will be processed with this definition even if it differs from the ATMDEF parameter The source file QRPGLESRC in the DIRMAIL library contains an example of the definition Position 837 838 During the conversion of spooled files the numeric csv column values can now cleaned up so that Excel can re
82. the system time transmitted from the Internet will change the system time of your iSeries via the QTIME system value The values allowed are Y The system time will be changed N The system time will not be changed 4 4 Data area DMDTAARA Some very rarely used functions have been transferred to a data area which can be viewed using the WRKDTAARA DI RMAI L DMDTAARA command and can be changed using CHGDTAARA DI RMAI L DMDTAARA and the F4 function key DirectMail Accessing DirectMail Page 45 Position 236 If in this Position is a 1 the Profile Handle APIs in AutoMail should be used Position 663 An D in position 663 of this data area suppresses the Copyright note of a spoolfile in case of HTML conversion Position 664 An 0 in position 664 of this data area suppresses the page heading of a spoolfile in case of HTML conversion Positions 738 749 When converting wide SPLF to EPDF enhanced PDF with some reports the last characters at the end of the line were truncated In order to influence the actual width of the PDFs a conversion factor for mm inch was inserted in DTAARA DMDTAARA If this value is not filled 0 03527731092 will be used However the correct conversion factor for mm inch is 0 039370078 Should this value be set the data area can be changed as follows CHGDTAARA DTAARA DMDTAARA 738 12 VALUE 0 039370078 Positions 765 768 In order to better represent the bold print with a spool conversio
83. transmitted to your provider 5 7 Address book option 12 The address book serves to make available frequently used email addresses to the author of the emails DirectMail differentiates between external address books system address book user address book and mailbox address books The decision where an address should be recorded is facilitated by DirectMail since you can move an entry at any time or reference another address book request the address book function getting an overview of your user address book Page 70 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail Work with addresses Addressbook PC9 Private Addressbook for PCS Position to D gt Select option press enter z 2 Change 3 Link 4 Delete 5 Display B Reference 17 Move 18 Certificates gt Op Description Type Gr nbichler Josef SMTP Ende OES3 Exit Fa Prompt P5 Refresh F6 Create F24 More keys 0032 Private address book Options 2 Change Use this option to change information about the address See chapter Change address book entry Option 2 3 Link For linking an address book entry to another address book See chapter Link address book entry Option 3 4 Delete For deleting an entry See chapter Delete address book entry Option 4 5 Display For displaying an entry See chapter Display address book entry Option 5 8 Reference Displays the links of a physically created address to various address books See chapter Display addres
84. type SPLPAG Spool number of pages CSVFIL CSV file name CSVPTH CSV file path in IFS CSVOBJ CSV object path file name TMPPTH Temporary IFS path TMPOBJ Temporary IFS object path file name SPLYEA Spool date year 4 digit SPLYE2 Spool date year 2 digit SPLMON Spool date month Page 232 AutoMail DirectMail SPLDAY Spool date day SPLHH Spool time hours SPLMM Spool time minutes SPLSS Spool time seconds Using the character the end of an index name can be defined E g if index CUSTOMER 14711 and export path amp CUSTOMER lt addition then AutoMail will use the path 14711addition File name Enter the name of the file to be exported Index export to CSV If a file is exported a data record in the CSV format can optionally be written into a file The file name corresponds to the name of the PDF file with extension CSV The values allowed are Y The CSV file is created N The CSV file is not created Exit program library After a successful export of files a user specific program can be called which transfers the files at the same time into an archiving system for example The values allowed are Name Name of the program to be called NONE No program called MAILBOX File transferred to the mailbox Archive command Alternative to the Exit Program a command for archiving can also be started directly for processing the files Delete file When the Exit Program or the command for archiving have completed
85. whose emails you want to view See chapter Select folder Option 1 1 Option email area Use this option to select an email to edit See chapter Select email option 1 2 Change folder area Use this option to change the folder name and description See chapter Select folder option 2 2 Change email area Use this option to select an email to edit See chapter Change email option 2 4 Delete Folder and email area DirectMail W170Fork with emails option 7 Page 93 For deleting folders emails depending on which part of the screen you are moving in See chapter Delete folder option 4 or chapter Delete email option 4 5 Display email area Use this option to view an email with header information text and names of the attachments See chapter Display email option 5 6 Print email area Prints an email text contents on the selected printer See chapter Print email option 6 7 Reply to email email area Allows the direct reply of an email to the sender See chapter Replay to email option 7 8 Reply to all recipients email area Allows the reply of an email to all recipients of the original email See chapter Reply to all recipients option 8 9 Forward email email area Forwards a received email to other recipients See chapter Forward email option 9 10 Attachment email area Working with attachments import export view etc See chapter Attachments 11 Re send email are
86. 13 09 Ok bengt holzbergemidjet gt gsmtext 4 23 19 02 03 20 48 Ok 0185 Select email RENGEL Definition BASIC 21 08 04 20 43 39 Definition REPLY Active Y YzYes N No Filter Mailbox PC9 Account From Absence Ts e i Priority Reference ORDER Attachments Text Negative N leSelect Delete Opt Function Function parameter Print email text 3 Reply with email Payment RSF Account SMS message to mobile phone 0186 Reply to request with email test 11 1 14 Notification by GSM text If you have installed GSM text from TOOLMAKER on your iSeries you can inform anyone owning a mobile phone about your incoming emails The mobile phone owner is notified that an email has arrived and sent the subject This is of particular benefit to people working out of the office or for mobile workers RENGELE Definition BASIC 20 02 03 16 53 22 Definition SMS01 Active x Y Yes N No filter Mailbox RENGEL Accoust from Reference Sasi Text A Select Delete Opt Function Function parameter Print email text Reply with email A SMS message to mobile phone Ende Fiz xit FA Pro pt E5 Refresh Fi2 cCancel 0187 Email notification by tex SMS message Enter yourfilter criteria and enter 1 next to SMS message to mobile phone Page 174 260Fncoming Mail Assistant DirectMail Send SMS message to mobile phone Mobil phone number 017175565008 Number OWNER E3 Exit F4 Prompt F12 Cancel 0188 Enter the
87. 15 38 N LSDF13 TXT FILE 29 KB 20 02 03 15 41 N Ende F3 Exit E5 Refresh F6 Create Fl2 Cancel E24 More keys 0103 Overview of attachments DirectMail A221Fttachments Page 123 8 6 Export attachments option 1 Email attachments can be converted back to their original format using the Export function The screens and functions in the Export function are almost identical to those of the function for creating attachments Again you must specify the directory in IFS for PC documents the printer for spoolfiles or the library to which objects are restored Select export type 1 PC Filesystem IFS 2 Spoolfile SPL 3 Savefile SAVF 4 Certificate CERT 5 Email Inbox EML Choice t a F3 Exit Fi2 Cancel 0104 Export attachment Selection Selection of export type When exporting PC documents the directory structure of the Integrated File System of Series will be shown Page 124 A221Fttachments DirectMail id Filename TEST l Select 3 Next level O Filename Filetype Size Changed at Cornel Directory 13 01 04 17 23 Dev Directory 3 12 04 9 31 3 _ DirectMail400 Directory 12 05 04 17151 DIRFAXTMP Directory 23 09 99 16310 DirMedia Directory 4 09 02 11 05 _ Ete Directory 3 12 04 8 31 3 _ Home Directory 11 09 97 21 14 Pdflib Directory 7412 04 13 09 _ QCA400 Directory 19 06 01 16150 _ QDLS Directory _ QFileSvr 400 Directory 21 02 05 12 07 a
88. 161 11 1 4 Create address book entry sse ener 162 11 1 5 Delete address entry A 163 11 1 6 Copy email to tolder A 164 11 1 7 Delete email automaticalhy sess enne 166 111 8 Detour email oaos ioi ied Repente eie ca Far rc dee REL ned 167 11 1 9 Send to a fax rechoient kan 168 11 1410 Forward email deuda EE ee dra nei ag a 169 TLIAT Move to folder a eee p ecce rd cree ci od de EE 171 ZS Print S Mall text eiii cede avid eeu WO ava Ed 172 T113 Reply to KT UE 173 T1 1 14 Notification Dy GiSM text erect e bte e dnce aor eek abc de 174 TIT 15 Gombinati ns TEE 175 11 2 Expertimodo fede te tede eie er iia eie eae ee ther ee ed n Poi 175 11 2 1 Filter functions in expert mode enne 176 11 2 2 Add functions in expert mode enne nnne 178 12 0 Lt ECC 187 12 1 AutoMail configuration entente enne nnns nnne nennen 187 1220 BIE o NTC ER 188 12 2 4 Create OUTQUCUES nest tentes snnt intres nnns 189 12 3 Create AutoMail definition ssssssssssssesseseseeen enne nennen nennen nnns 190 12 3 1 Session deimttions A 191 DirectMail Table of Contents Page 5 12 3 2 Open spoolfiles eessssssssesessesseses entente a nnns nnne 192 12 9 9 SpoOl prompts ii tates temen tos se de Lees t ld 195 12 4 ue EE 196 EC A Wer le EG 196 12 4 2 Database index fields sse enne nennen 199 12 4 8 Work with indexe
89. 2 Version 3 20 The file DMDSTLOG now records the PE definition used to distribute an email This is shown with option 25 in WRKEML Command CFGDIRMAIL now includes the parameter RGZDLTPERM This parameter defines whether email is deleted permanently during reorganisation or moved to the folder for deleted objects For example to move email from a folder to the Deleted folder after ten days and then permanently delete it after another ten days set 10 days for the original folder and 20 days for the Deleted folder Automail now contains a new standard index SPLUDD User Defined Data of the Spooled File PDF conversion using GUMBO now supports overlay as PDF JPG etc This function is supported in AutoMail CVTSPLF WRTEMLAPI SNDSPLEML The parameters for the DirectMedia path in CFGDIRMAIL have been removed They are not required in the new version of DirectMedia DirectMedia installation on the iSeries no longer required to use DirectMedia in DirectMail DirectMedia must now be installed and started on the PC only The shared network drive is also no longer required New function key F11 View in the program WRKATMDEF Work with AutoMail definitions Filter settings for the AutoMail definition are shown in the second view There is also a new option 9 DirectView This option allows you to change the conversion settings required for DirectView Two new input fields added to the Spool Filter menu in the AutoMail editor Use i
90. 203 Work with output queue Options 2 Change Use this option to change defined queues 3 Copy Use this option to copy an existing definition to a new definition 4 Delete Page AutoMail 188 DirectMail Use this option to delete a queue definition 12 Reset hits Use this option to reset the number of hits per queue to zero 12 2 1 Create outqueues With the function key F 6 you can define from within the screen Work with AutoMail queues a new queue which should be monitored by AutoMail Change AutoMail Output Queue Type in name and description Output Queue E Name AE 2 E Name LIBL DEW o s 5 4 Y Yes NeNo Poll interval 10 Minutes MTWTFSS Days of week XXXXXX Mark days with x Time from HH MM Time to 23 88 HH MM F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0204 Create new AutoMail queue Outqueue Enter the name of the queue to be monitored The existing output queues in the system can be displayed and selected with F 4 Library Enter the library in which the queue is saved Alternatively you can also specify the value LIBL use of the library list Active Specify whether the queue is active and being monitored The values allowed are Y The queue is monitored N The queue is not monitored Use DataQ Specifies whether or not the DataQ is used The values allowed are Y The queue is monitored N The queue is not monitored Poll interval DirectMail
91. 212 256 267 296 Assign password Assigning i WE Et n he Eoi o e o E RERE Attachas Text TL ELLE Attach iSeries database file v AttachiSeries DRAE esed A meret ti E ed ee idest bee ee Seeerei Attach iSeries objects Attach PC documents Attacbrsayefile x EE Eh Ee REM Attach spoolfiles Attach to email texts EE Attachto mew UE Attach to Text m Attach wheirreplymg foEwardIng 4 eere e ertet te ttr OAM ere E teste ee eb et NN 86 Attachment oe potio nectit a oa EO EROR I REG E UIS SEXE EU E E REIR 94 106 Attachment attriDUtes 1 5 neret ee cre PO E ERI TU Oe ERREUR IRE bn REA IN Eee 127 Attachment number 2 278 SEET eege E EE 42 96 97 106 113 161 PAUTIDULES eoe state eae ect cesis etd eiue Ti pep eM diete Hep A N ttu da Co Efe as 117 Authority e mail RCV export 31 Authorzation Email SEND Export iii ar 31 At SIgTi e E 52 85 95 AutoMail 187 AutoMail configuration ss 187 Ad CAMS III m 56 Automatic EE 40 E ee 101 E NN 20 114 DirectMail Enhancements Corrections Page 339 IM APY ee 288 289 Blind copy Bottom CCSID Tor Server e E 43 Certificate SOTA ras 150 Certificates CFGDAYLS CRGDIR ENEE EE 29 CFGTCP 5223 Change absence Change address book entry m Change email z 2 nose iei ode e iron re ie ei e de ir o Fere fuss E bro ee iier ied 101 Change ema account i e HEP SEE ORE E rE E TAA ES EE
92. 256 268 Num Het 256 267 269 272 Spool actions UE engl a 324 eier EE 235 Spool export SDpOOL E E en KEE Spool file number Spool file Sending EE 304 SPOOL output e EE 211 Spool prompts m SPO0lSE2MENTAION gt m M 234 TEE EE 37 296 Standards EE 72 Standard certificate 147 Standard Be 54 Standard format Spool distrDUtlOn e oir E ec e e TO gara i egt a e RO ERO E vete TRUE su gu 36 Standard mailbox 30 Standard spool Mall Systekn iia it 39 Start editor ies wee 297 Start E mail Monitor 91 Status displ y EE 91 kic ill eM M M 194 STMETOPRTE E 290 Storage space STRDIRMAIL STREMEMON senienas a a aeaa e daien e ea o aaaheyelp dica 91 ER UE Stream file CCISD og el e EE XB ANS GC EE Subfolder 100 101 109 e 96 161 248 297 SUBJECT EE Subnet mask SUM e E 27 Summer winter time adjustment e cocer e tae o e EET E ERE E o ASKEN aS EEOSE SRE rN SE SEIE HERPES 43 Within ass 2 294 leier 94 System address DOOK c 70 System configuration 313 System MEss EE 44 System time via Internet aoi he cio dene aeui ecc nc a e ded eie eee ha epu ke Ue 45 System Value for sending receivitig rie ete rtr petere dE ei HP o bo rires e urba leute pese ede ep iod d ie g
93. 4 9 4 9 9o 95 99 4 9 3 9 9 9 9 9 cwn c Ur som m Import private key Path DirectMail400 certs test p x Password MN E Ramo Description KB os X v Email address F3 Exit F4 Prompt Fi2 Cancel o O9 9 9 0060 Import private key screen 1 Path Path where the certificate is stored Password DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 89 Password for the protected certificate Name Name of the certificate Description Additional description Name Name of the certificate holder Email address Email of the certificate holder Select the desired certificate using F4 and enter the appropriate password After confirming with Enter the certificate data is shown in the lower area of the screen o o Import private key Path DirectMail400 certs test pfx Password E nA m H Name A 94 9 4 Description robert engel Hane robert engel Email address engel ffitv ofr de F3 Exit F4 Prompt Fi2 Cancel 0061 Import private key screen 2 Path Path of the key to be imported Password Password of the key to be imported Name Description Name Email address Page 90 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail 6 0 Email Monitor In order to send emails from DirectMail the exchange
94. 5 Display 8 Password 9 Check 10 Transfer Op Account ID Description Act TMSIN tmsin toolmakergw indra de Yes Ende E3SExit E5 Refresh Fl2 Cancel F17 2Top Fi8 Bottom DirectMail 400 c 1999 2003 by Toolmaker Software GmbH 0087 Email accounts 7 26 Incoming Mail Assistant from mailbox F20 Using Function key 20 you can go to the Incoming Mail Assistant and can carry out all the functions which are more precisely described below in the chapter Incoming Mail Assistant DirectMail W170Fork with emails option 7 Page 111 OSECOFR Work with email distribution 21 08 04 20 19 45 Position to E Mailbox PC9 Select option press enter 2 Change 3 Copy 4 Delete 8 Criteria 9 Tasks 12 Reset Hits Name Desoription Type hotiv Hits since P yp ABSOl absend BASIC Yes 111 20 08 04 Ende F3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create F12 Cancel Fi7 Top Pl Bottom DirectMail 400 c 1993 2004 by Toolmaker Software GmbH Kaufering im Au ow 0088 Incoming Mail Assistant 7 27 Transmitting from mailbox F22 Using Function key 22 you can start the transmission sending and receiving of emails from within the mailbox Page 112 W170Fork with emails option 7 DirectMail 8 0 Attachments Although DirectMail is a host based email system you still have the comfort that you know from popular PC applications In addition to the sending of texts email attachments are also a widely used and common way of attaching any PC
95. 78 Email APIs DirectMail Ping TCP IP Port PNGTCPPORT Type choices press Enter Remote Host i TCP IP PORT ex ey eye n HTTP Number HTTP POP SMTP Protocol s es esses ewes TCP TCP UDP Bottom P3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel FP13 How to use this display F24 More keys 0269 The PING command Remote host Specify here the host name from the host table CFGTCP option 10 or the TCP IP address of the host TCP IP port Choose here the custom or default port for the PING The values allowed are Number Any port number between 1 and 9999 HTTP The HTTP port will be used POP The POP port will be used SMTP The SMTP port will be used FTP The FTP port will be used TFTP The TFTP port will be used TELNET The TELNET port will be used LPD The LPD port will be used Protocol Select the protocol to be used The values allowed are TCP Ping using the TCP protocol UDP Ping using the UDP protocol 13 2 12 Command PRTEML DirectMail Email APIs Page 279 Using the command PRTEML you can print emails with a known mail ID Prant email PRTEML Type choices press Enter Mail ID i ud j n H Output queue JOB Name DEV JOB MEE aco maor x Am Name LIBL CURLIB Copies e e k 1 255 Hold spooled file RK NO NO YES DENN Luo axe iR etm aa xis 1 1 255 Bottom E3 Exit F4 Prompt ES Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display E24 More keys
96. AFTER Passes a parameter before or after the document name No title No toolbar No status bar No menu Focus Use these fields to pass parameters specific to the viewer in use Zoom Rotation angle Scroll offset Window position and size Use these fields to pass parameters specific to the viewer in use EDIT Mediaplayer Settings for document editing and templates for example display with WordView edit with Word Template Specifies the template used when creating a new document in edit mode DirectMail DirectView Page 321 Page 322 DirectView Conversion and Display DirectMail 17 0 DirectView Conversion and Display A couple of points to note before you can use DirectView to display spoolfiles on the PC e DirectView and DirectMedia must be installed and configured e The spoolfile display under WRKSPLF must be set to Advanced with F21 and option 2 17 1 Display spoolfile Call WRKSPLF or WRKOUTQ and select a spoolfile with option 5 Display Depending on your settings the converted spoolfile will be displayed or you will be prompted to choose a file format Note that with large spoolfiles you can also select a page range for conversion in the Confirm Spool Display dialog Confirm Spool Display Please define pagerange Format Burm NONE Pagerange oe 1 F3 Exit F4 Prompt F12 Cancel 0360 Confirm format When you press Enter the spoolfile is read converted
97. AutoMail Page 189 12 3 DirectMail is able to check the queues in defaulted intervals for new entries to be sent Specify the time intervals in which this should occur The values allowed are Minutes Any desired value the queue is checked every x minutes for new entries Days of week Mark here on which day of the week the check should be carried out By doing this you can e g exclude checks at the weekend saving connection costs The values allowed are X Mark every day every place corresponds to a day from Monday to Friday on which the queue should be checked Time from to Specify here within which time window the check should take place in the defined interval This prevents your queues from being unnecessarily checked e g during the night The values allowed are 0 00 24 00 Create AutoMail definition With function key F 6 you create a new AutoMail definition and the following screen is shown Create AutoMail Definition Type in name and description Definition H Description F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0205 Create AutoMail definition Definition Enter an unique name for the definition You should use a descriptive name e g ABEO1 for acknowledgements of orders RECHO for invoices etc as the list of the AutoMail definitions is sorted by this name Description This is the text description of the definition Page AutoMail 190 DirectMail ei E B Aeput promt wie
98. D created is filed in the data area QTEMP DMTMPMID If an error occurs the mail ID is empty This command facilitates the integration of DirectMail into custom applications Display IFS Mime File DSPMIM Type choices press Enter IFS Object D Output y os site gt A DISPLAY DISPLAY PRINT INBOX Botton FS Exit F Prompt E5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display E24 More keys 0269 The command DSPMIM IFS object Specify the name of the IFS object with the full path Output Specify how the Mime file should be handled The values allowed are DirectMail Email APIs Page 275 DISPLAY The IFS object is displayed PRINT The IFS object is printed INBOX The IFS object is sent to a mailbox inbox ATTACH Calls Work with Attachments Tiir DERE Ver raar fLims yi Cut nl Ced sam 4 one View bint LIT AT Fenced TT TT Pen TS 3 e t teet WI ZE Mail dure Jon MOS onene rem Parme Maa ENTE el Sl em mem ei Krieebe surmal zent Whodeaedey 22 Terror 1949 12 21 ro Lysaea i apta El eent ra zeen ai ann Meri copy leer dese iyan de Le pasaihle wies eya Mond Elles Tara ane auta Late za athos era te simpe dem mt sin d spil Ghre CEU er gn zf ae bm 8 pede te reslize 1 ip Future getrennt aus ie 0270 Display Mime file with DISPLAY Display IPS Mime File DSPMIM Type choices press Enter IFS Object 7 lless GssMAIL9 99002631 eml Genes Dol lx pte c
99. DEX USER Y Bottom F3 Exit F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel Fi Top F18 Bottom 0327 Index definitions In this type of list output all indexes in the spoolfile must be assigned to a group index After defining all indexes you will need to specify where they are added and the location of the HTML list area in each AutoMail attachment D Work with Automail Attachments t Select option press enter 2eChange 1 Delele Display Scan Replace J List Areas Op Path Alias Name Delet Compr SubDr Scan List D I ftm UWKSPLE htm SOT Ho No No Yea Yea Ende Pitter PSeRefresh P eCreate Fi2xCancel Filefop PFib Batton 0331 Work with AutoMail attachments DirectMail AutoMail Page 225 Add utoMail Attachment Type option and press enter IPS Paths 5 wow i Subdirectories H es H Yo Alias filename RIG Delete file H Yes Ho Compress file H Y Yes H Ho Alternativ Text H Yes H Ho E3 Exit Fi12 Cancel 0236 Add AutoMail attachment IFS path The path for the HTML file Sub directories Allows you to attach complete directory trees In this example however we are working with files not directories Alias file name The file name the recipient sees in the email The name can contain placeholders for index values amp CUST Delete file Specify whether the file should be deleted after processing Because we are working with templates set this value to N
100. DirectMail Email and more on the iSeries User Manual iSeries amp Toolmaker Quality Combined DirectMail Page 1 Sales in Germany TOOLMAKER SOFTWARE GMBH D 86916 Kaufering WestendstraBe 34 D 86913 Kaufering Postfach 1361 Phone 49 08191 968 111 Fax 49 08191 968 100 Switzerland TOOLMAKER SOFTWARE AG CH 8136 Gattikon Obstgartenweg 15 Phone 41 043 305 73 23 Fax 41 043 305 73 49 France TOOLMAKER France SARL F 6700 Strasbourg 5 Rue du Dr Maurice Freysz Phone 33 0810 810 768 Fax 33 0810 810 915 For Germany Austria Switzerland TOOLMAKER HOTLINE Phone 49 040 559 19 62 Fax 49 040 559 19 08 For France TOOLMAKER HOTLINE Phone 33 0820 820 188 Screens Screens The iSeries screenshots in this manual may differ slightly from your actual screens User Manual Version 4 03 printed 19 October 2006 This manual describes Software Release 4 03 f Layout Toolmaker Software GmbH Kaufering Copyright 2006 Toolmaker Software GmbH Page 2 DirectMail Tabl e of Contents 1 0 General Information ii cess Seege NEE acce mise cria 9 1 1 Goals and Ben EE 9 1 2 TORMS Of EEN 9 1 3 Technical Ee LEE 9 1 4 Extending the test pertod o te e cree tete et e e UE E LR EUR ear 9 1 5 Improvements to this manual o nccconnnnnnonniccnnnn cacon nace 10 1 6 e Tue lu EE 10 1 7 lee 11 1 8 le LEE 11 2 0 MSTA
101. DirectView is active settings are applied N DirectView is not active OS 400 spool display always used Format for DSPSPLF Specifies a display format for the spoolfile Default NONE The spool is displayed on the PC by the default application associated with the Windows file extension HTML files with Internet Explorer PDF files with Adobe Acrobat Reader etc When configuring the PC components you can however specify different applications for the file extensions for DirectView The values allowed for this parameter are HTML Sets HTML as the default file format Data is displayed as a table with alternating green and white rows to improve readability The application used to display the files is your web browser NONE No conversion specified The files are displayed in OS 400 format CSV Sets semicolon delimited text as the default file format Before conversion you will usually need to rework the spoolfile with an AutoMail definition to delimit columns with F13 The default application for viewing the file is Microsoft Excel EPDF Adobe s PDF file format but in the Enhanced Version of DirectView PDF This format supports elements such as form overlays allowing you to use background JPG or TIF files with the spool to create complete printed forms ORIG Same effect as NONE The files are displayed in OS 400 format Page DirectView 314 DirectMail PCL Spool files on the iSeries in PCL format with PCL
102. E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures DirectMail 0132 Selecting a certificate Select the ID you want to export and click OK Now specify a path and name for the file and the password for the key Click OK to export the key to the specified folder Complete the export by clicking Finish and send the exported file as a mail attachment to your DirectMail mailbox From there you can import it as described later in the document 9 6 Procedure for encryption In order to send encrypted mail you must first save the recipients X 509 certificate digital IDs in DirectMail For every recipient to whom you want to send encrypted mail you must first receive the certificate and then import it into DirectMail Every certificate is linked to an e mail address If you have recipients with several e mail addresses per user you may require several certificates for each recipient Certificates can be integrated into DirectMail as follows 9 6 1 Command WRKCER Work with certificates With this command you can assign one or more public certificates to every e mail address Certificates are imported using the IFS Select Certificate 3 xl Select the certificate vou want to use 2 robert en VeriSign Cla OK Cancel View Certificate 0133 Work with recipient certificates The folder Toolmaker DirectMail400 certs public is the default folder This allows you for example to export certificates under Window
103. EE EES EAR EES deeg 67 Change folder 100 Change nM d HR 51 Change password 70 Change system time 45 Change WRESPLE display Optom eire rt eter eot nati ehe tias 39 Change WRKSPLEE send Options iii e iter redet b b nu s Eier er ii eret ees ees beb s eei Db head 38 Changes allow Character SIno events E CICK EE Check application ge Check COMECHON EE t Check email addresses online CHGDMELNG ient pei biete a da p eii eov e teta suede bad ests esate EA CHGPOPA Close email API d ET EE Codepage CCISD EE Codepage CCSID Colours for HTML EPDE o tp t ritiro t edet etie petris of pe hi iy eee E Ie roped ls ee Eve tU VER E Eee Re Reiter eode Column separation with Spaces cusco e BTE eere di e UH PLE be E Phe e Pup 262 2771 V vers TEE 175 185 Combine e 157 Soup EE 117 COMPRESS P Eas Compress attachments EP ii ENEE 128 Compress Data es EE 252 255 260 261 268 271 Compressed Catal T 284 jns EENE 20 Configuration of time adjustment i Configuration AA NN onum m Configure daylight savings Configure DirectMall 400 EE C
104. EFI DU RE DETATMBC EE A H M DMDTAARA Document types DSPMIM E DSPSPELEDMD ota Ee EE EDIT EE Edit viewer program ENEE SE EE 247 Emai file eX CSRS EE 31 Email header 103 Email parameters we 207 Email recipient 208 IS SEIETINSIM X 98 Email sender 209 eMail Sper Cerin use coss caveats ter e NO ERO deene eege canvases SENTO E EEN eege dorso cepe S ep rex ENS Email text Email sign EMAILSPLF encrypt email Encrypt email E Encrypt etiain ir EHE HERO ELEIFEN EE Encrypt OM M EN End Email Monitor ENDDI RMAIL ENDEML MON IDAES EE EXCADRTRF Exchange program e TEE Execute RGZPFM in reorg Exit email and send Page 342 Index DirectMail ele EE 233 EXPEMLAT E EE 277 Eeer 10 F21 Command line EAR eet ME P23 More Options eet ii oie F24 More keys F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F6 Create Field description jj beatae 122 262 270 cc EE 267 271 Force AC OTT 144 147 Form margins Foirm EL TEE eer ee 300 Form type vd Format for DSPEPEB 55a dense etii eei ee eura oci ii Medie bets Rita reed 39 For
105. ELE PRTO1 RDY 1 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTO1 RDY 1 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOL RDY 1 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOL RDY 1 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOL RDY 1 1 OSYSPRT RENSELE PRTO1 RDY a 1 QSYSPRT RENSELE PRTO1 RDY 1 1 More E3 Exit F4 Prompt E5 Re fresh FlO View 3 EXI View 2 F12 Cancel F17 Top F18 B5ottom E22 Printer F23 More options 0209 Select spoolfile Now select the spoolfile to be processed entering option 1 0303 Adapt spool filter Response Entry for filter adaptation The values allowed are DirectMail AutoMail Page 193 Y Filter will be adapted automatically N Filter will not be adapted automatically Edit Spool Filter Type selection press enter Filter ALL all Original File Wath 1 tw ba Bram op User data QPADEVOONT Fons imo 5 65 39 e Era STD Program name UNE REND e ka e ka CHAENG Output quewe ss PRTO1 Library QUSESYS Status of file Held iD Y Yes Ho Released MA ss E Y Yes H Ho Saved GM 66s Y Yes Ho Use for DirectView H Y Yes Ho Use for AutoMail Y Y Yes H Ho F3Exit Fi2 Cancel AAA 0210 Spool filter Filter In the spool filter you can add or eliminate further restrictions In our example you could extend the definition to all users by entering ALL next to User which put this spoolfile into the output queue PRT01 File name Entry of file name for spool filter User data Entry of user information for spool filt
106. EML Type choices press Enter Spoolfile e c 2e QSTBERP Name Jobname gt QPADEWOOO Name User gt RENGELE Name Number e 2 gt 082945 000001 999999 Spoolfilenumber SE ae SN 1 999999 ONLY LAST Delete spoolfile Esc YES NO Cutputformxat e 38 HYML TXT HTML EPDF PD Pagearea Prom page owe 1 1 299999 CODO a e ory aria 9 LAST 1 999959 LAST Start editor NO YES NO Mailbox CURRENT Character value CURRENT More E3 Exit F4 Prompt PS Refresh Fi2 Cancel Pl3 How to use this display Eld more keys 0295 Send spoolfile 14 3 Send spool with WRKOUTQ option 14 You can also send spoolfiles using the iSeries command WR KOUT Q Work with output queues Work with Output Queue WRKOUTO Type choices press Enter Output queue e gt prtoll Name generic ALL Library ook Se Zus dew ene Name LIBL CURLIB SALL DONDE a os 44 ee 2 PRINT 0296 The WRKOUTQ display Output queue Enter the name of the output queue from which you want to send a spoolfile DirectMail Send spoolfile Page 303 Work with Output Queue Queue PRTOL Library QUSRSYS Status RLS Type options pres Enter 1 Send 2 lt change 3 Hold 4 Delete 5 Display 5 Release 7 Messages Attributes 9 Work with printing status Opt File User User Data Sts Pages Copies Form Type Pty QPRINT QPAR RDY 1410 1 STD S QPRINT QPAR RDY i d STD 5 LIBOO2Pi RENGEL LIBOO2RGB
107. ENT Specifies the current user s mailbox Sender name SENDER Enter the name of the sender or the special value MAILBOX to use the user data from the mailbox Sender email address Enter the sender s email address or the special value MAILBOX to use the user data from the mailbox Recipient RCVR Enter the recipient s email address The address book can be displayed with SELECT so that you can select an address Subject SUBJECT The email s subject Message text TEXT Here you can enter a message text for the email DirectMail Send spoolfile Page 297 Send spoolfile via email SNDSPLEML Type choices press Enter Schedule time CURRENT Time CURRENT Schedule date CURRENT Date CURRENT Use text only HO NO YES NEM EBENE e pp RR RR RS a YES YES NO Pagetable YES YES NO Papersize eee A4 A0 Al A2 A3 M Landscape SPLF SPLF YES HO AUTO DE srann nn ARAARA SPLF Number SPLF EPS 4 49 SPLE Number SPLF POF Font e eeeeeeeee COURIER Codepage COBID 4 5 JOB Number JOB OWNER SYSVAL Text offset coordinates X axis EB ee ees Q Number XK Soale 5555555552 NO Number NO FIT YES Y axis mm 0 u00 0 Number Del opge HO Number NO FIT YES More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fl2 Cancel Fi13 How to use this display F24 More keys 0289 Send spoolfile via email scree
108. EXCLUDE No user sees exported files in the IFS Authority e mail RCV export MIMRCVOUT Allows you to specify file rights for files exported to the iSeries integrated file system during receiving The values allowed for this parameter are ALL All users have full access rights to the files NONE No user has access rights to the files DirectMail Accessing DirectMail Page 31 RWX RX RW WX R W X Rights are assigned using the IFS options with the following rules applying R2 Read W Write X Execute EXCLUDE No user sees exported files in the IFS POP server timeout POPTIMEOUT Some POP servers may have a bad response time pattern You can use this parameter to customise the time period that DirectMail will wait for a reply from the POP server The values allowed for this parameter are 1 999 Number of seconds for the timeout TCP IP port for POP POPPORT Some POP Servers require a port other than the default port 110 for TCP IP communication This port can be set in this parameter The values allowed for this parameter are POP The default port 110 will be used for POP SMTP server SMTPSRV Here you can specify the default value for the SMTP server over which the e mails are to be sent from DirectMail 400 Note The server address can be either an IP address or a name The name must be compatible with the name server or the iSeries host table entries A different SMTP name can also be specified for
109. Example Work with TCP IP Interfacez System S44T0223 Type options press Enter S Display 9 Start 10 End Internet Subnet Line Line Opt Address Mask Description Type 141 111 211 110 255 0 0 0 TRNLINE TRLAN 127 0 0 1 255 0 0 0 LOOPBACK NONE 192 166 100 10 255 255 255 0 ETELINE ELAN Bottom E3 Exit F5 Refrezsh F6 Print list Fli Display interface status El2 Cancel Fl7 Top Fi8 Bcottom 0001 Example of an interface TCP IP routes Here you specify the TCP IP address for your internet connection Enter DFTROUTE asthe route destination select NONE as the subnet mask and specify the TCP P address of your router as the next hop if you do not have an internal email server Note This allows access to your iSeries while your are connected to the internet DirectMail iSeries Configuration for Sending E mail Page 23 Work with TCP IP Routes System S44T0223 Type options press Enter 5 Display Route Subnet Next Preferred Opt Destination Masx Hop Interface DETROUTE NONE 192 168 100 215 NONE 112 0 0 0 255 0 0 0 111 111 111 97 NONE 192 168 90 0 255 255 255 0 111 111 111 97 NONE Bottom F3 Exit FE5 Refresh F6 Print list Ell Display type of service Fi2 cancel Fl17 Top F18 8Bottom 0002 Example of a route 3 4 TCP IP host table entries Use this display option 10 from the configuration screen to configure the local mail function if you want to send in house e mail In our example e mail is locally distributed to
110. F4 a list of available database files of this library in the screen Select object and you can also adopt this with option 1 Codepage Specification of the codepage to be used Next the key fields of the selected file are displayed which you have to link with index fields previously defined or with constants entered previously eee ee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eer eee eee eee eee eee ee Add AutoMail Database i Type selection press enter Database EUNDST Library Key fields KNOW 2 pm _ Index value 0218 Database key field K ey field Enter either a constant e g 01 for mandate number in case of customer master files with mandate number customer number key More frequently a key field and an index which is extracted from a spool are linked You can easily adopt this index using function key F 4 and option 1 from the defined indexes DirectMail AutoMail Page 201 Once the key fields are assigned the next step is for the index fields from the database to be defined which you require when sending the spoolfile e g email address company name etc Work with AutoMail Index TEST11 Select option press enter 2 Changc 4 Delcte 5 Display Op Index Description Type E enn Kundennummer DBINDEX Ende F3 Exit F5 Refresh F Create F12 Cancel F17 TOop F18 Bottom DirectMail 400 c 1999 2003 by Toolmaker Software GmbH 0219 Index from databases New i
111. L for more values MM V LU aure AR 53 e Name generico for more values Gieject types 899 a k ALL tALL ALRTBL BNDDIR for more values Additional Parameters Target release lt CURRENT CURRENT PRV V4RS5MO Bottom P3 Exit F4 Prompt P5 Refresh FlO Additional parameters F12 Cancel Fi3 How to use this display E24 More keys 0285 Replace object Use the parameters for the OS 400 command SAVOBJ to save the objects to savefile in the library of your choice which is then stored in the IFS 13 2 18 Command SCNRPLSTMF DirectMail Email APIs Page 285 You can search and replace values in an IFS file with the command SCNRPLSTMF For example this is useful if you want to replace dummy fields with real values in HTML documents Scan and Replace STMF Data SCNRPLSTMF Type choices press Enter Source stream file 5 4 2 Target stream file Replace target file No NO YES Data replacement Search string Replace witl Multi occcurance NO NO YES for more values Stream file CCSID e 4 STMF 1 32767 STMF Parameter CCSID e gt JOB 1 32767 JOB Bottom E3 Exit F Prompt F5 Refresh El2 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display E24 More keys 0286 Scan and replace Source stream file Type the name of the IFS file you want to search Target stream file Type the name of the target IFS file to hold the replacement values Replace target file You can replace the target
112. L The spoolfile is converted into an HTML document and attached PDF The spoolfile is converted to PDF format read with Acrobat Reader and attached EPDF Adobe s PDF file format but in the Enhanced Version of DirectView PDF This format supports elements such as form overlays allowing you to use background JPG or TIF files with the spool to create complete printed forms TIFF The spoolfile is converted into a TIFF graphic and attached DirectMail Email APIs Page 267 ORIG The email recipient works with DirectMail and can view the spoolfile in iSeries format GUMBO The spoolfile is converted by Gumbo SPLAMATIC and attached RAW Copies the pure data stream to a PC file used for PCL and AFP PCL PCL is used for page descriptions HPT The spoolfile is converted into an HPT document and attached Page range from to PAGERANGE Allows you to select a page range for the spoolfile to be attached The values allowed are Page number LAST Attach up to the last page number END Attach up to the last page number Green bars GREENBAR with HTML format Specify whether the lines in the HTML format should be separated by white green bars giving the effect of a print on paper stock Page table PAGETABLE With documents containing multiple pages a page table is inserted in the HTML format at the beginning of the document ensuring better navigation Compress data COMPRESS Specify whether the file should be zi
113. M DATE MAIL ID of the mime file are used Position 879 With position 879 in data area DMDTAARA the compressing factor for files in EPDF format is specified Value range 0 9 02no compression 9 high compression This parameter only takes effect if the UNICODE license is installed Position 896 In position 896 of the data area DMDTAARA it can be specified whether the character shall be interpreted as sign for a line to be continued within the email text Value 1 deactivates this function Position 929 In position 929 of the data area DMDTAARA you can use N to disable authorisation checks for spoolfile display Positions 929 940 Page Accessing DirectMail 48 DirectMail Additional characters for a valid email address can be specified in the positions 931 940 of DMDTAARA Positions 941 946 Now the conversion of spools to CSV supports also an automatic method for setting the CSVTABS using the parameter CSVTAB AUTO With it DirectMail scans a determined line range for finding suitable CSVTAB positions The line range used can be set on the positions 941 943 from and 944 946 to in the DMDTAARA data area Default values are lines 10 60 4 5 DirectMail library and directories Data from DirectMail will both be filed in native iSeries files in the library and in the integrated file system IFS of iSeries The following structures will be used within the IFS for DirectMail 400 DirectMail400 Root directory fo
114. MAI L to configure the parameters used by DirectMail This does not affect the configuration of TCP IP and mail functionsFehler Es wurde kein Textmarkenname vergeben These have been described in chapter iSeries Configuration for sending emails To see all parameters listed below start CF GDI RMA L using the function keys F 4 and then F 9 DirectMail Accessing DirectMail Page 29 DirectMail 400 configuration CFGDIRMAIL Type choices press Enter Postmasters name Brooclmaker Software Postmasters email address in o toolmaker de Standard mailbox lt NONE Character value NONE DirectMall IFS path DXirectMail4009 Data authorities for file expo ALL SALL NONE RWX RX Email file extension EML Character value fy ouk xS 5 BOTH IN OUT BOTH NO Authority Email SEND export RWX ALL NONE RWX RX Authority Email RCV Export RWX SALL NONE RWX RX POP server timeout e 016 1 999 seconds TCP IP post foe POP sf ok e PoR Number POP DED SEURE 2 5 eici win o i toolmskergw indra de More E3 Exit F Prompt F5 Refreslh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display Fl4 More keys 0010 1 The DirectMail configuration screen Postmaster s name NAMEMST Enter the name of the DirectMail 400 administrator When system errors occur error messages are sent to the administrator The administrator does not have to be registered on the local Series system Postmaster s e mail a
115. ME on the user s client However the setting can be changed here e g to store the help files centrally in the network for all users 2 5 Install online help files 2 6 2 7 If you have installed from a download the online help files are automatically installed If you install from a CD ROM you will find the file DiectMailhelp e exe in the root directory This file contains the Toolmaker online help files Double click it to install to a local or network folder to which your users have access Assign password You can test DirectMail without a password for up to 30 days after first installation After that period the shipped or faxed password must be entered This is done with the commands ADDLIBLE DI RMAIL NSPSW Now follow instructions for password assignment To use the full functionality of DirectMail as both server and client run the command INSPSW separately for the different license data to be entered License models DirectMail can be used in different levels with more or less functionality The functionality available depends on the license model You can release functionality by entering the corresponding license code DM400 The basic license determines the number of mailboxes that can be processed with DirectMail DM400 also includes the Incoming Mail Assistant DM400API Required to use the APIs for calling DirectMail functions and creating and sending email directly from your applications DM400ATM The
116. Mail Convert Spooled File CVTSPLF Type choices press Enter ERR A o A E AR E 7 ENSURE 6 cc cc aes es 8 SSS Name JODIE lt lt un Name User e e ee e eene Name Bumber 2 er e 000001 999999 Spoolfilenumber ONLY 1 999999 ONLY LAST Outputformat HTML TXT HTML EPDF PDF Pagearea From page en ar o n 1 1 999999 TO PEGO co c nc LAST 1 999999 LAST END Green beam w s YES NO YES Pagetable YES YES NO Compress data NO NO YES Delete spooled file NO NO YES Public data authority NONE RWE RW RX WX R Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0261 Convert spoolfile IFS object OBJ Enter the directory and name under which the converted spoolfile should be saved Spool file FILE The name of the spoolfile to be attached Job name User Number JOB The job information for the spoolfile can be displayed with the iSeries command WRKSPLF Spool file number SPLNBR The spool sequence number for the job Output format FORMAT Specify in which format the spoolfile should be attached to the email The values allowed are CSV The spoolfile is converted to semicolon delimited text and attached TXT The spoolfile is converted to ASCII text and attached HTM
117. Mail 400 c 1999 2005 by Toolmaker Software GmbH Kaufering eee ee ee ee ee ey 0223 Work with AutoMail index 12 4 3 Work with indexes With the function Work with Indexes which you call using F 10 as well as ndexes and Work with indexes the created indexes can be displayed or deleted at any time This way you not only see the indexes that you created in the database definition area but all existing indexes Work with AutoMail Index TESTO2 test Select option press enter 2 Change 4 Delete 5 Display op Index Description Type E EMAIL E Mail Adresse DBINHDEX KUNDNZANM Kundenname 1 DBINDEX KUNDNHUINM Kundennummer INDEX PLZ Postleitzahl INHDEX Ende F3 Exit ES Refresh F12 Canccl F17 Top F18 Bott om DirectMail 400 c 1999 2004 by Toolmaker Software GmbH Page 206 AutoMail DirectMail 0224 Work with indexes Depending on the type of index field DBINDEX from databases INDEX from spooldata or RPTTYP from report definition you will see different information by using option 5 For AutoMail index prompts you can also specify a prompt mask ieee ee ee ee ee RRE Change AutoMail prompt Type selection press enter Rowe ea eG 3 Colum 52 Lei a rn xs 9 Prompt text ADDSGHCFG Prompt mask f Area for check NC uio ssa NV gt 28 1 999 Colum i N 1 999 si FE3 Exit F4 Prompt F12 Cancel 0312 Edit AutoMail prompt Placeholde
118. Mail Email receipient Name Briggs Friedhelm Email fbrueggeGhopsten net Original sender N Y Yes N No F3 Exit Fa Prompt F12 Cancel 0175 Specify email recipient Enter thee mai address of the recipient in the email field or select the recipient from the address book using F 4 Name Email recipient Email Email address of recipient Original sender Forwarded and detoured emails can optionally contain the original sender s name or the mailbox name of the sender who has forwarded or detoured the email The values allowed are Y The address from the original message is used N The address from the mailbox from which the mail has been forwarded detoured is used Page 170 260Fncoming Mail Assistant DirectMail RENGEL Definition BASIC Definition FORWARD Active X Filter Mailbox From Was 21 Reference ORDER Text l Select 4 Delete Opt Function Send email if absend Add to addressbook Addreszbook entry Copy to folder Delete email Detour to receiver B Seng via fax Forward to email receiver Y Yes NzNo PC9 Account sales 0176 Forward to recipient pc2 Omesse de 11 1 11 Move to folder 21 08 04 20 39 56 Absence Priority Attachments Negative N Function parameter Allows you to move an incoming email to a folder RENGELE Definition BASIC Definition VER 20 02 03 16 47 21 Active X YeYes N No Filter Mailbox RENGEL Account From Absenc
119. Move 18 Certificates Op Description Type Toolmaker Software GmbH SMTP Ende F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F6 Create F24 More keys eo 0085 Address book 7 23 Repeat call F13 Analogously to the function in PDM you can repeat a select made up to the last entry using Function key 13 You can e g highlight the 50 entry of 200 entries in a folder with entering 4 then press F13 and delete all entries from 50 to the last entry with Enter key 7 24 Asence from mailbox F14 Using Function key 14 you can go to the screen for entering times of absence that have already been more precisely described in the chapter Absence Option 14 Fehler Es wurde kein Textmarkenname vergeben Page 110 W170Fork with emails option 7 DirectMail Work With Absence Table RENGEL Robert Engel Select option press enter 2 Change d Delete gt Op From Date To Date Reason B Sa 1 03 03 We 12 03 03 cebit Ende B3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create F12 Cancel Fi7 Top gt Fi8 Bottom 0086 Absences 7 25 Email accounts from mailbox F19 Using Function key 19 you can go to the screen for administrating the mail accounts and carry out some functions in particularly change of password which have already been more precisely described in the chapter email accounts Option 10 previously in this manualFehler Es wurde kein Textmarkenname vergeben Work with mail accounts TMSIN Eingehende Emails TMS Select option press enter
120. N l Select 4 Delete Opt Function Function parameter Send email if absend Yes Add to addressbook Extern Addressbook entry Extern 0160 Delete address entry from external address book 11 1 6 Copy email to folder Here you can copy incoming emails into your folder structure in accordance with filter criteria For example email from the sales department can be moved directly in the Sales folder Page 164 260Fncoming Mail Assistant DirectMail CMA Definition BASIC Definition COPY 2 09 05 11 12 50 Active Y Y Yes N No Filter Mailbox CMA Account Absence From RENGEL Priority 70 5 Attachments _ Reference COPY Negative N Text Phonetic N l Select 4 Delete Opt Function Send email if absend Add to addressbook es Addressbook entry 1 Copy to folder 0161 Copy email to folder Function parameter Yes Extern Extern Enter yourfi ter criteria and enterl next to the function Copy to folder Select option press enter 1 Selesr S Di play o Fola sr Description e ausgang Postausgang Eingang Posteingang zd test Fehler Fehlerhafte Objekte Gel scht Geroszchte Objekte Gesendet Gesendete objekte Enae ES exir ES R ofre h EL2 can 1 EE EE E oc 0162 Select folder Select the folder to which you want to copy the email using option 1 Use option 5 to expand or contract the folder structure s Select folder Select option press enter
121. No NO YES Formtype 0 STD Character value Userdata gt 5 se e sees e n DFT Character value Bottom P3 Exit P4 Prompt P5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0310 Copy data stream file to PRTF Stream file OBJ Specify the name of the stream file Delete stream file DELETE Specify whether the IFS stream file should be deleted after being copied The values allowed are YES The stream file is deleted after the copy NO The stream file is not deleted after the copy default Output queue OUTQ Specify the name of the stream file The values allowed are Name The name of the output queue JOB The job name default DEV The output device name Library The name of the library containing the output queue The values allowed are Name The library name LIBL The library list is used CURLIB The current library list DirectMail Email APIs Page 291 Spool file name SPLFNAME You can use the original spoolfile name or specify a new one The values allowed are Name A new spoolfile name DFT Use the original name default Hold spoolfile HOLD When spoolfiles are copied to an output queue you can hold them after copying to delay further processing The values allowed are YES Hold the spoolfile NO Do not hold the file default Save spoolfile SAVE The spoolfile can be saved after processing The values allowed are YES Save the spoolfile
122. O YES Allow Copy ee n YES NO YES Allow annotations YES HO YES Allow TOLDO 355353353 YES NO YES Allow accessible YES NO YES Allow assemble YES NO YES Allow hiresprint YES NO YES CCSID of parameter CURRENT Zahl CURRENT Alias filename ORIG Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0291 Send spoolfile via email screen 5 PDF security settings PDFSEC Specify the settings for PDF files sent encrypted The parameters are described below in the section on the command CRTSECPDF Parameter CCSID PARAMCCSID Specify the settings for PDF files sent encrypted This value determines the CCSID for the parameters passed to the command The values allowed are Number CCSID table CURRENT CCSID for the current job default The parameters for email addresses names subject and text are automatically translated to the CCSID for the server job DirectMail Send spoolfile Page 301 0322 Send spoolfile via email screen 6 Alias filename ALIAS Allows you to specify an alias filename If you have set the Start editor to YES the editor is now started 8 03 05 14 15 02 Edit DirectMail 400 Email From Stephan Eschenbacher TEST To renirenedv de KC e BCC a s Attachments ADDSGHCFG HTM Subject Spools enclosed the desired s
123. OPT ONT I MMED DirectMail Email Monitor Page 91 Page 92 W170Fork with emails option 7 DirectMail 7 0 Work with emails option 7 Having completed the necessary configuration work we get to the proper purpose of DirectMail i e the work with incoming and outgoing emails Although character orientated DirectMail follows the design of popular email programs like Outlook Express in order to guarantee a simpler training RENGEI DirectMail 400 20 08 04 16 01 50 i Select 2 Change 4 Delete 5 Display Print 7 Reply PCS PCS mailbox Deleted Deleted Itoms 12 Error Items with errors Inbox img items 12 Outbox Outgoing Items Sent Sent Items Op Sender Subject Date Time Sts A B Heike Stankowski Order 23 02 01 14 18 Ok Heike Stankowski Payment Invoice No 200011 01 gt 20 02 01 9 19 Ok Heike Stankowski Payment of today D2 k Heike Stankowski Bestellung k Heike Stankowski Payment Heike Stankowski Sahlungen sind unterwegs Heike Stankowzki Payment of today Heike Stankowski Storno Re 430327 Heike Stankowski Mail to Robert Schneider E3 Exit PF5 Refrezh F6 Creste PS Inbox Fi0 Addrezzh D D 0 Lo E24 More keys 0063 Work with emails In the upper part of the screen you see an overview of the folder subfolders where your emails are saved In the lower part of the screen you see the email from the above selected folder Options 1 Option folder area Use this option to select the folder
124. ORMAT EPDF amp IFSOBJ IFS object amp FILNAM Spool file name amp JOBNAM Spool file job name amp USRNAM Spool file job user amp JOBNUM Spool file job number amp FILNUM Spool file job number DirectMail Conversion descriptions Page 331 The above command line would execute a simple conversion to EPDF 18 1 4 Copy conversions Copy Conversion Description Type in name and description Definition EPDF Description Konvertierung in EPDF New definition PDF Description Convert into PDF F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0373 Change conversion command New Definition Enter a new definition Description Enter a new description 18 1 5 Delete conversions Using this option a conversion can be deleted CHA Delete Conversion Description 1 03 06 Press enter to confirm the delete operation Return to previous screen with F12 to change the options 08 29 10 Op Definition Description Type Hits since 4 PDFENG Convert into PDF EDPF 0 01 03 06 Bottom F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0374 Delete conversions Page 332 Conversion descriptions DirectMail 19 0 Enhancements Corrections The following is a summary of enhancements and corrections in the last three releases 19 1 Version 3 14 Memory areas not released when converting spoolfiles to TIF Form scaling for EPDF incorrectly calculated Form scaling for EPDF incorrectly calculated Parameter MARGINS2 ignored for command SNDSPLEML 19
125. PFPLF DSPFORMAT Format for DSPFPLF The values allowed are NONE The display format is not changed PDF Sets Adobe PDF as the display format EPDF Display format is EPDF HTML Display format is HTML DirectMail Accessing DirectMail Page 39 TXT Display format is TXT PCL Display format is PCL CSV Display format is CSV GUMBO Display format is GUMBO HPT Display format is HPT Use AutoMail for DSPSPLF USEATMDSP Specifies whether spoolfiles displayed as PC files use AutoMail The values allowed are YES Use AutoMail NO Do not use AutoMail HTML marquee USEMRQ Specifies whether a spoolfile that is to be sent as a HTML document should be provided with an additional marquee This marquee can then be used for purposes of copyright advertising or other ends Note This marquee is not supported by all Internet browsers It will then be displayed as normal text The values allowed are NONE No marquee will be added TOP The marquee appears at the top of the file BOTTOM The marquee appears at the bottom of the file BOTH The marquee appears at the top and the bottom of the file HTML marquee text MRQTXT The text that will be added as a marquee of a spoolfile that is sent in HTML format Note This marquee is not supported by all Internet browsers It will then be displayed as normal text Automatic reorg REORG Specifies whether the Reorg of the DirectMail should occur automatically I
126. PI Type choices press Enter OCSID of parameter CURRENT Number CURRENT Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0313 Open email page 3 Parameter CCSID Specifies the CCSID for the parameters passed to the command The values allowed for this parameter are Number CCSID table CURRENT CCSID for the current job default The parameters for email addresses names subject and text are automatically translated to the CCSID for the server job 13 1 2 Output in email option 10 Once an email has been opened any number of attachments can be inserted with the command WRT E ML AP These attachments can be from the iSeries Integrated File System spoolfiles or iSeries objects like programs files and libraries The following table shows all parameters for the command WRT E ML AR and the objects they are used with All parameters SPLF SAVF IFS FILE Object type TYPE X X X X Alias filename ALIAS X X X X Compress data COMPRESS X X X X Delete object DLT X X X X Attach to email text ADDTOTXT X X X Spool file FILE X Job name JOB X User X Number X Spool file number SPLNBR X Output format FORMAT X Page 250 Email APIs DirectMail Spool A Matic format Workstation customising object Library Page range Pages from251 Pages to251 Use
127. PLF command is available with Option 1 Send SNDNETSPLF will no longer be offered for this option CONVERT The file will generally be processed with the CVTSPLF command and filed as TXT PDF E PDF or HTML file in the integrated file system of iSeries NO Only the SNDNETSPLF command is available with Option 1 Send In this case a spoolfile can only be sent as an email by means of entering the EMAILSPLF command Standard spool mail system DFTMAILSYS Specifies which Mail system will be suggested for the default value to the user if the user wants to send spoolfiles with Option 1 Send in the WRKSPLF or WRKOUTQ command This parameter can only be specified if the BOTH value has been specified for the CHGOPT parameter The values allowed are SNA The default value SNA SNDNETSPLF EMAIL The default value is EMAIL EMAILSPLF CONVERT The default value is CONVERT i e the spoolfiles will not be sent with Option 1 but will be converted Change WRKSPLF display option CHGOPTDSP If you set this parameter to YES Option 8 Attribute changes in WRKSPLF and WRKOUTQ The program used for fast configuration of spool conversion with DirectView is called if the current user has SPLCTL rights Definitions created in this way are mini AutoMail definitions They can be changed with WRKATMDEF The values allowed are YES Note changes Option 8 Attribute in WRKSPLF and WRKOUTQ NO Display option is not changed Format for DS
128. R HLTB0217 TXT 17 02 09 18 27 Ok Y hotline QDLS HLTBFLR HLTB0214 TXT 14 02 03 17 14 Ok Y hotlina QDLS HLTBELR HLTB0213 TXT 13 02 03 18 46 Ok Y hotiine QDLS HLTBELR HLTBO212 TXT 12 02 03 18 07 Ok Y hotline ODLS HLTBELR HLTBO211 TXT 11 02 03 18 40 Ok Y Weitere E3 Exit F5 Refrezh P6 Create F9 Inbox Pi0 Addressbook F24 More keys DirectMa11 400 c 1999 2003 by Toolmaker Software GmbH Kaufering 0231 Select email Select the desired email with option 1 Page AutoMail 214 DirectMail Type DirectMail Mail ID 5 Type Mail ID press enter Mail ID Fengin onI 40 QDLS WLTBFLR HLTBO220 TXT gt F3 Exit FA Prompt F12 Cancel 0232 Email confirmation Confirm with Enter 12 5 5 PDF form When using the format EPDF Extended PDF the spool data is converted into a PDF document with a previously saved form mixed in You can activate the function PDF form with F10 as well as option Emai l and PDF form PDF form overlay Type selection press enter Papersize Bas na A3 Page rotation SPLE SPLE YES NO AUTO cri a O SPLE IPI O sPir Form overlay Name Form margina Top 1 999990 mm Bottom 1 990999 mm Left 1 990999 mm Font COURIER COWRIER Mame Codepage CCSID dJon JOB OBMER SYSVAL CCOSID Text coordinates origin x axis KS SEM ei aum scale SELL Y MO uum Y axis E scale EXX PD FXT gt BS exit FA Prompt F12 Cancel 0233 PDF form det
129. S AKE a E ARE eier a desd Search function us ee eM rcu n cits otto Select saco nettes te ER ODD ern dH I ECRIRE TO GHI dre ate E US Select email Select folder Selection Send Spool s Send spool with WRKOUTQ Send spool with WRKSPLF Send spoolfile i Send A EE 295 Sendito atar EE 168 Sender E SENDER a Io IES 247 Sender email address cia Dd RH A iaa 297 Sender name iss Riad P 209 Senders address ee ete EI rd OE Pb ese ade AEN MEET 210 SEQUENCE un re Em Server for checks er eee epe E eee beri ston Decet a abd do Ne ret ebbe bb engeren Session definitions is Set message EE EE 43 ere EE SETPWR Sign email Page 348 Index DirectMail Nine eege 34 EE ER kret 157 158 SMTP NG EE 56 SMTP login procedures EE 56 SMTP server 32 55 SMTP server timeout 33 56 SNA wr MM 39 SNDNETSDPLE 5 3 nations E RETO iaa FORE A 39 SNDOBJFTP 287 SIDES T aes 295 Software imstallation 5 certet ie e peior be n nitet io reb iii a 13 Source stream file 273 274 286 SPLAMA T Einicio ore EOS IHRE UH O ORE EDI eS 36 119 212
130. Send email N Do not send email yet Read confirmation If a recipient receives an email with read confirmation and his email program supports this function he will be asked whether a receipt confirmation should be sent back to the sender When the recipient confirms this question with Yes the sender will receive confirmation that the recipient has received and read the message The values allowed are Page 98 W170Fork with emails option 7 DirectMail Y Request read confirmation N Do not request read confirmation Priority The priority with which the email should be delivered is set here The values allowed are H The email is sent with high priority N The email is sent with normal priority L The email is sent with low priority Encrypt email The default setting for whether e mail sent by DirectMail is encrypted This can be changed for each e mail To send encrypted mail you need the DirectMail Encryption module and the license DM400CRY The values allowed for this parameter are N Email will not be encrypted Y Email will be encrypted M Encryption allowed the email will be encrypted if a certificate exists If an email is sent encrypted a possible MIME copy of this mail will always be filed unencrypted in the IFS This is necessary for displaying the email for archiving or other purposes Sign Email DirectMail also supports digital signing of e mail in order to ensure authenticity Certificates are required fo
131. TO IFS Object 4 e DEE Domi Hund cs a ux s Ss DEE DEF NO YES Archive DEF DEF NO YES Delete spooled file DEE DEF NO YES Public data authority NONE EWX RW RX WX R Bottom E3 Exi t Fd Prorpt F5 Ref resh E12 Cancel El3 How to use this display E24 More keys 0266 Convert SPFL using AutoMail Spool file FILE The name of the spoolfile to be attached Job name User Number JOB The job information for the spoolfile can be displayed with the iSeries command WRKSPLF DirectMail Email APIs Page 271 Spool file number SPLNBR The spool sequence number for the job AutoMail definition Specify the AutoMail with which you want to process the spoolfile The values allowed are AUTO The AutoMail definition matching the filter criteria is used Character value The AutoMail definition specified here is used IFS object Enter the directory and name under which the converted spoolfile should be saved Normally only one IFS path is specified The command saves the converted file to that path Because some AutoMail definitions break spoolfiles into multiple PC files the names of the PC files are generated automatically If an IFS path and a file name are specified in the OBJ parameter this name without xxx extension must end with a asterisk Example DirectMail400 Test Then the first and maybe the only converted PC file is created in the IFS directory as
132. YES Delete object NO NO YES Add to email text NO NO YES ALT Spoolfile e e ex ee ee 0 Name Jobname e e ww e es e e t Name Weer enee ee eer e Name Weg e 2 5 on 000001 999999 Spoolfilenumber ONLY 1 999999 ONLY LAST Outputformat e PDF TXT HTML EPDF PDF Pagearea From page es es es we we we i 1 999999 To page o ee eo eene e LAST 1 999999 LAST END More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0254 Attach spoolfile page 1 Object type TYPE Specify which type of object you want to attach in this case SPLF Alias filename ALIAS The name with which the file should be attached to the email ORIG stands for the original name of the file Compress data COMPRESS Specify whether the file should be zipped before being sent The file can then be unzipped by the recipient with a standard program like PKUNZIP WINZIP etc DirectMail supports the GZIP format as a pack format The values allowed are YES The file is packed before being attached to the email NO The file is not packed before being attached to the email Delete object DLT Specify whether the file should be deleted after being attached The values allowed are YES The file is deleted after being attached to the email NO The file is not deleted Attach to email text ADDTOTXT Specify whether the file should be se
133. a With this you can send an already sent email again 12 Search folder area Scans for emails within a mailbox according to the entered search criteria See chapter Transmit emails option 12 13 Incoming mail assistant email area Transmits incoming emails again to the Incoming Mail Assistant for processing 16 Release email area Release emails that have been stopped for transmission 17 Move email area Moves an email into another folder See chapter Move emails option 17 19 New folder folder area Creates a new folder for the better structuring of incoming and outgoing emails See chapter New folder Option 19 25 Internet email area When an email is received with the POP server then it is filed in MIME format This option allows the MIME key words to be displayed This can e g provide information over which mail server the email has been transmitted etc Most mail programs have a function that can be selected via File Properties Also with outgoing emails the return messages from the SMTP server are contained here 99 Synchronize Folder area Page 94 W170Fork with emails option 7 DirectMail Use this option to re synchronize the counter for the new read emails Function keys F9 Incoming mail Use this function to view all emails in the incoming mail folder regardless of which folder you were in previously F10 Address book Displays the address book for the administration of addresses See chapt
134. acked up Target release With F 10 Additional parameters you can also set the target release with libraries This parameter is important when you are giving objects to recipients who do not have the same Release on their machines as you do DirectMail A221Fttachments Page 121 After selecting the library libraries they will be backed up in a temporary savefile and attached Afterwards the overview of the attachments will be shown again Work with attachments 20 02 03 15 40 15 Select option press enter 1 Export 4 Delete 5 Display 7 Rename B3 Attributes Op Filename Piletype Size Changed at A J No Name htm IFS 497 20 02 03 11 44 N DirectMail 2 00 tif IFS 37 KB 20 02 03 11 44 N QSYSPRT FPDF SPL 2 KB 20 02 03 13 13 N SaveFile sav SAVE 12 KB 20 02 03 15 36 N SaveFile sav SAVE 93 MB 20 02 03 15 38 N Ende ES Exit FS5 Refresh F6 Create Fi2 Cancel F24 More keys 0101 Overview of attachments 8 5 Attach iSeries database file With DirectMail complete iSeries files can also be attached to an email a Select AS 400 Database file Select option press enter ELM Lus a ov vo ll LL Name Library LSp4009 Name LIBL Member s EIRST Name FIRST Field description N YeYes N No Add te text S YeYes N No File format IXI TXIT CSV E39Exit F 4 Prompt Fl2 Cancel 0102 Attach Series database File library The name of the file to be back
135. ad this values without problems The DirectMail Accessing DirectMail Page 47 plus minus sign is exported in front of the value and the thousands separator will be removed To use this function please change the following values in the dataarea DMDTAARA CHGDTAARA DTAARA DMDTAARA 837 1 VALUE 1 Perform clean up CHGDTAARA DTAARA DMDTAARA 838 1 VALUE thousands separator is dot Position 839 In position 839 of the data area DMDTAARA you can specify the page separator page n If you don t want to have this use the Value N No CHGDTAARA DTAARA DMDTAARA 839 1 VALUE N Position 840 In position 840 of the data area DMDTAARA you can specify the column separator for CSV files Default Position 841 In position 841 of the data area DMDTAARA you can specify the embedding sign for CSV files Default Position 842 In position 842 of the data area DMDTAARA you can specify the decimal character for CSV files Default Position 843 In position 843 of the data area DMDTAARA you can specify if the command OPNEMLAPI should check the email address If this position is N no check will be executed Position 878 Here it can be specified whether identical emails which have been received multiple times also shall be distributed multiple times via the PE Assistant If a N is set here completely identical emails are distributed only once If the key is set to M only the key words FRO
136. ail e DirectMail cannot currently validate signatures e Public keys in signed e mail can be imported into DirectMail as an attachment only if detached signatures are used General notes on S Mime e You can encrypt and sign messages with this method guaranteeing that the message originates with the sender indicated a type of electronic seal e You have two keys a private key and a public key e The private key must be kept secret lt consists of a file which should not be circulated protected by a password Please choose secure password e The public key is a file which can be circulated If you receive a public key always ensure that it originates with the partner it claims to be from You can do this physically he has personally given the disc with the key to you or through telephone comparison of the fingerprint The most practical option however is to authorise an independent party Certificate Authority or CA to carry out the validation Once the CA has signed all communications partners keys communications are secure At universities the computer centre takes over the role of the CA In general this will only be accepted by users of the university network e You encrypt and or sign with your private key and the recipient s public key The recipient in turn decrypts or confirms the origin of the mail with his private and your public key For this reason the method is also called asymmetric encryption The
137. ail SMS message to mobile phone 0182 Print emails to PRTO1 11 1 13 Reply to email You can automatically reply to incoming emails using DirectMail For example you can send a reply to customers who order by email confirming that the email has arrived and the order is being processed RENSELE Definition BASIC 20 02 03 16 51 36 Definition ANTOI motive X Y Yes N No Filter Mailbox RENGEL Account Prom Absence Priority Te Reference Attachments Text Negative 1 5elect 4 Delete Opt Function Print Function parameter i Reply d SMS message to mobile phone Ende ES Exzt FA Prompt ES refresh EX2 cCancel 0183 Reply automatically to email Enter yourfi ter criteria and enter 1 next to Reply with email Type DirectMail Mail ID Type Mail ID press enter Mail ID NG6PPCL4I4A7CF3 F3 Exit F4 Prompt F12 Cancel 0184 Enter mail ID Mail ID DirectMail I260Fncoming Mail Assistant Page 173 The reply is based on a saved email which is stored in a folder of your choice Select the reply email with F 4 RENGELE DirectMail 400 20 02 03 16 52 42 i Select X 2 Cbangc 4 Delcte S Display G Print 728eply RENGEL Rebert Engel Ausgang Poztauzgang Eingang Posteingang test Fehler Fehlerhafte Objekte Gel scht Gel schte Objekte 2 Gesendete Objekte 2 Op Recipient Subject Date Tame sts A a bertrand wauters39 yu gt contakt for firewall transla gt 20 02 03
138. ails Paper size Specify the paper size for the PDF file The values allowed are A0 to A6 DIN German industry norm formats B6 DIN German industry norm format DirectMail AutoMail Page 215 LEDGER LEGAL LETTER P11X17 Various other formats Rotate page Specify whether the form should be rotated to landscape format The values allowed are SPLF The value for the spoolfile page rotation is used YES The form is in landscape format NO The form is not in landscape format AUTO The form is automatically rotated so that the margins are not crossed CPI Here you can set individual text widths in CPI characters per inch differing from the spoolfile The values allowed are Number A valid CPI setting e g 5 8 10 12 15 16 7 0 The spoolfile CPI value is used LPI Here you can set individual text heights in LPI lines per inch differing from the spoolfile The values allowed are Number A valid LPI setting e g 5 8 10 12 15 16 7 0 The spoolfile LPI value is used Form name Enter the name of the forms to be added to the PDF file These files must be filed in the FORMS directory of DirectMail400 The special value FIRSTPAGE means that in case of documents with multiple pages the same form like for the first page is applied for the continuation pages You can select a form from a list of saved documents with the function key F 4 and option 1 F orm margins Enter the margins top bottom
139. ame B gge Friedhelm Email fbxueggeGbopsten net Original sender N Y Yes N No F3 Exit Fa Prompt Fi2 Cancel 0168 Select email recipient Here you can enter the recipients e mai address directly or select the address from the address book with F 4 no r r rr sr ssrss Work with addresses Addressbook ALL Position to Select option press enter isSelect 2eChange 3 Link deDelete SeDisplay 8 Reference 17 Move 18 Certificates Op Description Folder Type Striemer Heinz Toolmaker Benutzer SMTP _ TOOLMAKER Vertrieb Benutzer SMTP DirectMail I260Fncoming Mail Assistant Page 167 0169 Select address Enter 1 in front of the address to be copied Here you can use all functions previously described in the chapter Address book option 12 Fehler Es wurde kein Textmarkenname vergeben Note If you copy an address with option 1 but no email address appears in the following screen this may be because the address does not contain an email address Original sender Forwarded and detoured emails can optionally contain the original sender s name or the mailbox name of the sender who has forwarded or detoured the email The values allowed are Y The address from the original message is used N The address from the mailbox from which the mail has been forwarded detoured is used CMAENG Definition BASIC 6 09 05 15 34 56 Definition FAX E Mail via fax Active
140. ameter Mailbox Sender s address index The sender s email address The values allowed are Name An entered value that is used constantly as the sender s email address Index An entered index field from which the sender s email address is taken Existing index fields can be selected with function key F 4 and option 1 MAILBOX The email address is used from the mailbox specified in the parameter Mailbox Priority The priority with which the email should be delivered is set here The values allowed are H The email is sent with high priority N The email is sent with normal priority L The email is sent with low priority Read confirmation If a recipient receives an email with read confirmation and his email program supports this function he will be asked whether a receipt confirmation should be sent back to the sender When the recipient confirms this question with Yes the sender will receive confirmation that the recipient has received and read the message The values allowed are Y Request read confirmation N Do not request read confirmation Encrypt email Specify here whether the processed email is sent encrypted The values allowed are Y Email is sent encrypted N Email is not sent encrypted M Email is sent encrypted if a certificate exists Sign Email Specify here whether the processed email should be signed Page 210 AutoMail DirectMail The values allowed are Y Email is signed N Email is not
141. ameter which negates all declared values That means that if you enter MEIER in the To field and this value is set to N then all emails not addressed to MEIER are found Text Searches for the character string in the text of the email Phonetic Carries out a text search within a mailbox for recipient sender subject and text 11 13 Absence message This function allows you to reply to senders when you are absent The message notifies the sender about your return DirectMail I260Fncoming Mail Assistant Page 161 CMA Definition BASIC 2 09 05 10 03 4 Definition Active Y Y Yes N No Filter Mailbox Account Absence Prom Priority TO Attachments Reference Negative Tort Phonetic l Select 4 Delete Opt Function Function parameter 1 Send email if absend H Add to addressbook Addressbook entry Copy to folder Delete email Detour to receiver Send via fax Forward to email receiver Move to folder Weitere F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel 0153 An absence definition To activate this function enter Y in the Absence field and 1 next to the Send email if absent CMA Definition BASIC 2 09 05 10 09 35 Definition ABSENCE Active Y Y Yes N zNo Filter Mailbox CMA Account Absence Y From Priority TO sso Attachments Reference Negative N Text Phonetic N l Select 4 Delete Opt Function Function parameter 1 Send email if absend Yes 0154
142. an select the format used to display each spoolfile NO f you set this parameter to NO the user cannot change the default format Use AutoMail USEATM Specifies whether or not AutoMail definitions are used for conversion The values allowed for this parameter are YES Use AutoMail NO Do not use AutoMail 16 3 Assign other viewer programs to document types After installing DirectMedia the PC software used to receive and display converted spoolfiles you can use Viewer and Parameters in the DirectMedia Start menu to associate programs other than the default Windows applications with specified document types Note For example you can assign Excel to documents with the file extension XLS DirectMedia will then automatically run Excel for documents with the extension XLS From the DirectMedia Start menu choose Start Program Files DirectMedia Viewer and Parameters TOOLMAKER DirectMedia User optimized media presentation E Kl Activate for each media type Uns Substring in file name Cancel http l WWW Edt your personal favorite among Help the Mediaviewers players 0352 Viewer settings DirectMail DirectView Page 319 The dialog that appears contains the following options View Use this option to display associations with alternative viewer programs Edit Use this option to change the association of file types with alternative viewer programs Add Add a new viewer
143. and left in mm that should be kept on the first page and on the continuation pages as well Font When using Unicode conversion specify the PDF font for character conversion Codepage CCISD Page AutoMail 216 DirectMail When using Unicode conversion specify the CCSID to ensure that characters are properly displayed in PDF format Text offset coordinates X axis mm Allows you to move the original spool text right values in mm Negative values shift the text left Scale X Type in the scaling factor for the original spool text The values allowed are Number A percentage of the original size for example 90 90 120 120 NO Do not scale YES FIT Scale to page size keeps the spool text within the page margins Y axis mm Allows you to move the original spool text down values in mm Negative values shift the text up Scale Y Type in the scaling factor for the original spool text The values allowed are Number A percentage of the original size for example 90 90 120 120 NO Do not scale YES FIT Scale to page size keeps the spool text within the page margins 12 5 6 PDF security When sending PDF files they can be sent encrypted thus the possibilities of further processing are limited DirectMail AutoMail Page 217 PDF Security Settings Type selection press enter Master password User password Key length Allow print
144. are YES The object content should be used as a text NO The object content should not be used as a text default ALT The object content should be used as alternative text With some email programs this content is then displayed instead of the email text e g to represent underlining etc File Library DBFILE Enter the name and the library for the iSeries database file you want to attach Member DBMBR Specify the name of the member you want to attach The values allowed are FIRST The first member in the database is attached Name The member matching the specified name is attached Output format DBOUTFMT The file to be attached can be converted into a range of file formats The values allowed are TXT The file is converted to TXT format More or less all editors can read this file format CSV The file is converted to CSV format This format delimits the fields with semicolons and is ideal for further processing with spreadsheet programs like Microsoft Excel HTML The file is converted to HTML format DBASE3 The file is converted to DBASES format Add field description DBFLDDSC Specify whether the field names should be included The values allowed are YES The field descriptions are added NO The field descriptions are not added Column separation with spaces COLSEPSPC Specify the column width between fields when converting to TXT format Page Email APIs 262 DirectMail The values all
145. area within which the spool prompt the constant is searched 12 4 2 Database index fields In order to access the contents of the databases e g to retrieve the email address from a customer master file via the customer number the DirectMail AutoMail Page 199 respective databases the access to these database files and the corresponding fields must first be defined This occurs through the function Database index fields You can call this function through F 10 option ndex and Data base index fields n Work with AutoMail databases TEST11 Select option press enter 2 Change 3 Copv 4 Delete 5 Display 8 Index Op Seq Database Library Description Idx No records to display ES Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create F12 Cancel F17 Top F18 Bottom DirectMail 400 c 1999 2003 by Toolmaker Software GmbH Kaufe 0216 AutoMail databases First we create a database definition for the customer master file with F 6 Change AutoMail Database Type selection press enter Seq number a L 1 99999 Database e e KUHDST Name Library x e GEN Name LIBI E3 Exi t Fd Promp t Fi2 Cancel 0217 Change database Page 200 AutoMail DirectMail 0324 Add AutoMail database Sequence number Create an unique sequence number for the database to be added Database library Enter the database that you want to define in AutoMail After entering the name of a library you get with the function key
146. ary In order to receive emails you must link an account with at least one mailbox In the email account you define the access data for the polling of the incoming emails with your provider You can only use one mailbox with one account if you have only one email address for your company e g mustermann t online de In this case incoming emails will be received on one workstation Note Please note that you can get various email addresses with your provider e g T online in which you can set so called co user numbers for further employees and assign alias addresses to these co user numbers In this way you can get for example email addresses such as hmeier mustermann t online de fschulz mustermann t online de etc When using T Online you must acquire the Comfort package for this function which enables the polling of T Online mails via POP3 accounts Other mail providers offer this as a standard In many companies providers are used who support several email accounts so that as a rule a mailbox and an email account can be assigned to every user DirectMail offers the possibility of assigning as many email accounts to a mailbox as you like This is useful for instance when you change the provider and you want to poll emails from the new as well as from the old provider A further use is with the withdrawal of employees i e you can assign their email accounts to other users With this you must not make any changes with y
147. aster file and an index field DBEMAIL is copied from the email address field of the customer master file This DBEMAIL field is then used as an email address for sending the email If there is no index defined the default index SPLUDD User defined data for spoolfile is used 12 4 1 Create Index Indexes are created through F10 as well as option l ndex and Define index Page 196 AutoMail DirectMail Mark the start and end positions of the index field analogous to the marking of the spool prompt described above Put the cursor position to the start position press the enter key and put the cursor to the end position once again press the enter key Alternatively a prompt can be defined for an index field A constant at a certain position in the text defines the prompt For example a customer number can be extracted but only if the constant customer no is stated before the customer number 12 4 1 1 Define prompt If the information from the spoolfile is not at a fixed defined position within the spoolfile you have to define a prompt A prompt is a constant that is directly correlated to the information which you want to extract from the spool e g customer number in front of the which there is the string customer no You can set a prompt next to each piece of information that you extract from the spoolfile Create AutoMail Index Would you like to define a prompt Answer H Y Yes N No i F3 Exit F12 Cance
148. attribute is not changed Allow high resolution print Specify whether high resolution printing is allowed for the PDF file or if the recipient is restricted to low resolution dot matrix printing The values allowed are YES The PDF file may be printed with high resolution NO The PDF file may not be printed with high resolution SAME The attribute is not changed Key length Specify the key length used for encrypting the PDF file The values allowed are 40 A 40 digit key length is used 128 A 128 digit key length is used NONE The file is not encrypted SAME The attribute is not changed Owner password Here you can specify a new password for the owner of the PDF document An owner password is required to change the PDF file attributes The values allowed are Name Any password NONE The file is not protected by a password User password Here you can specify a user password with which the PDF file may be opened and edited within the limitations defined by the owner Note You will be prompted for the user password when opening the PDF file This provides an additional protection against unauthorised access The values allowed are Name Any password NONE The file is not protected by a password 13 2 2 Command CVTSPLF Using the command CVTSPLF you can convert a spoolfile into a document in the iSeries Integrated File System IFS regardless of the other DirectMail functions Page 266 Email APIs Direct
149. attributes such as fonts graphics and barcodes cannot be displayed on 5250 terminals This format allows you to display the spool on PCL enabled viewers for example Red Titan on the PC PDF Sets Adobe PDF as the default file format PDF files are displayed with Adobe Acrobat Reader RAW Copies the pure data stream to a PC file used for PCL and AFP TIFF Converts the spoolfile to TIFF graphic file format displayed with the DirectView Imageviewer TXT Sets ASCII text as the default file format GUMBO Converts the spoolfiles with SPLAMATIC licensed software by Gumbo HPT Host Print Transform The conversion will be executed on the host Cornfirm format Specifies whether or not the user is prompted to select a file format Setting the parameters Change WRKSPLF option and Confirm format to Y means you don t have to define each user separately in DirectView The values allowed for this parameter are Y Prompt for the file format N Use the default format Use AutoMail for DSPSPLF Specifies whether or not AutoMail for DSPSPLF is used AutoMail is licensed DirectView software that allows you to define complex conversion rules and functions applied when creating the PC file You can use graphics create simple graphic elements offset spools delete ranges and more The values allowed for this parameter are Y Use AutoMail for DSPSPLF N Do not use AutoMail for DSPSPLF 16 1 2 Create DirectView user definition Y
150. bat Reader It is important to ensure that PDF forms are created with the PDF version set here or a previous version The values allowed are 1 3 Acrobat 4 1 4 Acrobat 5 DirectMail Accessing DirectMail Page 37 1 5 Acrobat 6 1 6 Acrobat 7 Min pages HTML EPDF page table MINPAGES Specifies the minimum amount of pages for the output of a page table when sending spoolfiles in HTML file format File format If the sent spoolfile has fewer pages than specified in this parameter no page table will be output DirectMail 400 configuration CFGDIRMAIL Type choices press Enter Colors for HTML EPDF Output Paper cr n on n Brerrre Hexadecimal value 4 DEENEN COFFCO Hexadecimal value Background e B3CFFB Hexadecimal value Page table e FFFFCC Hexadecimal value Change WRKSPLF send options SELECT NO SELECT EMAIL Standard Spool Mail System EMAIL EMAIL SNA CONVERT Change WRKSPLF display option PDF NONE PDF EPDF HTML Use AutoMail conversion for DS NO NO YES HTML marquee TOP TOP BOTTOM BOTH NONE HTML marquee text DirectMail 400 by Toolmaker Software Automatic Reorg YES YES NO Timo for Reorg ee ere e 0100 Time HHMM Execute RGZPFM in Reorg NO YES NO Reorg attachments NO YES NO More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this d
151. certificate Name The complete name of the certificate Please ensure that it does not contain any special characters E mail address Enter the email address associated with the certificate Password confirm Certificates are protected by a password Enter the password for your certificate twice Create simple self signed certificate Name o REERENHEEM Desciption Toolmaker Software Heiko Groeneveld Name Toolmaker Software Heiko Groeneveld E Email address hgr68toolmaker de Password Password cnf ES Exit El2 Cancel Generating private key this might take a while 0144 Enter certificate data screen 2 The creation of the private key can take some time depending on the performance of your iSeries DirectMail E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures Page 149 9 6 4 Exporting certificate attachments Every signed email automatically contains the sender s certificate This is added as an attachment This allows certificates to be transferred with option 1 Export to DirectMail s certificate memory The menu 1 Export now contains the new item 4 Certificate Certificates usually have the following file extensions cer der p7m p7s Attachments with these extensions are displayed by DirectMail as certificates Option 5 Display Note DirectMail only imports detached signature certificates That means the signature and the certificate are added as a separate email
152. ch you can export PC files received as attachments of incoming emails Allow changes Here you can specify how the user may access the IFS The values allowed are Y Changes of the directory name are permitted i e the user can also export files to other directories on the same lower or higher level N The user may export files only to the set directory Page 58 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail U The user may export files to those directories that are created ona lower level within the structure Access to third party print output Here you can specify whether the user may send only his own spoolfiles or may use spoolfiles of other users as well The values allowed are Y The user may also send spoolfiles from other users N The user may only send some spoolfiles S the sending of spoolfiles is blocked for this user Allow SAVOBJ SAVLIB Here you define whether the user may backup objects of your iSeries files programs libraries etc and send them as an email attachment Note This function should only be permitted for authorised users otherwise users can backup data from your iSeries and send them by email The values allowed are Y The user may backup and send objects N The user must not backup and send any objects Lib File attachment Here you define from which library the user may attach files Allow changes Here you define whether the user may send files also from other libraries than that speci
153. characters and can be replaced by other characters if desired The definition can be done in the data area DMDTAARA grf name posx posy scale Adds graphics in the TIF GIF JPG format to the position with scaling The graphics must exist in the directory DirectMail400 Grafics Name Graphic name DirectMail AutoMail Page 239 posx Position in mm current position posy Position in mm current position Scale Scaling factor 1 100 Example grf toolmaker gif 40 0 5 Asgn name posx posy scale Adds a signature in the TIF GIF JPG format to the position with scaling The signature must exist in the directory DirectMail400 Signatures Name Name of the signature OWNER CURRENT DirectMail determines automatically which format TIF GIF JPG is concerned OWNER Owner of the spoolfile CURRENT The current user posx Position in mm current position posy Position in mm current position scale Scaling factor 1 100 Afnt font name number number font size Changes the current font and or its size The following fonts are currently available 1 Courier 2 Courier Bold 3 Courier Oblique 4 Courier BoldOblique 5 Helvetica 6 Helvetica Bold 7 Helvetica Oblique 8 Helvetica BoldOblique 9 Times Roman 10 Times Bold 11 Times Italic 12 Times Bolaltalic 13 Symbol 14 ZapfDingbats font name number Name or number of the font current font Page AutoMail 240 DirectMail font siz
154. compress file Allows you to compress the file Alternative text Set this value to Y if you want to use the converted HTML file as the email text Set to N to create a standard attachment 8 Search Replace After defining the attachment links the HTML placeholders with the indexes Note Only indexes added at file level are specified at file level Indexes in list lines are defined in the list areas Page AutoMail 226 DirectMail Scan Replace for AutoMail Attachments tinp WRKSPLF htm Select option press enter 2 Change 4 Delete 5 Display Op Scan Replace Multi Ele PL users amp USER Ho FiExit F5 Refresh F6 Create F12 Cancel F1tTop Fi8 Bottom Display Scan Replace Type option and press enter Scam for 2 0 USERS Replace by USER Multi occurence H Yes H do Elements 0 999 F3 Exit F1i2 Cancel 0332 Display Scan Replace Replace the placeholder USER with the index USER Search string The search string placeholder in the HTML file Replace with A string to replace the search string Indexes are prefixed with amp You can mix index values and text constants Example Payment for invoice amp INVNO immediately Multi occurrence Specifies whether the placeholder may occur more than once in the HTML file DirectMail AutoMail Page 227 Elements This field is no longer used 9 List areas Defines the areas for list lines and associated indexes
155. conds for the timeout TCP IP port for SMTP SMTPPORT Some SMTP Servers require a port other than the standard port 25 for the TCP IP communication This port can be customised in this parameter The values allowed for this parameter are SMTP The standard port 25 will be used for SMTP 1 9999 Enter a port number Max number of retries SMTPMAXR Specify how many times DirectMail should retry to send an e mail before it is moved into the Errors folder Incorrect sending attempts occur when for example the SMTP server cannot be reached due to a communication failure Retry time interval SMTPINTR In case of an unsuccessful sending attempt a time interval will be used stating how many minutes DirectMail should wait before the next sending attempt Number of sending jobs SNDJOBS Specify how many jobs should send e mails in parallel A higher value than 1 can result in a better performance when sending mass e mails since the overhead for the processing of e mails will be reduced through many parallel running jobs Number of AutoMail jobs ATMJOBS DirectMail Accessing DirectMail Page 33 You can start multiple AutoMail jobs to improve performance To do this set the parameter ATMJOBS in CFGDIRMAIL This starts one control job DMATM and one or more processing jobs DMATMn Encrypt e mail ENCRYPT With this setting you configure the general procedure as to whether e mails that are sent by DirectMail should be encryp
156. copied to the IFS Restore Objects fen IES Rat Type choices press Enter ER iiie 0280 Restore objects from IFS IFS object Specify the directory and object name under which the objects in the IFS are saved The object name must be a savefile Page 282 Email APIs DirectMail Restore Object RSTOBJ Type choices press Enter Objects qcipsrc Name generic ALL Saved library engel Fame ee ee ees 4 dU 3 zavf Name SAVE MEDDEN for more values o cw oce A ALL ALL ALRTBL BNDDIR fcr more values Bottom F3 Exit F Prompt F5 Refresh FlO Additional parameters F12 Cancel Fi13 Howv to use this display Eld More keys 0281 Display saved objects In this step the content of the savefile is displayed prior to the actual restore Saved members can be displayed with option 5 0282 Restore objects Use the parameters for the OS 400 command RSTOBJ to restore the displayed objects to a library of your choice 13 2 16 Command RTVORGSPLF Use this command to retrieve the original spoolfile out of the IFS object DirectMail Email APIs Page 283 Retrieve ORIG Spooled File RTVORGSPLE Type choices press Enter IFS Object B Output Een a DISPLAY DISPLAY PRINT Compressed Data N9 NO YES Delete IFS Object NO NO YES Output Queue s lt gt e DEV Name DEV Library Name LIBL CURLIB Hold Spooled File NO NO YES
157. cording to phonetics The values allowed are Y Filter emails according to phonetic search N Do not filter emails according to phonetic search 11 2 2 Add functions in expert mode When editing functions in expert mode you have to enter the type of function description and activity code analogous to simple mode Edit Function Select option press enter Sequence nbr 40 Type of function Description Active 2 9 BR Y Yes N No F3 Exit F4 Prompt F12 Cancel 0193 Edit function Sequence number Enter the sequence number for processing the commands here Function type Press F 4 to display a list of available functions Page 178 260Fncoming Mail Assistant DirectMail Select DirectMail parameter DSTTSK Select option press enter 1 Select Op Value Distributionfunction B ABSENT Send email if absend ADRADD Add to addressbook _ ADRRMV Addressbook entry COPY Copy te folder DELETE Delete email DETOUR Detour to receiver EXITPGM Call exit program _ FAX Send via fax Weitere F3 Exit F5 Refresh F12 Cancel 0194 Expert mode functions page 1 Select DirectMail parameter DSTTSK Select option press enter i Select Op Value Distributionfunction B FORWARD Forward to email receiver MOVE Move to folder OPEN Marc Email as open PRINT Print email text REPLY Reply with email SMS SMS message to mobile phone STOP Stop email distribution Ende E3 eExit F5 Refresh Fl2 Cancel 0195 Expert mode fun
158. ct fax recipient Enter the recipients f ax number or select an address from the address book using F4 OWNER sends the email to the fax number that is contained in the address entry of the recipient s mailbox RENGEL Definition BASIC 21 08 04 20 38 26 Definition FAX Active X Y Yes N No Filter Mailbox PC Account Fen Absence To e Priority Reference ORDER Attachments Text s Negative N leSelect Delete Opt Function Function parameter Send email if absend Add to addressbook Addressbook entry Copy to folder Delete email Detour to receiver M send via fax 88938843 0173 Send email by fax 11 1 10 Forward email Similar to detouring you can forward an incoming email to your home address or to a colleague In this case the original email remains with you DirectMail I260Fncoming Mail Assistant Page 169 RENGELE Definition BASIC 20 02 03 15 46 03 Definition WEIUI Active Y Y Yes N No Filter Mailbox RENGEL Account Prom Absence To gt Priority Reference EORHABD Attachmants Text Negative HN 1 Select 4 Delete Opt Function Function parameter Send email if absend Add to addressbhook Addressbook entry Copy to folder Delete erail Detour to recelver Send via fax A Forward to small receiver Move to folder Weltere Exit FA Prozpt P5 Refrezh F12 Cancel 0174 Forward email Enter yur filter criteria and enter 1 next to the function Forward to email receiver Direct
159. ctMail AutoMail Page 231 Define spool export Type selection press enter Path for file export Bor Path uowr Filename gt PHONE 05807 Export index values CSV YeYee H Ho Exit program SHOWE Name MOME MAITLBOX Library Nane LIBL Command for archiving HONE Delete file e H Zem W Ho F3eExit PaePrompt F12 Cancel 0239 Define spool export Path for file export Enter the path for the directory in the integrated file system into which the processed spoolfiles should be exported The name of the spoolfile is composed of the current batch number and a sequence number as well as the extension PDF in order to avoid the repetition of file names The path name for AutoMail export files can now also contain index fields E g you can carry out the export into a directory TMP amp KDNR amp AUFNR if the variables were previously defined The path is created by DirectMail itself provided that it does not yet exist In addition new field names are supported for AutoMail ATMDEF AutoMail definition name IFSFIL IFS file name for export file IFSPTH IFS path IFSOBJ IFS object path file name ALIAS Alias name for the email attachment file SPLFIL Spool file name SPLUSR Spool user SPLJOB Spool job name SPLJNR Spool job number SPLFNR Spool file number SPLSTS Spool status e g READY SPLUDT Spool user data SPLDAT Spool date YYYYMMDD SPLTIM Spool time HHMMSS SPLFRM Spool form
160. ctinformations regading the firewall translations Best regards Robert Engel TOOLMAKER Software GmbH Phone 49 8191 968 249 pail ren tcolmaker de Fi Mark E2 Copy F3 Exit F4 Delete Prompt F5 Insert F8 Proportios F9 List Pid Attachments F12 Cancol F24 Moro keys 0069 Select email 7 4 Change folder option 2 Use this option to change a folder name or its description 100 W170Fork with emails option 7 DirectMail Change folder Type description Folder Gel scht Description Bel schte Objekte Deleta after r Days O never F3 Exit Fi2 Cancel 0070 Change folder Folder When you want to rename a folder type in the new name here Description The text description of the folder which is shown in the display Work with emails Delete after Here you specify whether the existing emails in this folder should be taken into account in the automatic reorganisation The values allowed are Days A number of days after which the emails should be deleted 0 The emails should never be deleted automatically 7 5 Change email option 2 Use this option to select emails for editing from a specific folder or subfolder 20 02 03 15 16 02 Edit DirectMail 400 Email Sent 20 02 03 13 01 Prom Toolmaker Kaufering Robert Engel o Bertrand wauters398yucem be Bcc UF Attachments Subject contakt for firewall translations Hello Bertrand here my contactinformation
161. ction Description Parameter Active EXITPGM Demo EXIT Program CALL EMLEXIT1 Yes ELK RK KK KK KR KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KKK kc kc kc kckckckck ck ck ck kc kc k ck ckckckok H Hr Demoprogramm DirectMail Ausgabe Mailtext in Quellendatei iS H erstellt 30 04 03 HW H H Voraussetzungen f r die Ausf hrungsphase i H 1 Bibl DIRMAIL muss in LIBL vorhanden sein i H 2 Datei EMLOUTF in QGPL ist keine Datendatei des Anwenders ji H Fr ce ck ce kk kk ke ck ck ck ck ck ck koc ck ck ck ck ck ce KKK KKK KKK ck ck kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kk ckock kc kckckckok ckckck kk F Mail Kopfdatei bi Fdmitmhdr if e k disk usropn F Mail Textdatei E Fdmitmtxt if e k disk usropn F Demo Ausgabedatei f r Mailtext Femloutf o f 92 disk usropn DUE KCKOKkCkCk Ck kk kk kk kk kk CkCk CkCKCkCK CkCK CkCK CkCK Ck Ck Ck Ck Ck Ck kk k k Ck Ck k Ck k Ck Ck k Ck Ck Ck Ck k k Ck Ck k kk k Ck k Ck kk k kk kk D Satzdefinition f r Quellendatei Datenstruktur Dsrcrec DS D srcseq T 6S 2 D srcdat 7 128 0 D srcdta 13 92 CORR RRR RRR RARA RRA RARA RRA RARA RRA RARA RRA RRA RAR RRA RR RRA RR ek kk RARA RARA KOK c Eingangsparameter von Funktion EXITPGM PE Posteingangsassistent entry plist c parm Mailld 20 c parm MailBox 10 c c Demo Zugriff auf Mail Kopfdatei c mailid chain itmhdrf 50 c c Lesen aller Texts tze der Mail und Ausgabe in Demodatei c mailid setll itmtxtf c do hival mailid reade ni itmtxtf 5050 c 50 lea
162. ctions So you can start actions repeatedly define the order of the actions as well as combine AND and OR operations Function parameter Activ TAS In Eingang pem xes xes Enae Ee E ES Refrosh ER Se EFuc ancel EA Ee rom 0191 Expert mode Combination of functions in expert mode 11 2 1 Filter functions in expert mode The filter function in expert mode corresponds essentially to the function in the Simple Mode with the difference of having an additional Exit Program function available and an additional check for already distributed Work with criteria Seq nbr ff 10 AND OR AND Filter Mailbox CMA Account From TO Reference Text Absence S Attachments _ Exit Program NONE Priority Negative N Library Distributed _ Phonetic N F3 Exit F4 Prompt F12 Cancel 0192 Exit program Sequence number Enter the sequence number here for the sequence of checking the conditions AND OR Conditions can be linked using AND OR Mailbox The 10 character alphanumeric mailbox name with which this email has been received Account Filter here incoming mails according to the mail account Page 176 260Fncoming Mail Assistant DirectMail From Filter here according to the sender To Filter here according to the recipient Subject Filter here according to the subject of incoming mails Text Filter here according to character strings in the text of the email Absenc
163. ctions page 2 Select the desired function with option 1 Description You may enter a description of the function here If you enter nothing here the stored description from the available functions will be placed Active Control here whether the function shall be executed or whether the function shall be intermediately deactivated The values allowed are Y Function is active N Function is not active DirectMail I260Fncoming Mail Assistant Page 179 Edit Function Select option press enter Sequence nbr 40 Type of function EXITPGM _ Description Benutzerprogramm starten Active e e e e dE Y Yes N No F3 Exit F4 Prompt F12 Cancel 0196 Start user program function Except for three the functions have already been described in the simple mode section EXITPGM The EXITPGM function allows the activation of your user program depending on the filter functions set for incoming emails With the EXITPGM function two constant parameters and further optional parameters are transferred to your Exit program MAIL ID A 20 character alphanumeric string contains the unique mail ID under which the email is filed in the IFS MAILBOX The 10 character alphanumeric mailbox name with which this email has been received Parameters 3 9 variable definable alphanumeric parameters BORA 9 9 3 4 9 9 9 9 4 9 99 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 8 3 9 9 8 8 9 99 99 o Edit Exit Program Program name
164. d email option 9 essen nennen nennen nnns nnn nennen 105 Attachments to emails option 10 nnne 106 Search emails option 121 107 Transmit emails to the Incoming Mail Assistant option 131 108 Release emails option 16 essen nennen errem nnns 108 Move emails option 171 108 NS nnt 109 lag ees RE EE 109 Repeat send option 98 ereire neire ea TE Te cnn cnn 109 Incoming mail from mailbox FOE 109 Address book from mailbox F10 ssssssssssssseseee ener nnne 110 Repeat call RE WEEN 110 Asence from mailbox ETA 110 Email accounts from mailbox EI 111 Incoming Mail Assistant from mailbox E 20 111 Transmitting from mailbox F22 ssssssssssssseeee senes 112 Page 4 Table of Contents DirectMail 8 0 AtlachMenNtS iuiiiicni in cudeouddavaveadentuwsaadcuancaud cuusbacdeuss 113 8 1 Attach PC documents option 1 114 8 2 Attach spoolfiles option 21 117 8 3 Attach iSeries objects option AN 120 8 4 Attach iSeries libraries option D 121 8 5 Attach iSeries database file sese eene 122 8 6 Export attachments option T Jere asinine eea TRI EE ERREEN R ARRIE TEE EENI 124 8 7 Delete attachments option A 125 8 8 Display attachments option Ei 126 8 9 Rename attachment option 21 127 8 10 Attachment attributes option 8 127 8 11 Compress attachments option 91 128 9 0 E mail Encryption and Digital Signatur
165. d text as the default file format Before conversion you will usually need to rework the spoolfile with an AutoMail definition to delimit columns with F13 The default application for viewing the file is Microsoft Excel EPDF Adobe s PDF file format but in the Enhanced Version of DirectView PDF This format supports elements such as form overlays allowing you to use background JPG or TIF files with the spool to create complete printed forms ORIG Same effect as NONE The files are displayed in OS 400 format PCL Spool files on the iSeries in PCL format with PCL attributes such as fonts graphics and barcodes cannot be displayed on 5250 terminals This format allows you to display the spool on PCL enabled viewers for example Red Titan on the PC PDF Sets Adobe PDF as the default file format PDF files are displayed with Adobe Acrobat Reader RAW Copies the pure data stream to a PC file used for PCL and AFP TIFF Converts the spoolfile to TIFF graphic file format displayed with the DirectView Imageviewer TXT Sets ASCII text as the default file format Page DirectView 318 DirectMail GUMBO Converts the spoolfiles with SPLAMATIC licensed software by Gumbo HPT Host Print Transform The conversion will be executed on the host Confirm format CONFIRM This parameter sets whether or not to prompt for a format The values allowed for this parameter are YES H you set this parameter to YES the user c
166. ddress Specify an e mail address for the postmaster When system errors occur error messages are sent to the administrator The administrator does not have to be registered on the local iSeries system Note If you enter the e mail address on a 5250 terminal enter the At sign O using Alt Hex Hex Help key B5 You can also use S instead of DirectMail will then correctly translate these characters On the PC you can generate the character using Alt Gr Q Standard mailbox DFTMAILBOX Specifies a default mailbox used when a function requiring a mailbox name is executed and no name has been provided DirectMail IFS path MAILPATH Specifies the path in the iSeries IFS Integrated File System in which temporary and permanent files for DirectMail are saved If this path does not exist it will be created by the system automatically Note The folder system QDLS must not be used for this path as it does not support long file names Backup copies of the sent mails are filed to the subfolder SENT Data authorities for file export EXPDTAAUT Allows you to specify file rights for files exported to the iSeries integrated file system The values allowed for this parameter are ALL All users have full access rights to the files Page Accessing DirectMail 30 DirectMail NONE No user has access rights to the files RWX RX RW WX R W X Rights are assigned using the IFS options with the following
167. dentity and contains information used to protect data or to establish secure network connections A certificate store is the system area where certificates are kept To continue click Next Certificate Export Wizard e Bar Next gt Cancel 0126 The Certificate Export Wizard Now click Next gt DirectMail E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures Page 139 Certificate Export Wizard 0127 The Certificate Export Wizard Export Private Key Select No do not export the private key then click Next gt zard 0128 The Certificate Export Wizard Export File Format Select the first option DER encoded and then click Next gt Page 140 E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures DirectMail Certificate Export Wizard XII File to Export Specify the name of the file you want to export File name cren cer Browse z t oa 0129 The Certificate Export Wizard File to Export Select a folder and a file name with the extension cer and click Next gt Certificate Export Wizard E X Completing the Certificate Export Wizard You have successfully completed the Certificate Export wizard You have specfied the Following settings Fie Name Cen Export Keys No Include all certificates in the certification path No Fie Format DER En gt 0130 Completing the Certificate Export Wizard Complete the export by clicking Finish and send the
168. documents to an email DirectMail supports you with the Attachment function with which you can send any PC documents such as Word documents Excel spreadsheets EXE files to name but a few As well as PC files you can also use your DirectMail to attach iSeries spoolfiles in different formats or iSeries objects such as programs files folders or complete libraries The Attachment function can be called from within screen for creating an email usingFunction key 10 or from within the Mailbox by selecting Option 1 0 in front of an email Using F 10 from within an email you will get depending on whether you have already entered attachments the overview of the attachments or otherwise immediately the following display Select Filetype 1 PC Filesystem IFS 2 Spoolfile SPL 3 Libraries Objects SAVE 4 SAVOBJ Savefile SAVE 5 SAVLIB Savefile SAVF 6 AS 400 Database FILE Choice A F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0089 Select attachment file type Options 1 PC documents Use this option to attach PC documents from the IFS See chapter Attach PC documents option 1 2 Spool file DirectMail A221Fttachments Page 113 Use this option to attach iSeries spoolfiles to an email See chapter Attach spoolfiles Option 2 3 Libraries Objects Currently inactive 4 SAVOB J savefile Use this option to attach Series objects See chapter Attach Series objects option 4 5 SAVLIB savefile Use this option to attach an iSe
169. e Filter emails according to the entered absence time The values allowed are Y Filter emails only which have been received during the entered absence N Filter emails only which have not been received during the entered absence Empty Do not consider absence Attachments Filter here emails according to attachments The values allowed are Y Filter emails with attachments only N Filter emails without attachments only Empty Do not consider attachments Exit program library The Exit Program filter function allows in addition to other filter functions the activation of a user defined program This program is executed and must give back a return code Depending on the return code the filter is declared as correct or incorrect The following parameters are required Priority Filter here incoming mails according to priority The values allowed are H Filter emails with priority High N Filter emails with priority Normal G Filter emails with priority Low Empty Do not consider priority Negative Enter here option Y if you want to filter emails that do NOT correspond to the criteria DirectMail I260Fncoming Mail Assistant Page 177 Distributed Filter mails here according to distribution status The values allowed are Y Filter mails only that have been distributed already N Filter mails only that not yet have been distributed Empty Do not consider distribution status Phonetic Filter here incoming mails ac
170. e To Priority Reference MOVE Attachments Text E o mp Negative E iSelect 4 Delete Opt Function Function parameter Send email if absend Add to addressbook Addrezzbcok entry Copy to folder Delete email Detcur to receiver Send via fax Forward to email receiver i Move to folder Weitere E3 Exit P4 Prompt E5 Refrezh El2 Cancel 0177 Move emails Enter yourf i t er Select option press enter a Seiect S Display o Folder ausgang Ll Eingang Febler Gelosch r Gesendet Description Postausgang Posteingang Fehlerhafte Ee E FS Refresh FEX2 cancel 0178 Select folder FEL7 Top criteria and enter 1 next to Move to folder objekte Geloschte objekte Gesendete Objekte F1S5 B gt otrom Enter option 1 next to the required folder You can use option 5 to show or hide the folder structure I260Fncoming Mail Assistant Page 171 RENGEL Definition BASIC Definition PORMARD Active X filter Mailbox Froana To Reference Y Yes N No PC9 Account ORDER 31 08 04 20 41 02 Absence Priority Attachments Text 1 Seiect 9pt Function Send email if absend Add to addressbook Addressbook entry Copy to folder Delete email Detour to receiver Sand via fax Forward to email BM Move to folder Negative E 4 Delete Function parameter receiver BC9 Error Weitere E3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel n
171. e MTP 0038 Delete address book entry Press the Enter key for confirming the deleting or F 12 for returning to the previous screen 5 7 5 Display address book entry option 5 DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 75 Use this option to display the selected entry First name Last name Email Company Title Department Email address Bosef Grunbichler jgrftoolmaker de Toolmaker Software CEO Private Address N Phone numbers Phone 08191 968 130 Mobile Fax 08191 968 100 Private Address i Street Westendstr 34 ZIP code B6916 Country Nation D City Kaufering gt F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0039 Display address book entry 5 7 6 8 Display address reference option Here you see in which address books an address book entry created physically only once is referenced Each reference of an address book entry means the inclusion of a copy of the entry into another folder This helps to minimise the administration work for an address and makes it available for other employees in their address books Display address links Address Gr nbichler Josef Type SMTP Folder Description System DirectMail AdreBbucher pco9 Private Addressbook for PC9 Ende F3 Exit Fi2 Cancel 0040 Display address book references Page 76 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail 5 7 7 Move address book entry option 17 You cannot just reference an entry
172. e description In folder Inbox Description Incoming Items New folder archive Description Archieved Mails F3weExit Fl2 Cancel 0084 Create folder New folder Enter a name for the folder you want to create Description A text description of the folder 7 19 Internet option 25 Use this option to display SMTP server error messages for mail that has not been sent correctly Also displays the definitions used if the email has been processed by the Incoming Mail Assistant 7 20 Repeat send option 98 This hidden function enables e g in case of mass mailings the repetition of emails marked as faulty due to Time Outs All email with the status ERR is moved back to the outbox to be resent 7 21 Incoming mail from mailbox F9 DirectMail W170Fork with emails option 7 Page 109 From within the mailbox you can go to the incoming mails directly with Function key 2 Le whatever folder you are currently in the content of the Incoming Mails folder will be displayed 7 22 Address book from mailbox F10 You can use Function key 10 to display the address book from within the mailbox All functions described in the chapter Address book option 12 Fehler Es wurde kein Textmarkenname vergeben are available J Work with addresses Addressbook CMA Privates AdreBbuch fiir CMA Position to II Select option press enter g 2 Change 3 Link 4 Delete 5 Display 8 Reference 17
173. e font size of the text Abox posx posy width height border fill linewidth Draws a rectangle Posx Position in mm current position Posy Position in mm current position Width Width in mm Length Length in mm Border 1 show border O no border Fill 1 fill rectangle 0 d0 not fill rectangle linewidth Line width Note Colours for borders or for fillings can be adjusted with the command Acol lin posx posy pos2x pos2y linewidth Shows a straight line Posx Position in mm current position Posy Position in mm current position Linewidth Line width Acrc posx posy radius border fill linewidth Draws a circle Posx Position in mm current position Posy Position in mm current position radius Radius in mm border 1 show border 0 no border fill 1 fill circle 0 2do not fill circle linewidth Line width Note Colours for borders or for fillings can be adjusted with the command col pos poxy posy Changes the current cursor position Posx Position in mm current position DirectMail AutoMail Page 241 Posy Position in mm current position Acol typ red grn blu Changes colours typ 0 Colour of border 1 Colour for filling 2 Both red Red colour intensity 0 255 grn Green colour intensity 0 255 blu Blue colour intensity 0 255 ALPI Ipi Changes the current setting for LPI lines per inch 0 Auto 8 8 LPI ASAV Saves the current graphic settings Recursion allowed
174. e in particular that you enter the email address correctly so that the email can reach the recipient If the email address does not exist globally you will receive an error message after failed transmitting attempts This could be a problem if the email address entered incorrectly does exist because then an unauthorised person may receive confidential data from you Note When you enter Y with Private address the created address will only be shown to you and not to other users 5 7 1 2 Add mailing list option 2 DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 73 If you have to send emails to more than one recipient simultaneously you best use a mailing list In this mailing list the desired address book entries will be referenced When sending you must no longer enter single addresses but only the name of the mailing list Address List List name sales Description Toolmaker Salesmenlil E3 Exit F12 Cancel 0036 Mailing list entry List name Name of the mailing list Description A description of the mailing list 5 7 2 Change address book entry option 2 Dependent on the type of entry address book or mailing list you will see the same screens as when creating but each filled with data which can be written over 5 7 3 Link address book entry option 3 In order to include an address in multiple address books you do not need to enter it repeatedly With the DirectMail link function an existin
175. e library DIRMEDIA must be in your library list Please ensure this 2 2 2 Update If you are proceeding an update installation please ensure that nobody is working with the product 2 2 3 Install from iSeries CD ROM drive DirectMail is shipped on a data medium suitable for use on your IBM iSeries system Both server and PC software are included Place the shipped CD ROM in the CD ROM drive on your iSeries Sign on to your iSeries system with a user profile that includes ALLOBJ and IOSYSCFG rights for example QSECOFR From a command line enter the following command LODRUN OPTO1 where OPT01 is the name of your CD ROM drive 2 2 4 Install from PC You can also install using the Toolmaker iSeries Installer The installation is done on a connected PC You do not need access to the iSeries CD ROM drive FTP must be active and you must have the system TCP IP address and the QSECOFR password Insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive on your PC Start this installation variant by double clicking the file Di rect Mai XX XX english ee in the root directory on the CD ROM The self extracting file will guide you step by step through the installation process Iren sof e r fa aleve starts the Tooimalue Ceres Inet aller for ent sagen of prog ams on your Gares System Yeu read otty the q address of you Banes and the QUEOCOPR pamond Just chk nade of the Tookmada Instale after tiring n thess value on the button INSTALL The
176. e spoolfile can be displayed with the iSeries command WRKSPLF Spool file number SPLNBR The spool sequence number for the job 13 2 B4 Command CVTDBF Using the CVTDBF command iSeries databases can be converted into CSV TXT HTML or DBASES format DirectMail Email APIs Page 269 Convert Database File CVTDBF Type choices press Enter PE 120 v EA N S e ER 2 50 Sin s Name Library e Name LIBL CURLIB OZ Los 1t A es x FIRST Name FIRST Output format vos y TXT TXT CSV HTML DBASE3 Add field description THO NO YES Compress data p NO NO YES Columnsepsration with blanks 2 0 20 NONE Bottom F3 Exit P Prompt F5 Refresh Fl2 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display E24 More keys 0265 Convert database IFS object OBJ Enter the directory and name under which the converted spoolfile should be savedin the IFS File Library DBFILE Enter the name and the library for the iSeries database file you want to attach Member DBMBR Specify the name of the member you want to attach The values allowed are FIRST The first member in the database is attached Name The member matching the specified name is attached Output format The file can be converted into a range of file formats The values allowed are TXT The file is converted to TXT format More or less all editors can read this file format CSV The file is converted to CSV format This format d
177. e will be closed because DirectMail saves them temporary in database files DirectMail AutoMail Page 243 BO 9 8 8 4 3 9 9 9 9 9 O9 9 9 9 8 8 4 9 9 O9 8 9 3 9 3 4 3 9 9 9 9 9 9 8 9 9 93 4 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 4 9 9 3 9 3 5 n Work with AutoMail Bundles JOBLOG joblog automatisch senden Select option press enter 4 Delete 5 Files Op Created Bundled Files Pages M 08 01 04 13 28 47 4 4 Ende P3 Exit F5 Refresh F12 Cancel F17 Top F18 Bottom 0249 Work with spoolfile bundles Here you see the created an open bundles Open bundles are defined with only timestamp created not bundled Options 4 Delete With this option you can delete a spoolfile bundle Only the information for the bundle is deleted The bundle in PDF format created in the IFS continues 5 Files With this option you can display files and information about the bundle Page 244 AutoMail DirectMail Work with Automail Bundle Files JOBLOG joblog automatisch senden Select option press enter 4eDelete 5 Display Op Captured Filename User OUTQ Pages 3 08 01 04 13 31 QPJOBLOG Qsys QPRINT i 08 01 04 13 31 QPJOBLOG QsYs OPRINT 3 08 01 04 13 31 QPJOBLOG QSYS OPRINT xs 08 01 04 13 31 QPJOBLOG OSYS QPRINT 2 1 08 01 04 13 31 QPJOBLOG QSYS QPRINT i 08 01 04 13 31 QPJOBLOG QSYS QPRINT A 08 01 04 13 31 QPJOBLOG QSYS QPRINT A 08 01 04 13 31 QPJOBLOG Qsys OPRINT TU 08 01 04 13 31
178. ebe 27 dun Target stream file Kei SET 23 TCP IP configuration TCP IP host table entries DirectMail Enhancements Corrections Page 349 el et ET EEN 23 TCP IP mast r computet 52 5 erre tent EE eU HE b I SE e MR Io EEN e e geed See 27 HL Ido E ON TCP IP port for POP Ls TCP IP port OR RE 33 55 REN ae 23 Technical requirements 1e RU te ee poo i OR e EPIO aa 9 Template 221 MN RU tee eso de a RPM IY NEN Ee A e fa M OE 9 ge 9 KETTEN 155 Text o E Text functions s Text offset coordinates eee e pr POR HD OO e ERO PO Ie ra HERR a D ROT EET 217 TText offset co ordinates eee EORR Eae RETO SEENEN 299 Text Commands Time difference e BER Ke TEE 42 Time for Reorg AMS Titer E Time WIBdONWS a Et cere t aar ab e ebbe debe ie tei Eeer E tns Time zone of the system Times of absence omittere cbe GRE OBRUO DRE UTOR TOR EH DI REB GREATER To96 161 d Rees 60 Unicode fonts Unicode license anes a RON RN 153 LEE e E EEN 319 Use AutoMail for DS RS REENEN EES ENEE ENEE 40 Use AutoMail for DSPSPLF 315 Use Data 189 Use DirectView 318 Use in AutoMail s 195 Use in DirectView 195 lui 298 DR OR EEA E 54
179. ed REES DEER 286 e Err EE 159 hnic EET 161 ju Ate ERE I P ob cid 94 109 ele Meet tee EE 321 No status bar 321 No title 321 No toolbar 321 NENG Er 39 Normal ee 99 161 210 248 DirectMail Enhancements Corrections Page 345 Notification by Gs Mate i E d ES de ee etg ee iiie N TPDOt Sea pa SERRE EORR HM OR UU M HERREN T RRE Number of AutoMail jobs N t ber Of EE N mber OF sendins TEE EUR Ae es Ae Ae a Eed le ONE Object types ODIeGIS 2o eren e ee eH t Ue ia Only receive A eset EE 66 Only when present Opern emai AP EE Opetispoolfiles ss OPNEMLAPI OR tope ru ett M tM e a edo datas exeo costes Original message yee ee iue RUPEM ia A Original sender Output Output format hd Output m email AP dar OLD m eee ts Output queue m Outqueue us uni 188 Overlay first page 300 Overlay second page 300 A EE 1 c cd 266 Page terre 196 Pape Heading ue SUCHEN e IERI ERBEN EINE 46 Page range for check 199 Page Tan Se ffom to TEE 256 268 Page table 257 268 298 PAGBRANGE ee EG RE ERE etu A Un 256 268 Pages without email Add ERR e t e EES A aH EE HL eee ETE eere 231 Ic We EAM MI Ln CMM 213 PAGETABEE nodo eue neg ended 213 257
180. ed up and its library Add field description DBFLDDSC Specify whether the field names should be included Page 122 A221Fttachments DirectMail The values allowed are Y The field descriptions will be added N The field descriptions will not be added Attach as text Specify whether the file should be sent as an attachment or as a text The values allowed are Y The object content should be used as text N The object content should be used as an attachment File format The file to be attached can be converted into a range of file formats The values allowed are TXT The file is converted to TXT format More or less all editors can read this file format CSV The file is converted to CSV format This format delimits the fields with semicolons and is ideal for further processing with spreadsheet programs like Microsoft Excel HTML The file will be converted to HTML format DBASE3 The file will be converted to DBASES3 format After selecting the file it will be attached Afterwards the overview of the attachments will be shown again Work with attachments 20 02 03 15 41 03 Select option press enter lzExport 4 Delete 5 Display 7 Rename S Attributes Op Filename Filetype Size Changed at A E No_Name htm IFS 497 20 02 03 11 44 N DirectMail 2 00 tif IFS 37 KB 20 02 03 11 44 N QSYSPRT PDF SPL 2 KB 20 02 03 13 13 N SaveFile sav SAVE 12 KB 20 02 03 15 36 N SaveFile sav SAVE 93 MB 20 02 03
181. elimits the fields with semicolons and is ideal for further processing with spreadsheet programs like Microsoft Excel HTML The file is converted to HTML format DBASE3 The file is converted to DBASES format Add field description DBFLDDSC Specify whether the field names should be included Page 270 Email APIs DirectMail 13 2 5 The values allowed are YES The field descriptions are added NO The field descriptions are not added Compress data COMPRESS Specify whether the file should be zipped before being sent The file can then be unzipped by the recipient with a standard program like PKUNZIP WINZIP etc DirectMail supports the GZIP format as a pack format The values allowed are YES The file is packed before being attached to the email NO The file is not packed before being attached to the email Column separation with spaces Specify the column width between fields when converting to TXT format The values allowed are 0 20 The number of columns between fields NONE No column separation default Command CVTATMSPLF Using the command CVTATMSPLF spoolfiles can be converted using an AutoMail definition The AutoMail monitor is not required Convert SPLF using AutoMail CVTATMSPLF Type choices press Enter Spoolfile Set SN Name Jobname Name a RARA Name Number P 000001 999999 Spoolfilenumber ONLY 1 999999 ONLY LAST AutoMail Definition AUTO Character value AU
182. ensure their authenticity The values allowed for this parameter are N Emails will not be signed DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 57 Y Emails will be signed S The setting from the DirectMail Configuration will be used Change mailbox options Type changes press enter Path for file import DirectMail400 B Allow changes L Y Yes NzxNo S Subdirect L Locked Path for fileexport DirectMa1l400 Allow changes N Y Yes N No S Subdirect Acces to other Spooled files N YeYes NeNo LeLocked Allow SAVOBJ SAVLIB H Y Yas N No Labr Pile Attachn NONE Allow changes L YeYes N No L Locked Sprache DET Language DFT Default End E3 Exit P4 Prompt FB Addrezz Pi2 Cancel 0020 Change mailbox options page 3 Path for file import This is the path from the integrated file system of iSeries IFS from which the PC files can be imported as an attachment to an email to be sent Allow changes Here you can specify how the user may access the IFS The values allowed are Y Changes of the directory name are permitted i e the user can also import files from other directories on the same lower or higher level N The user may import files only from the set directory U The user may import files from those directories that are created on a lower level within the structure S The import function is blocked Path for file export This is the path from the integrated file system of iSeries IFS in whi
183. er Form type Entry of form type for spool filter Programme name Entry of program name for spool filter User Entry of user for spool filter Outqueue Library Enter the outqueue and library here Page AutoMail 194 DirectMail Status of file With the status fields you define at which status the spoolfile is processed With this it can be excluded that a spoolfile with status HOLD in the outqueue is sent automatically This spoolfile must then be first released from the divisional manager for example before it is processed Held Also spoolfiles set to hold can be processed status HLD Released Also released spoolfiles can be processed status RLS Saved Also saved spoolfiles can be processed status SAV Use in DirectView Use in AutoMail Specifies whether the AutoMail definition is used for DirectView or AutoMail The spoolfile filter can be displayed or changed at the same time through F10 option File and Spool filter 0211 Spool file content display The content of the selected spoolfile is shown in the working area 12 3 3 Spool prompts Spool files cannot only be selected or filtered out with AutoMail on the basis of external codes like spoolfile names user form user data output queue etc but also on the basis of the contents in the spoolfile itself This function allows e g to distinguish documents which always look similar fro
184. er Address book Option 12 F13 Repeat Repeats the last option selected F14 Absence Allows the entry of times of absence for the automatic reply to incoming emails together with the Incoming Mail Assistant See chapter Absence Option 14 15 Auto sign Edit text for an AutoSignature F16 Password Allows you to enter a password for the mailbox F17 Top Position at top F18 Bottom Position at bottom F19 Accounts Goes to the assigned email accounts The password can be changed here See chapter Email Accounts Option 10 F20 Incoming Mail Assistant Calls the Incoming Mail Assistant F22 Transmit Collects emails with the provider and sends emails to be transmitted See chapter Transmit emails option 10 7 1 Create new email F6 You can create a new email usingFunction key 6 DirectMail W170Fork with emails option 7 Page 95 20 02 03 15 11 01 Edit DirectMail 400 Email From Yoolmaker Kaufering Robert Engel ro B Les acc Attachments Subject Fl Mark F2 Copy F3 Exit F Delete Prompt F5 insert ES Properties E9 List FlO Attacliments F12 Cancel E24 More keys 0064 Create new email To One or more recipients having those email addresses that should receive this message Instead of character DirectMail also supports the character cc The recipients having those email addresses that should receive this message as a copy BCC The recipients having those email addresses that s
185. es eeeeeseeeseeeeenee eere nnne nnne nnns 131 9 1 ENCI DUON er EIE 131 9 2 A T A AE A E EE 131 9 3 Request a digital RE 133 9 4 Expor a public KOY o asara F aaan daniela OE VAN NENE ARAA ARARAT VAR EAAS 137 9 5 Export a private Key cai ardor 141 9 6 Procedure for encryption ccccccecceceeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeceaeeeeenaesgeneeseaeeesaaesdeaaesseeeeseaeeseaaeeneees 143 9 6 1 Command WRKCER Work with certificates sssssseseeeee 143 9 6 2 Command IMPCER Import certificate sese 146 9 6 3 Work with private Certificates sss ennemis 147 9 6 4 Exporting certificate attachments enne 150 9 7 Digital signat res n ient e ueniet ii aen cia ene Dii na face es 151 10 0 Unicode e 153 10 1 il Leier 153 10 2 Implementation of Unicode with DirectMail esses 153 10 244 Unicode license ete tb ete Ee etie ee eir Mev levine 153 10 2 2 gt Unicode e EE 154 10 2 3 DirectMail commands and AutohMa AA 154 10 24 TestUnicode ee e nit e e kr ie e eee ed on 155 11 0 Incoming Mail Assistant cece ce eeeeee ee ee seen seen enee see enee enne nnne nnn nnn nnn nsn nn nnn innen 157 11 1 Create an Incoming Mail Assistant definition ssssseeeenenes 158 11 1 1 Create definition Fei 158 11 162 gt Fiter Tu OCH urea ei up icr A ite Fe enc rip re aree ede cuta Pee eed ia 159 1113 e EE EE
186. es Y Y Yes N No Receive email header only N Y Yes N No Login User Password Confirm password e Polling interval Minutes O SYSVAL Time window 0 100 0 00 HH MM OzSYSVAL MTWTFSS Days of week e o e X zmark leer SYSVAL Only if absent Y Yes N No A Allways TCP IP Port for POP 110 POP timeout e 20 1 999 seconds F3 Exit Fis cancel 0026 Add email account Account ID This can be assigned freely Description Text description of the account e g T Online Provider A etc Active With this you specify whether this account is an active account or is not used e g in case of an email address no longer valid an email address not yet set up a currently inactive email address etc The values allowed are Y The mail account is active mails can be received via this account N The mail account is not active no mails can be received via this account Mail server Enter the name of your mail server over which you receive your emails You can get the name from your system administrator or your provider With T Online it reads pop btx dtag de with other providers it reads eg smtp www service de The special value L OCALHOST allows the direct reading of emails from the mail server of the iSeries In this case no user password is needed and the route over the POP server will not be taken PtP profile Point to Point Profile Here yo
187. ese et ee tds Remote password Remote path Intcr s 287 288 289 290 Remote USC EE 287 289 290 Removal from the System aret eee prece neret tet aiia DR Dr cn bnt eet eee 20 Rename esee 289 Rename attachment erre Ee e Rr DM eec eM Pee 127 Reotg m 40 41 Reotg attachtnents ee eee A EE hea NTS MER AEs ee 41 LE 95 Repeat call us 110 Replace pplication 4 Ip RAM NIE EE ee ERI eroe ee 18 Replace I M RAE 274 DirectMail Enhancements Corrections Page 347 Replace TEE 264 Replace ODE odo URB nep RS 278 285 Replace target EE 286 Replace with Oe Reply address 55133 LLLA ete ld 54 Reply il o ihe ne RUE ePi dE eee der AE 94 105 Reply tovermiaal os PER 173 RE SEN EE 94 Reset hits 158 Retry tame intervals s uo e Let didas 33 RGZATTACH 281 RGZDIRMA EE 281 ROZPEM EE RLSATMBCH RNMOBJFTP ROTATE PA Be EE Rotation angle m RSTOBJIES 24 shine banum eite tddi NEI EE 283 S Mim e A a ita 132 Save email 98 ME EHS ege Eeer EDT 31 Save spoolfile see 292 Savefile 120 SAVLIB savefile e 114 SAMBA os 114 SAVOBIIBS EE Schedule date Schedule time 54 sii ee ee Ae eebe ee Ae ees edita Ke EE SCNRPLSTMEF so CC ENEE da o M o Ar IL PES 10 SA O NN 321 Search Searchvand plage EU 254 286 LEFI gE DS
188. et the user select the format from a menu or select formats from applications to optimise your workflow Configure DirectView User CHGDVWUSR Type choices press Enter UB ue a le ke UV xxx CURRENT Nom CURRENT EXPO es to Goa A AAA USER USER GROUP Use DirectView YES YES NO Outputformat gt a s ge RES i HTML TXT HIML EPDF PDF Confirm format amp 46 9 E a YES YES NO UgeaAutoMall gt 5 S SSES YES YES HO Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys 0351 Configure DirectView users User USER The user for which DirectView is being configured The values allowed for this parameter are DirectMail DirectView Page 317 Name A valid user ID or group name CURRENT Changes the settings for the current user Type TYPE The values allowed for this parameter are USER Changes a user GROUP Changes a group Use DirectView USE Specifies whether or not DirectView is used The values allowed for this parameter are YES Use DirectView NO Do not use DirectView Output format FORMAT HTML Sets HTML as the default file format Data is displayed as a table with alternating green and white rows to improve readability The application used to display the files is your web browser NONE No conversion specified The files are displayed in OS 400 format CSV Sets semicolon delimite
189. ff gt lt P align center gt lt FONT face Arial size 2 gt COPY lt FONT gt lt P gt lt td gt lt td bgColor 6699ff gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt ENDLIST gt lt table gt For information on defining an index and the associated parameters please refer to chapter 12 4 1 L Lie feld umm L c EM DID D Pop LI Database Entes mi 4 5 L D 1 t 1 Tree Exit Pregran IF TEE IE CMT PM E D 1 d Baren f ere Seri ree E L 4 Wert with Lire E LI 4 5 D ree i mat VA eeeste AAA ma L Display Dewice TUI DI E Ne 4 it u Were with HI pemled Fi n A Type piis peras Peter 15 hdr vih uut pristiog stat us 1 nmm Peet F dietresh Fhfuctios FPOe Fibers Fiba Tit Fido Titten Tft Sitere Tasten 0330 Index creation For the field User in this case Every list area requires a level change index for example order line to which the other indexes are assigned Page 222 AutoMail DirectMail Display index Press enter to continue Index nam Ben Description USER Description Row Col 10 234 Length 28 Upper case O Justification 0 Grow Index HUHE Multi occurance iz Level Change Index H Prompt Prompt mask Row Column X Length 2 Scan start row column Scan end row colum F3 Exit Fi2 Cancel eet eee eee ee eee ee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee ee ee 0328 Display
190. fied Note This function should only be permitted for authorised users otherwise users can backup data from your iSeries and send them by email The values allowed are Y The user may send files from other libraries N The user must not send files from other libraries S The function for sending files is blocked for this mailbox Language DirectMail is multi lingual By setting the language you can select the available languages for every user The language keys to be used are analogous to the languages available in the system value QLANGID The values allowed are DEU DES ENG ITA language key can be called by using F4 DFT Use of the language entered as default value with the installation DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 59 5 2 Copy mailbox Option 3 Existing mailboxes can be copied in order to create mailboxes for new users with settings equal to existing mailboxes Copy mailbox Type in name and description From mailbox PC9 Description PC9 mailbox To mailbox BM Description PC8ffmailbox F3 Exit Fl2 Cancel 0021 Copy mailbox To mailbox Enter the name of the mailbox to be created No other mailbox must exist with this name Description Here you can enter the text description of the mailbox 5 3 Delete mailbox Option 4 Mailboxes no longer required can be deleted along with their content Page 60 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail IN bh with DivectMa
191. file with Adobe Acrobat The values allowed are YES The file may be modified Page 264 Email APIs DirectMail NO The file may not be modified SAME The attribute is not changed Allow copy Specify whether the recipient may copy the contents of the file by cutting and pasting Screenreader The values allowed are YES The file may be copied NO The file may not be copied SAME The attribute is not changed Allow comments Specify whether the recipient may add or change annotations with Adobe Acrobat The values allowed are YES Annotations may be added NO Annotations may not be added SAME The attribute is not changed Allow form fields Specify whether the recipient may add or change form fields with Adobe Acrobat The values allowed are YES Form fields may be added NO Form fields may not be added SAME The attribute is not changed Allow access to contents Specify whether the recipient may access the content of the PDF file with for example Screenreader from Acrobat Version 5 The values allowed are YES Content may be accessed NO Content may not be accessed SAME The attribute is not changed Allow assemble Specify whether the recipient may add delete or rotate pages with Adobe Acrobat or whether thumbnails and bookmarks may be added The values allowed are YES Assemble is allowed DirectMail Email APIs Page 265 NO Assemble is not allowed SAME The
192. filed user contains address information that can be administrated M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 61 Email address First name Robert Last name Engel Email po9ltoolmaker net Company Toclmaker Software E HEM Productmanager Department Private Address N Phone numbers i Phone 08191 968 249 Mobile Pax e 08191 968 100 Private Address Street Westendstr 34 ZIB code 896916 Country Nation mM City Kaufering F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0024 Email address The filed address information can be called by all DirectMail users through the user address book First name The email user s first name Last name The email user s last name Email The email user s email address Company The email user s company Title The email user s title Department The email user s department Private address Flag for private address The values allowed are J private address J No private address Telephone The email user s business telephone number Mobile The email user s mobile phone number Page 62 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail Fax The email user s fax number Private The email user s private telephone number Street The email user s street Postcode The email user s post code Country Country code Nation Country code Place The email user s place 5 6 Email accounts option 10 For sending outgoing emails no configuration is necess
193. folder Weitere F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel 0152 A definition in simple mode Name One unique name per definition Description Enter the text description here Active An entry can be either active or inactive This allows you to temporarily disable functions The values allowed are Y The definition is active N The definition is inactive 11 1 2 Filter functions You can limit Incoming Mail Assistant functions to selected emails using the filter function In the simple mode filter criteria are always AND operations In the expert mode you can also insert OR operations DirectMail I260Fncoming Mail Assistant Page 159 CMA Definition BASIC 2 09 05 10 03 4 Definition J Active Y Y Yes N No Filter Mailbox Account Absence From Priority TO Attachments Reference Negative Text s o Phonetic l Select 4 Delete Opt Function Function parameter Send email if absend Add to addressbook Addressbook entry Copy to folder Delete email Detour to receiver Send via fax Forward to email receiver Move to folder Weitere F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fl2 Cancel 0152 A definition in simple mode Note 1 The definition is always executed if fields are empty Empty fields are ignored by the selection 2 Except for Yes No criteria inputs are always String functions The character string must occur in a field to meet the filter criteria You can use the
194. fresh F eCreate Fi eCamcel FileTop Fi Bottom 0235 Work with AutoMail attachments Options 2 Change Allows you to change AutoMail attachment information 4 Delete Deletes an AutoMail attachment 5 Display Displays an AutoMail attachment 8 Search replace Allows you to search and replace values and index values within an AutoMail attachment Add Scan Replace Type option and press enter Scan for old Replace by new Multi occurence H Y Yes Ho Elements L 0 999 F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0314 Search and replace The parameters are as follows DirectMail AutoMail Page 219 Search for Search string Replace by Replacement string This string can also include index names e g amp CUST or Customer amp CUST Multy occurrence The values allowed are Y Search string may occur multiple times on page N Search string occurs only once on page Elements This field defines the maximum number of elements in an index Multiple element indexes might be used for example with lists If this value is greater than 0 AutoMail adds n to the search string so that for 5 elements AutoMail searches and replaces ITEM 1 ITEM 2 ITEM 3 ITEM 4 and ITEM 5 If the replacement value includes a multiple index AutoMail uses the corresponding element in the index If the index element does not exist the search string is replaced with spaces The values allowed are
195. g address can be referenced in multiple address books This means that in subsequent address books there is a reference only to the physical address This has the advantage that the address is available in multiple address books but must be administrated only centrally Select folder 20 08 04 10 52 47 Select option press enter l1 Select 5 Display O Folder Description Extern Externe AdreBbucber PCS Private Addressbook for PC9 sales Toolmaker Salesmen 1 System DirectMail AdreBb cher B Benutzer DirectMaii Benutzer bh Buchhaltung test Testliste fur Verteilung INFOS Verteilerliste fur Infomaterial Messe Verteilerliste Cor Messebesucher Ende E3 Exit F5 Refresh Fl2 Cancel F17 Top F18 Bottom Page 74 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail 0037 Link address book entry Options 1 Select Use this option to select the address book with which the physical address should be linked 5 Display Use this option to display or hide the structure of the selected entry Use Option 1 to select the address book with which you want to link the address 5 7 4 Delete address book entry Option 4 Warning After deleting you can no longer use this address You may just move the address first to an unused folder for a temporary storage e Confirm delete of address objects 0 Press Enter to confirm your choices for delete Press PU to return to change your choices l Op Description Type A Grunpichler Jo
196. his information Digital ID Select Filename Browse Password Confirm Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 0 Compatible low security Delete Digital ID From system 0123 The Import Export Digital ID dialog Check Export your digital ID to a file and then click Select Select Certificate E ES Select the certificate you want to use LL qq Y AAA Expiration gt robert en 4 s Kee Cancel View Certificate 0124 Selecting a certificate Select the ID you want to export and click View Certificate Page 138 E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures DirectMail Certificate MEE 2 xl General Details Certification Path Trust Show RS Value version v3 E Serial number 3058 2AB4 5E81 7433 B510 8 Signature algorithm md5RSA issuer VerSian Class 1 CA Individual E valid from Monday July 19 2004 5 00 00 E Valid to Saturday September 18 2004 E Subject engel bty oft de robert engel E Public key RSA 1024 Bits y Edit Properties Copy to File 0125 Certificate details On the Details tab click Copy to File Welcome to the Certificate Wizard This wizard helps you copy certificates certificate trust lists and certificate revocation lists from a certificate store to your disk A certificate which is issued by a certification authority Is a confirmation of your i
197. hoose option 12 to configure the SMTP attributes Use option 3 from the following menu to change the SMTP attributes Change SMTP Attributes CHGSMTIPA Type choices press Enter Hutostart server YES YES NO SAME Retries by minute Number of xetrias w Sas 0 99 SAME DET Time interval e e A0 0 99 SAME DET Retries by day Number of retries e e e D 0 9 SAME DFT Time interval cS USOS SS Zo D 0 9 SAME DFT Retries by hour Humber cf retries pl o E D 0 99 SAME DET Time interval e D 0 99 SAME DET Retry remote name server Se zHC YES NO SAME automatic registration HG NO YES SAME User ID prefix e gt e OSM Name SAME DET Address RSMAMTAD Name SAME DET System nane TCPIP Character value SAME DFT Alias table type SYSTEM SAME SYSTEM PERSONAL More FA Exit P4 frompt ES rRefresh Fi2 Cancel Fi3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0005 SMTP attributes DirectMail iSeries Configuration for Sending E mail Page 25 Enter YES for Autostart server and if necessary specify the Mai router on the second page for example with T Online this is mailto t online de Change SMTP Attributes CHGSMTPA Type choices press Enter User ID delimiter Eit Sess gt p SAME DET 9 Mail router o MAILTO T ONLIMNE DE Ceded character set identifier 00819 1 65533 SAME DFT Mapping tables Outgoing EBCDIC ASCII table e CCSID Name
198. hould be used N No no POP before SMTP will be used SMTP login Some mail servers require an authentication to avoid so called spam mails for sending emails Specify whether you must log in on the server before sending emails The values allowed for this parameter are Y Yes SMTP login will be required N No SMTP login will not be required SMTP login procedures Here you can specify which login procedures should be used for sending emails DirectMail Version 1 44 and higher supports SMTP authentication The values allowed for this parameter are A Automatic detect unencrypted L Login unencrypted P PLAIN unencrypted S PLAIN incl Password not encrypted Note SMTP servers mail distribution do not require a login with user password for sending emails AS a consequence email spammer misuse such SMTP servers for distributing their mails A way of avoiding this is to use the ESMTP protocol same TCP IP Port 25 This protocol supports the login on the SMTP server with the user password comparable as with POP Page 56 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail To transmit the password there are different procedures DirectMail supports the popular protocols LOGIN and PLAIN In order to activate this login in DirectMail the following entries must be specified in the mailbox SMTP LOGIN s Iy ce Y Y Yes N No SMTP Login procedure P P PLAIN L LOGIN A AUTO POP Account FEIRSTE Name FIRST Direc
199. hould receive this message as a blind copy i e none of the other recipients knows that this message has also been sent to one of the recipients under BCC Attachments The files attached to this email will be named here Look at chapter Attachments to receive more information about attachments Subject Here you can enter the subject of the email Text In the blank area under the separating line you can enter any text that should be sent to the recipient Note If at the end of an email line a is added the following line will be added to this line when transmitting This is helpful when e g long URLs should be shown that cannot be separated Function keys F1 Select Highlight the lines by pressing F 1 in the first line and pressing F 1 again in the last highlighted line Page 96 W170Fork with emails option 7 DirectMail F2 Copy Copy the text highlighted with F1 to the line following the cursor position using F 2 F4 Delete Prompt In the text body F 4 will delete that line where the cursor has just been positioned In the header F 4 will display the address book for selecting recipients When you have several address books you can look after pressing F 4 press F 10 to search for recipients over all address books F5 Insert An empty line will be inserted underneath the cursor position F8 Properties In the header the properties of a recipient will be displayed when you position the cursor on the recipien
200. icate exists 9 7 Digital signatures DirectMail supports digital signatures when sending emails To use this function a private certificate must first be assigned to a mailbox This can be created and administrated with option 18 Certificate in the command WRKMBX Certificates are password protected stored in the path Toolmaker directmail400 certs private Please ensure that you keep this path secure To send signed emails you must set the flag for the signature when exiting the editor or in the command OPNEMLAPI The system checks whether a private certificate exists for the selected mailbox A digital signature does not imply that the email is encrypted It indicates only whether an email has been changed DirectMail E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures Page 151 Page 152 Unicode DirectMail 10 0 Unicode Computers deal exclusively in numbers They store letters and other characters by assigning them numbers Before Unicode was invented there were hundreds of different encoding systems for assigning these numbers No single encoding system offered a sufficient number of characters For example the European Union alone requires multiple encoding systems to cover all its languages Even for a single language like English or German no single encoding system really adequately covered all the letters punctuation marks and other symbols in common use These encoding systems also conflict with one another That is t
201. ient s public key The message can then be decrypted with the recipient s private key Note DirectMail saves all e mails unencrypted It is assumed that your system security settings are sufficient to protect mail from unauthorised access Public and private keys are saved in certificates Certificates also contain other information in addition to the keys for example the owner s e mail address validity period hash codes etc To ensure that they are valid certificates are usually signed by a CA Certificate Authority Certificates may contain the owner s public key only public certificate or both the public and private keys private certificate If a certificate contains the private key it must be protected from unauthorised access by a password Only the certificate owner should have access to the private key Private keys are used for e Signing e mail for sending with the sender s key DirectMail E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures Page 131 e Decrypting e mail on receipt with the recipient s key Public keys are used for e Encrypting when sending with recipient s key e Validating signatures on receipt with the sender s key e The sender s public key is attached to every signed e mail this can also be used to exchange a public key Note A private key should never be accessible by anyone but the owner Ensure that passwords are secure Restrictions e DirectMail cannot currently decrypt e m
202. il 400 milbons 291 07 17 34 Press enter to confirm the delete operation Ratum Lo previous screen with FL to change the options Op Wa m Description User Racaived E d malito WF les 0022 Delete mailbox For deleting mailboxes you must explicitly confirm the option again with Enter orcancel with F 12 5 4 Mailbox work with emails option 8 Use this option to branch to your mailbox for handling your emails RENGEL DirectMail 400 20 08 04 07 19 09 1 Select 2 2Change 4 Delete 5 Display 6 Print J Reply PCS PC9 mailbox Deleted Deleted Itens 12 Error Items with errors Incoming items 12 Outbox Outgoing Items Sent Sent Items Op Sender Subject Date Time Sts A B Heike Stankowski Order 23 02 01 14 18 Ok Heike Stankowski Payment Invoice No 200011 01 gt 20 02 01 9 19 Ok Heike Stankowski Payment of today 19 02 01 11 21 Ok Heike Stankowski Bestellung 15 02 01 10 33 Ok Heike Stankowzki Payment 24 01 01 29 26 Ok Heike Stankouski Zahlungen sind unterwegs 17 01 01 13 01 Ok Heike Stankowski Payment of today 16 02 01 10 29 Ok Heike Stankowski Storno Re 430327 15 01 01 15 13 Ok Heike Stankowski Mail to Robert Schneider 9 01 01 9 05 Ok Weitere F3 Exit E5 Refrezh P6 Create F9 Inbox Fi0 Addrezzboox E24 More keys Object moved to folder Deleted 0023 Mailbox display The options available here are described in chapter Work with emails Option 7 5 5 Email address option 9 Every mailbox with a
203. ile FILE The name of the spoolfile to be attached Jobname User Number The job information for the spoolfile can be displayed with the iSeries command WRKSPLF Spool file number SPLNBR The spool sequence number for the job Delete spoolfile DLTSPLF Specify whether the spoolfile should be deleted after being sent The values allowed are YES The spoolfile is deleted after being attached to the email NO The spoolfile is not deleted Output format FORMAT Specify into which format the spoolfile is to be converted DirectMail Send spoolfile Page 295 The values allowed are HTML The spoolfile is converted into an HTML document TXT Converted to ASCII text PDF Converted to Acrobat Reader format EPDF Adobe s PDF file format but in the Enhanced Version of DirectView PDF This format supports elements such as form overlays allowing you to use background JPG or TIF files with the spool to create complete printed forms ORIG Sent in the original Series format RAW Copies the pure data stream to a PC file used for PCL and AFP GUMBO Sets SPLAMATIC as the default file format for converted spoolfiles TIFF The spoolfile is converted to a TIFF graphic and attached CSV Sets semicolon delimited text as the default file format PCL PCL is used for page descriptions HPT The spoolfile is converted into an HPT document Spool A Matic format GUMBOFMT Specify the format for SPLAMATIC You can
204. index Note In this example the User field is the main index for the page It is the highest level index For this reason Group Index is set to NONE and Level Change to N All other indexes are now assigned to the User index Index name Description Line column Length Capitalisation Orientation Group index Multy occurrence Group change index Prompt Prompt mask Line column Length Scan start line column Scan end line column DirectMail AutoMail Page 223 Display index Press enter to continue Index name SETLHIN Description Fil nzne Row Col 21 21 Length 3 Upper case Q Justification 8 Grow Index UERG Multi occurance Y Level Change Index Y Promt 1 eee i Prompt mask Row Column 20 791 Length 1 Scan start row column 20 79 Scan end row column 31 19 E3 Exit F12 Cancel eee ee ee ee ey 0329 Group index lower level index Each occurrence of the index SFILNAM represents a group change Level Change is therefore set to Y This index is also subordinate to the main index USER Page AutoMail 224 DirectMail oo o o Work with AutoMail Index WEKSPLFE WRESPLFE english Select option press enter 2 Change 4 Delete 5 Display Op Index Description Type Grp Index W USER USER Description THDEX HOnE PL seras Filename IH
205. ined Address or index This is the email address of the recipient or the index field through which the email address is determined 12 5 2 Email sender With the function Email sender you can govern relevant parameters for sending an email The function Email sender can be called with F10 as well as option Emai and Email sender Define email sender Type selection press enter Mailbox 2 o0 Sender s name index JMAILUOX Name OWWER None Address Sender address index MAILUOX Index MAILWOX Priority US UN head confirmation H Encrypt Email e o W Sign Email A Hold email H Time to send P rxit F Prompt Fi2 cancel 0227 Email sender information Mailbox HeHigh HeHarmal L Low YeYer W Ho YeYes Wa PePartial Yy Yes W Ko YeYes Meo Tine empty immed Specify in which mailbox the email to be sent is processed The values allowed are Name The name of any existing mailbox OWNER The name of the user s mailbox at the time of processing the spoolfile Sender s name Index The name of the email sender The values allowed are Name An entered value that is used constantly as the sender s name DirectMail AutoMail Page 209 Index An entered index field from which the sender s name is taken Existing index fields can be selected with function key F 4 and option b MAILBOX The sender s name is used from the mailbox specified in the par
206. ing this option The email header the text and name of the attachments will be displayed Giaplay xposiad Fila Parki tech Pepe Suma t L4 ac toibaabes softens ge L n arsenevalad efr legs o esinabar Ae Berto 0074 Display email Next to the display of emails you can turn in and out subfolders in the folder area using Option 5 RENGELE DirectMail 400 20 02 03 15 20 57 1 select 2 Change 4 Delete 5zDisplay Print I Beply RENGEL Robert Engel Ausgang Postausgang SN Eingang Posteingang Fehler Fehlerhafte Objekte Gel scht Gel schte Objekte 2 Gesendete Objekte 2 0075 Folder hidden below Outgoing Mails RENGELE DirectMail 400 20 02 03 15 20 05 is5elect 2 Change A Delete S Dasplay 6 Print 7 Reply RENGEL Robert Engel Ausgang Postausgang E Eingang Posteingang test Fehler Fehlerhafte Objekte Geloscht Geloschte Objekte 2 Gesendete Objekte 2 0076 Folder shown below Outgoing Mails Provided that you have installed the DirectMedia product from Toolmaker and activated the configuration from DirectMail with Option 1 the emails will be shown for you on the PC not in the 5250 emulation but Outlook Express opens itself with the incoming mail on the PC With this of course all attachments remain editable in an easy way DirectMail W170Fork with emails option 7 Page 103 7 9 Print email option 6 Use this option to print an email text components on a selected printer
207. ion of the HTML file describes the structure of a list area The start and end of the list area are defined with the comment lines lt STARTLIST gt and lt ENDLIST gt The placeholders for indexes are defined with the INDEX entries Automail searches for these placeholders and replaces them with the indexes from the spoolfile Sample HTML file lt td gt lt tr gt lt STARTLIST gt lt tr bgColor 6699ff gt lt td colSpan 1 rowSpan 1 bgColor 6699ff gt lt P align right gt lt FONT face Arial size 2 gt FILNAM lt FONT gt lt P gt lt td gt lt td bgColor 6699ff gt lt P align right gt lt FONT face Arial size 2 gt SPLUSR lt FONT gt lt P gt lt td gt lt td bgColor 6699ff gt lt P align center gt lt FONT face Arial size 2 gt OUTQ lt FONT gt lt P gt lt td gt lt td bgColor 6699ff gt lt P align right gt lt FONT face Arial size 2 gt USRDTA lt FONT gt lt P gt lt td gt lt td bgColor 6699ff gt lt P align right gt lt FONT face Arial size 2 gt STATUS lt FONT gt lt P gt lt td gt DirectMail AutoMail Page 221 lt td bgColor 6699ff gt lt P align right gt lt FONT face Arial size 2 gt TOTPAG lt FONT gt lt P gt lt td gt lt td bgColor 6699ff gt lt P align right gt lt FONT face Arial size 2 gt CURPAG lt FONT gt lt P gt lt td gt lt td bgColor 6699
208. iption sent along with the reply to the sender of an email who has contacted you during your absence 5 9 2 Change absence option 2 Using this function you can change an entry once created in order to e g change the period or reason for absence Page 84 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail Edit absence table Datum to Mi 0s8 04 Date from 25 08 04 Reason 4 holidays 0053 Edit absence entry 5 9 3 Delete absence option 4 Using this function you can delete an entry once created if e g the absence does not occur bat Ansanco Delete Records Press enter to confien the delete operation Caneel delete qpevation with Do Fl p fee Date To Date Zo su 1 08 04 e 23 08 04 holiday 0054 Delete absence 5 10 Edit AutoSignature option 15 With this option you go to screen for editing the signature text that will be sent with every email DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 85 Edit DirectMail AutoSignature c Ang be xm MALES e e vo 2 s a 2 M Y Yes N No Add to replied forwarded mails X YeYes NeNo AutoSignature Text regards Robert Engel Toolmaker Softwarefj E3 Exit F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl7 Top F18 5ottom DirectMail 4O00 c 1999 2004 by Toolmaker Software GmbH 0055 Edit AutoSignature Options Attach to new mails Here you specify whether the text should be attached automatically to every new email The values allowed are
209. iption 1 03 06 08 29 10 Press enter to confirm the delete operation Return to previous screen with F12 to change the options Op Definition Description Type Hits since 4 PDFENG Convert into PDF EDPF 0 01 03 06 Bottom F3 Exit F12 Cancel Page 310 Conversion descriptions DirectMail 0374 Delete conversions DirectMail Conversion descriptions Page 311 Page 312 DirectView DirectMail 16 0 DirectView DirectView allows you to display spoolfiles on PC workstations in a variety of formats including PDF HTML PCL and others providing the full range of editing functions available for PC documents Before working with DirectView you must first configure a number of defaults 16 1 Work with DirectView users WRKDVWUSR MUse this command to register DirectView users and set user defaults You can define both users and user groups CMAENG Work With DirectView User 24 10 05 15 57 39 Position to Select option press enter 2 Change 3 Copy 4 Delete Op User Text Description U G Use Format ATM CMA Pr Mayr H Yes PCL Yes CMAFRA Fr Mayr U Yes HTML Yes RENGEL Robert Engel U Yes HTML Yes WOIDT Herr Woidt U Yes EPDF Ho Bottom P3 Exit P5 Refresh F6 Create FlO Configure Fl2 Cancel F17 Top Fl8zBottom 0348 Work with DirectView users In this screen you can add new users with function key 6 change user settings with option 2 copy existing definitions to another user or group with option 3 or dele
210. irit lation of the PC Chente i started thermafter H wou wart te Eat sf ordy the PC Chert pou can open the acm Pis mth Winzip extract and start the fie Purdi fe ose 1020 Toolmaker Installer Read the notes on installation and click OK to continue Page 14 Installation DirectMail WinZip Self Extractor Direcboo 2 40 english exe e ep Toolmaker iSeries Installer Start the installation with click on Setup Cancel 1021 Toolmaker iSeries Installer To start the installation click Setup Birner moss Baraat tumman y AN x vot A o cmd ATTE i o TWLOR Maret ZA wm ont o gt Boc ncernweoon wow TL dia leg Am Lee FUON POG meny fe AMLO M end 8 1022 Installation dialog Enter the IP address and the QSECOFR password then click INSTALL When the installation is complete you can display the joblog by clicking Show iSeries Log In case of successful installation the remark File transfer completed successfully is noted at the end of the joblog Please refer to the Toolmaker hotline for a revision of the installation process if you cannot find this remark For this purpose save the joblog and send it via email to the Toolmaker hotline 2 3 Install from download Download the installation file Di rect Mail xx xx english exe from the Software DirectMail Downloads section of the Toolmaker website and start the installation by double clicking the exe file DirectMail Installa
211. is format supports elements such as form overlays allowing you to use background JPG or TIF files with the spool to create complete printed forms ORIG Same effect as NONE The files are displayed in OS 400 format PCL Spool files on the iSeries in PCL format with PCL attributes such as fonts graphics and barcodes cannot be displayed on 5250 terminals This format allows you to display the spool on PCL enabled viewers for example Red Titan on the PC PDF Sets Adobe PDF as the default file format PDF files are displayed with Adobe Acrobat Reader Page DirectView 316 DirectMail RAW Copies the pure data stream to a PC file used for PCL and AFP TIFF Converts the spoolfile to TIFF graphic file format displayed with the DirectView Imageviewer TXT Sets ASCII text as the default file format GUMBO Converts the spoolfiles with SPLAMATIC licensed software by Gumbo HPT Host Print Transform The conversion will be executed on the host Confirm format Defines whether you want to prompt for the file format each time a spoolfile is converted If you set this parameter to Y the user can select the format used to display each spoolfile Use AutoMail Specifies whether the AutoMail definition is used 16 2 Configure DirectView users CHGDVWUSR To provide users and administrators maximum flexibility when setting conversion formats you can use the command CHGDVWUSR for configuration For example you can l
212. isplay F24 More keys 0013 4 The DirectMail configuration screen Colours for HTML EPDF output Paper Green beam Background Page table COLORS Specifies the colours for paper green bars background and page table for the HTML file output These colours will be given in Hex codes according to the HTML standard Below are the Hex codes of some colours Black 000000 Green 008000 Silver COCOCO Lemon 00FF00 Grey 808080 Olive 808000 White FFFFFF Yellow FFFFOO Chestnut 800000 Navy blue 000080 Red FF0000 Blue 0000FF Light green COFFCO FFFFCC Light blue B3CFFB Light yellow Further information about HTML can be found under the following Internet links http www anatom uni tuebingen de richi html node12 html TAG overview http www w3 org TR REC html40 HTML 4 0 Specifications Change WRKSPLF send options CHGOPT Specifies whether Option 1 Send in the command WRKSPLF or WRKOUTQ should be changed in order to be able to send spoolfiles directly from the display of the respective command through Option 1 Send The values allowed are SELECT Here you can select when sending with which sending option the spoolfile should be processed All available commands Page Accessing DirectMail 38 DirectMail SNDNETSPLF EMAILSPLF and CVTSPLF can be used Following the selection of Option 1 Send in WRKSPLF or WRKOUTQ the type of sending desired can be selected EMAIL Only the EMAILS
213. isplay W ywiltal Fils Newbee 0107 Display of a PC document as attachment Display Epanlrm File Freir Eiszeit Pitate F fzisde FRA keys 0108 Display of a spoolfile as attachment Page 126 A221Fttachments DirectMail Display Saved Objects Save File Labrary saved OGPL Release level WE RZMO KM SN o n 1 Data conpressed Yes Save file DMEXPSAVE Objects displayed 1 Library z QTEMP Objects saved 1 Records 24 Access paths Save command SAVOBI Save active NO Save date time 20 02 03 15 36 15 Type options Press Enter 5 Display saved data base file nembers Opt Object Type Attribute Owner Size K Date QCLSRC PILE PP OPGMR H YES FE3 Ex t Fi2 Cancel 0109 Display of saved objects as attachment 8 9 Rename attachment option 7 Attachments in emails can be renamed using option 7 Rename file old name SaveFile sav New name qclsrcl E3 Exit Fl2 Cancel 0110 Renaming an attachment New name Enter the new name for the attachment 8 10 Attachment attributes option 8 You can display the attributes for an attachment with option 8 DirectMail A221Fttachments Page 127 E View file attributes Type SAVE Filename SaveFile sav Filedate ow mm AO DA 15 36 17 Attached S 26 02 03 15 36 17 Pili o s o e o 12 672 Bytes E3 Exit Fi12 Cancel 0111 Attachment attribules 8 11 Compress attachments option 9 You can compress an attached file
214. isting in our public directory and easy lookup of anyone else s Digital ID US 1 000 of NetSure protection against economic loss caused by corruption loss or misuse of your Digtal ID Free revocation and replacement if your Digital ID is lost or corrupted US 14 95 per year or free 60 day trial edition Payable by Visa MasterCard American Express and Discover Checks and purchase orders are not accepted 0115 VeriSign personal digital ID enrolment Click on the Enroll Now button DirectMail E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures Page 133 A microsoft Glass 1 Enrollment Microsoft Internet Explorer Datei Bearbeken Anskht Favoriten Extras 7 Die 0 x E Lu pen rann Sne 2 Adresse 18 hezps Jjdigrald verisign com dient dass114S Ar VeriSign Class 1 Digital ID for Microsoft Internet Explorer Step 1 of 4 Complete Enrollment Form Step 1 Complete EnrolimentForm Step 2 Pidcup Digital ID Step 2 Chock E mail Step 9 Install Digital ID Contents of Your Digital 1D Fill in all fields Use only the English alphabet with no accented characters This information is included in your Digital ID and is available to the public robertengel heir beau Challenge Phrase This unique phrase protects you against unauthorized action on your Digital ID and should not be shared with anyone Do not lose it It is required to revoke replace renew or set preferences for your Digital ID Cho
215. it ES Refresh F6 Create Fl12 Cancel Fi7 Top FlS Bottom Added certificate for renftrenedv de 0042 Certificates Options 1 Export Use this option to export certificates to IFS directories 2 Change Use this option to change the description of the certificate 4 Delete Use this option to delete a certificate 5 Display Use this option to display the contents of the certificate Display Sposled File Quick I die i un fwrtifirake dijert L ns nu pr TH oxtritg imtertiilga Cias 1 CA Imdiridesl XSearriber Perwcwa Ho Validated ege wrisigr com freperttaco RFA Imrurp Uy A Seng be mm s Verisign rt etak oa Verisign Clase 1 Ch Imiivid kal Seherriber Pwrmens Her Validated Certificate hjort webpect aem tx J stie Ceedubert Eel vetite 10 Clos 1 PMictewoll weefreevas Nul Validated eme risign Come tor p UFA Ta fo Verbsiqe Ow 20 Verifign Tevet Hetweuk CH Petz Expl frat gt rratropedo de Certiticale 1 valid trem 104 Jue 16 9 04 46 poti o Mon dee 10 11 09 46 2001 Cortifirate dijert is set est eiqerl Certificate Lstrzgetnt 10 ER 99 49 II Certificate Cimprepeint S 26 43 11 TK 91 M0 FA de 47 1 47 E 18 57 K ES E le C0 X Pertiticate ecateresoesattribute types preeent exe Esleesion type 2279 SECT TIE Mie Pier pipea pihen FIA Fiare koye 0043 Display spoolfile certificates 11 Standard Use this option to convert an alternative certificate into a standard certificate Page 78 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2
216. kzeuge Fenster Hle M Angan Do fag E gt y 1 de peoe X Drawer D Sete Sete 2 Faurecia Autooit Wordsehler str K IGINAL 11655 tadthagen KECHMNUNGSKODIE Vertreter 010 teirer Peter 1 Im teigfeld 1 e Sontheim Rechmung Mr 052432 Kundersvamer Wir bedanken une f r Ihre Bestellung von Carsten Klupie 1 Dire Inve Koot P7422 SH AAK xell Serien Nr User EUR 5 40 gt MIO 0361 An invoice displayed as a standard PDF Page 324 DirectView Conversion and Display DirectMail This is how the spoolfile for an invoice looks after conversion to standard PDF format To change the appearance of the file you can select it with option 8 and create a simple AutoMail definition eee eee eee eee eee c 2 2 0000 10111111111 Configure DirectView Spooled File t Type option and press enter Definition InvorckEo1 Description Invoice Filter Original Filename INVPRT QSYSPRT ALL ALL User data 5 KISS52 t P Form type INVGSS STD 1 Program KISS52 User s s s ALL RENGEL DOM o e 2 e o REDI PRTO1 E Library QUSRSYS QUSRSYS g More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F8 Attributes F12 Cancel D ee 0362 Creating an AutoMail definition Definition description If you maintain a large number of definitions the Definition and Description fields allow you to search through them Filter You can use the Filter fields t
217. l 0213 Define a prompt Response Enter Y if you want to create a prompt and press the enter key Then mark the prompt start position press the enter key mark the end position and press the enter key once again 12 4 1 2 Define index After setting the index field and any prompt the index to be processed will be displayed DirectMail AutoMail Page 197 Change AutoMail Index Type selection press enter Index name t5 lg Description i lenumber Justification Q R R qht L Left C Centex 070riqinal Upper lower case 0 U Upper case L Lower case O Original F3 Exit Fi2 Cancel 0214 Edit index Index name Here a unique name is assigned to every index This name is later e g used to access a Series database Here SPLKDNR for access to customer master file Description Enter a text description for the index Adjustment You can specify here how the data should be justified in the index If for example the index field is set to 10 characters as this may map the maximum occurring length you can define for an actual content of 5 characters how these places are adjusted The values allowed are R Right The text content is justified to the right of the index field L Left The index content is justified to the left of the index field C Center The index content is centred in the index field O Original The index content is copied as it is in the spool Capitalization You can specif
218. l Fl17 Top Fi8 Bottom 0090 Select IFS file Here you can jump to the desired directory using Option 3 Page 114 A221Fttachments DirectMail z 1 Select O Filename Filetype Size Changed at E Ajar PGM 52 KB 10 01 03 20 51 Appletviewer PEM 52 KB 10 01 03 19 16 Attr PGM 72 KB 10 01 03 20 51 _ Basename PGM 52 KB 10 01 03 20 51 Cat PGM 68 KB 10 01 03 20 51 Chgrp PGM 52 KB 10 01 03 20 51 Chmod PGM 52 KB 10 01 03 20 51 _ Chown PGM 56 KB 10 01 03 20 51 Clrtmp PGM 52 KB 10 01 03 20 51 Cmp PGM 60 KB 10 01 03 20 51 Compress PGM 80 KB 10 01 03 20 51 _ Cp PGM 80 KB 10 01 03 20 51 Weitere F3 Exit F5 Refresh F12 Cancel F17 Top F18 Bottom 0091 Select file Using Option 1 you adopt one or more files at the same time as an email attachment After the selection of PC files the overview of the attachments will be displayed Work with attachments 20 02 03 15 32 35 Select option press enter 1 Export 4 Delete 5 Display 7 Rename B Attributes Op Filename Filetype Size Changed at EK No Nazme htm IFS 497 20 02 03 11 44 N DirectMail 2 00 tif IFS 37 KB 20 02 03 11 44 N Ende F3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create F12 Cancel E24 More keys 0092 Overview of attachments Options 1 Export Use this option to remove attachments from the email and convert them into the corresponding original format See chapter Attach iSeries Database Contains an email another email in MIME format
219. l Index TESTI IL Select option press enter 2 Change 4 Delete 5 Display Op Index Description Type RB Konum Kundennummer DB INDEX amp KNHDNUMI Kundennummer DB INDEX Ende E3 E xit F5 Refresh F6 Crcatc F12 Canccl F17 Top F18 Bottom Duplicate record key in member DMATMIDXA 0221 Work with AutoMail index Using this function you can copy as many field contents from the iSeries databases as desired into index fields from AutoMail 204 Page DirectMail AutoMail Work with AutoMail databases TEST11 Select option press enter 2 Change 3 Copy 4 Delete 5 Display B Index Op Seg Database Library Description Idx a 1 KUNDST GEM Kundenstamm Version 4 No KE 2 KUNDST GEM Kundenstamm Version 4 Yes Ende F3 Exit F5 Rcfresh P6 Create F12 Canccl F17 Top F18 Bottom 0222 Created database definition With option 2 you can revise the database definition and e g change the key field information With option 8 you can process the index fields which you have defined in the previous step from your database The fields already defined will be displayed DirectMail AutoMail Page 205 Work with AutoMail Index WRKSPLFE WRKSPLFE english Select option press enter 2 Change Delete 5 Display Op Index Description Type Grp Index W H USER USER Description THDEX HOHE SFILHAM Filename INDEX USER Y Bottom F3Exit F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel Fi Top F18 Bottom Direct
220. lect the certificate you want to import with option 1 DirectMail E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures Page 145 Import Certificate IMPCER Type choices press Enter X 509 Certificate File CERT CEST No T2 sno xO mo z Bottom EE P4 Promt ES Refresh F12 Ccancel FEXS How to use this display Flare keys 0137 Importing a certificate 9 6 2 Command IMPCER Import certificate Use this command to import certificates from the IFS into DirectMail This is the same as F6 in the command WRKCER IMPCER is particularly useful if you want to import certificates automatically with the Incoming Mail Assistant Import Certificate IMPCER Type choices press Enter X 509 Certificate File Email Address e or CERT Der 25 i4 L ES CERT Standard Certificate NO NO YES Force encryption D M KA NO NO YES Delete Certificate Filo No NO YES Botton F3 Exit F4 Prompt E5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display P24 More keys 0138 Importing a certificate X 509 certificate file Enter the path and name of the certificate file in the IFS E mail address This is the address with which the certificate will be linked With the value CERT the import process uses the e mail address that is saved in the certificate Description Page 146 E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures DirectMail A text description for the certificate Standard certificate Allows
221. lpha 25 Kunden ORT Weitere E3 Exit Fi2 Cancel 0048 Specify address fields Enter the fields from the area shown below in which all fields of your selected files are contained in the order above in which you want the information to be copied to the address book and press the enter key RENGEL DirectMail bernahmepfade ndern 14 09 00 21 44 35 Anderungen eingeben und Eingabetaste driicken Tests EQ NE LE GE LT GT AND OR Feld Test Wert Feld Zahl oder Zeichen 1 KNDNUM LE BEN AND 2 KNDEMA NE Bes ES LO dim om Feldname Feldart Lang Dec Text KNDNUM Zoned 8 0 Kundennummer KNDNAL Alpha 35 Kundenname 1 KNDNA2 Alpha 35 Kundenname 2 KNDSTR Alpha 30 Kundenstra e KNDLND Alpha 3 Kunden Land KNDPLZ Zoned 5 0 Kunden PL2 KNDORT Alpha 25 Kunden ORT Weitere F3 Ver lassen F12 Abbrechen 0049 Specify copy criteria Specify the fields and match criteria according to which the data records are to be filtered from the source database to be received should be filtered into the address book and press the Enter key to save 5 8 Incoming Mail Assistant option 13 Use Option 1 3 to go to the Incoming Mail Assistant This will be described in detail in the chapter Incoming Mail Assistant Page 82 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail RENGEL Work with email distribution 20 08 04 15 5 3 Position to B Mailbox PC9 Select option press enter 2 Change 3 Copy 4
222. ly with SAA standards To avoid unnecessary repetition later in the document the most common functions are described below F1 Help Displays the online user help for the current screen F3 Exit Ends the current program and returns to the menu F4 Prompt Displays the input allowed for a field F5 Refresh Updates the display with the latest data F6 Create Creates new objects in the current window F12 Cancel Skips back one step in the program F17 Top Displays the first entry in a table F18 Bottom Displays the last entry in a table F21 Command line Displays a command line for entering iSeries commands provided the user is authorised Page General Information 10 DirectMail 1 7 1 8 F23 More options If there are more options available than shown on the screen F23 displays the additional options F24 More keys If there are more function keys available than shown on screen F24 display the additional keys Restrictions Because T Online supports mail forwarding SMTP Relay only to a limited extent you may experience problems in some situations if you are using T Online as your provider Quick start Because of the sheer number of functions described the DirectMail manual has become quite extensive Don t let this put you off Once the product has been installed and configured you will perform many tasks intuitively You can get a quick start by proceeding as follows
223. m providing context sensitive help for the current screen The online help covers the same topics as the PDF and printed manuals but is much more convenient The online help system must be installed once before use The file DirectMedia xx xx english exe containing the installation programs is located either on the shipped CD ROM or on the download area of the Toolmaker homepage Enter the command WRKL B DI RMEDI A in a command line to check whether the online help system is already installed in the latest version The online help system is already installed when the library DIRMEDIA with description DirectMedia DirectHelp Version 2 73 or higher is displayed In this case the online help system must only be installed if the version number of the file Di rect Media xx xx english exe is higher than the version number displayed using the command WRKLIB The self extracting file Di rect Media xx xx english exe starts the installation of the online help system Follow the instructions on screen to install first the iSeries component library DIRMEDIA and then the PC client You must install the PC client on each PC on which you want to display online help To install the PC client on additional PCs extract the file Di rect Media exe from the exe file mentioned above for example with WinZip and start the installation on each PC by double clicking it Hint DirectMail Installation Page 13 For proper display of the online help th
224. m the outside and have a similar spoolfile name on the basis of their contents The contents could e g be constants like invoice quote etc which are not only in fixed but also in variable places in the document Create a spool prompt through F10 option File and Spool prompt Define the beginning and end of the constant with the cursor and enter keys DirectMail AutoMail Page 195 Change AutoMail prompt Type selection press enter Prompt text 5722551 EN ooo e n 1 Colum 2 Length a 7 Arca for check BU s ox Ze MA a 1 999 column e ef 1 999 BS Exit F12 Cancel 0212 Edit AutoMail prompt Page area for check As long as the searched constant does not stay in a fixed place in the spoolfile in our example row 15 column 10 but somewhere in the text then the page area can be enlarged to include rows as well as column levels Defined spool prompts are shown underlined 12 4 Indexes In order to extract data from the iSeries databases by means of contents from the spoolfile and without programming these spool contents are copied into index fields with which you then have access to the databases Inversely the field contents from the databases are copied into the index fields which can then be used when processing with AutoMail For example a customer number can be copied from the spool into an index field SPLKDNR This field is used to access the customer m
225. m value QUTCOFFSET with a change from Summer Time to Winter Time and the other way around Page Accessing DirectMail 42 DirectMail Set message block size NOMAX NOMSGSPLT Specifies whether the MSGSPLIT value in the CHGPOPA command should take the NOMAX value If this value is set to NO larger emails will be split up into more parts depending on the setting in the MSGSPLIT parameter in the CHGPOPA command This may result in the recipient not being able to read the email The values allowed are YES Use NOMAX for the MSGSPLIT value NO Use the MSGSPLIT value Check email addresses online CHKONLINE Specifies whether or not to check email addresses online The values allowed are NO Do not check email addresses on the internet BOTH Check email addresses on the internet BATCH Check email addresses in batch mode INTERACT Check email addresses interactively CCSID for server jobs SRVCCSID Specifies whether or not to check email addresses online The values allowed are Number Number CCSID for server jobs STD Standard CCSID for server jobs 4 3 Summer winter time adjustment As DirectMail needs correct time specifications for sending and receiving emails some configuration programs were included which allow to update the system time and the system values 4 3 4 Configuration of time adjustment Using the command CF GDAY LS Configure Daylight Saving the automatic system changeover from su
226. mat for DS BS Regen Reeg coi tr aee ap P EOS HERO er en deo SNE SEN ASSEN 314 Forward Forward email Function keys Function type Functions Funktionstasten GETTIMNTP nei re bei ev bee ettet aed cec biu ent eerie e eed ree im ee ERE 45 GO EMAIL E Goals and DES a A a A a ies ar dicet 9 Green EE 213 257 268 298 GREENBAR EE ons n eitis ete ent e tee EE 213 257 268 298 GTOUP Md c 203 SS HT HEC 51 GSM text 174 OSM A A A A ic R 42 GUIDO EE 36 119 256 268 SEITEN EE EE 37 40 212 296 315 317 319 DirectMail Enhancements Corrections Page 343 HighipbloFlty P E E A PETA Ee AE 99 161 210 248 230 231 280 HPT 40 119 212 256 268 296 HTML 39 118 212 256 267 296 A AN 40 ISI NO ees 40 seen Lu 249 TES COPY Path E 249 IFS file SE GE 253 272 275 282 284 285 287 TES OD EE 267 270 TES EE 278 IFSBACKUP 249 IFSPATH 249 IMPEBR use de ue 146 Implementation of Unicode 153 Incoming mailas A A AAA A 95 Incoming Mall Assistant island reet o rU P e EE eb ie rar eer eee eee teas 42 82 95 157 158 160 Incoming Mail Assistants eegene heefeg eee ee t e eb bens 94 Incoming Mail Assistant from mailbox i T Incoming mail from mailbox A da 109 Incoming Mails
227. ments Reference Unread Text Negative N Date c a Phonetic N l Select 2 Change 4 Delete 5 Display 6 Print 7 Reply Op Sender Subject Folder Date Time Sts A IL Christina Mayr testmail without gt Eingang 9 09 05 9 34 Mew Christina Mayr Testmail Eingang 8 09 05 15 15 Opn Y Bottom F3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create F9 Inbox F10 Addressbook F24 More keys 0082 Search in folders Enter the desired search strings in the displayed fields and press the Enter key The emails displayed match the search criteria You can use the character as a wildcard This can be particularly useful for deleting spam Note The search is a generic search i e the entered search string can appear somewhere in the field From Search for senders name address Subfolder Search in subfolders or in the displayed folder only To Search for recipients name address Attachments Search for mails with attachments only Subject Search for character string in subject Unread Search for unread mails only Text Search for character string in the text Negative DirectMail W170Fork with emails option 7 Page 107 If you enter N in the Negative field all emails not matching the search will be displayed Date Restricts the search in a date area Phonetic You can enter Y in the Phonetic field to carry out a phonetic search for recipient sender subject and text within a mailbox 7 15 Transmit emails to the Incoming Mail
228. mmer time to winter time can be arranged This ensures a correct time when sending or receiving emails DirectMail Accessing DirectMail Page 43 RENGELE Configure Daylight Saving 20 02 03 15 01 02 Type selection press enter System s time zone 25 GMT 01 00 Berlin Bern Br ssel Rom S Zone for daylight saving EUR European Union Eastern Europe and the former USSR Time to adjust time Summer time gt gt 2 00 HH MM Winter time 3 00 HH MM Adjust UTC offset automatically N Summer UTC offset r02 00 Winter UTC offset 01 00 Adjust sys time automatically N Date time clock adjustment Winter tame Summer tine Su 30 03 03 02 00 Su 26 10 03 Su 28 03 04 02 00 Su 31 10 04 Su 27 03 05 02 00 Su 30 10 05 Su 26 03 06 02 00 Su 29 10 06 ES Exit F Prompt E5 Ref resh F12 Cancel 0015 The Configure Daylight Savings screen System Time zone The valid time zone for the location will be set here which is 25 for Germany The time zones can be set via the function key F4 and Option 1 Zone for daylight saving The zone for the validity scope of the summer winter time will be set here i e EUR for Germany The time zones can be set via the function key F4 and Option 1 Times for adjustment Enter the time for the adjustment here Enter valid values for daylight saving or winter time The values allowed are Daylight saving time HH MM Winter time HH MM Adjust U TC Offset automatically Effects the automatic
229. mobile number Enter the mobile phone number or select an entry from the address books using F 4 OWNER sends the email to the text SMS number that is contained in the address entry for the receiving mailbox RENGEL Definition BASIC 21 08 04 20 44 18 Definition REPLY Active X Y Yes N No Filter Mailbox PCy Account From e Absence Ce is Priority Reference ORDER Attachments Text Negative N l Select 4 Delete Opt Function Function parameter Print email text Reply with email f SMS message to mobile phone 17188488524 0189 Notify a mobile phone user 11 1 15 Combinations You can execute multiple functions in succession in simple mode by selecting multiple options The actions taken are always based on the filter function RENGELE Definition BASIC 20 92 03 17 16 52 Definition INFOOL Active Y ries N Ne Filteri Mailbox RENSEL Account From Absence To e Priority Reference INFOS Attachments Text Negative M isSelect Delete Cpt Function Function parameter Send email if zbzend Yes Add to addressbook Extern Addreswbook antsy Copy to folder RENGEL Findgang test Delete email Detour to receiver E Send via fax 019563740625 Forward to e mail receiver Move to folder Weitere KE3 Exit Fd Pronpt F5 Refresh Fi2 Can e l 0190 A combination of functions 11 2 Expert mode DirectMail I260Fncoming Mail Assistant Page 175 Expert mode offers greater flexibility in executing fun
230. n can ir ao AAA 06 73 8 6 s 5 6 Add spoolfile Spoolfile QSYSPRT Job QPADEVOOO7 User RENGELE Number 082945 Spoolfile Number 38 Outputformat eng TxXT HTML PDE Pagerange ORIG TIFF GUMBO Starting page 1 Ending page 1 E3 Exit F4 Prompt Fl2 Cancel 0096 Spool file format Output format Specify in which format the spoolfile should be attached to the email The values allowed are CSV The spoolfile is converted to semicolon delimited text and attached TXT The spoolfile is converted to ASCII text and attached HTML The spoolfile is converted into an HTML document and attached Page 118 A221Fttachments DirectMail Additional parameters for HTML Additional Parms for HTML Green bars ll Y Yes N No Pagetable Y Y Yes N No F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0304 Additional parameters for HTML files PDF The spoolfile is converted to PDF format read with Acrobat Reader and attached EPDF Adobe s PDF file format but in the Enhanced Version of DirectView PDF This format supports elements such as form overlays allowing you to use background JPG or TIF files with the spool to create complete printed forms ORIG The email recipient works with DirectMail and can view the spoolfile in iSeries format GUMBO The spoolfile is converted by Gumbo SPLAMATIC and attached TIFF The spoolfile is converted to a TIFF graphic and attached RAW Copie
231. n press enter 2 Change 3 Copy 4 Delete 8 Description 12 Reset Hits Op Definition Description Type Hits since No valid records to display F3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create Fl2 Cancel F17 Top F18 Bottom 0368 Work with conversion descriptions Options 2 Change Use this option to change an existing conversion description 3 Copy 4 Delete Use this option to delete a conversion description 8 Description Use this option to modify the designation of a conversion description 12 Reset hits Use this option to reset the counter to zero 15 1 1 Create a conversion description DirectMail Conversion descriptions Page 307 Create Conversion Description Type in name and description Definition EPDF Description Convert into EPDF File extension EDPE F3 Exit Fi2 Cancel 0369 Work with conversion descriptions Definition Name of the conversion description Description Explaining designation for the conversion description File extension File extension of the conversion description Create Conversion Command Sequence ff Command F3 Exit F4 Prompt F6 Variables F12 Cancel 0370 Create conversion command Sequence Enter a sequence number for the processing sequence of the CL commands Command Enter the CL command including the corresponding parameters 15 1 2 Change conversion command Page 308 Conversion descriptions DirectMail Change Conversion EPDFENG Convert into EPDF
232. n the Reorg process e g old emails which have exceeded their expiry date will be deleted automatically The values allowed are YES Emails will be reorganised automatically NO Emails will not be reorganised automatically Time for reorg RGZTIME Specifies the time for the automatic Reorg It is recommended to carry out the Reorg over night as this can take up a lot of time Page Accessing DirectMail 40 DirectMail Execute RGZPFM in reorg RGZPFM Here you specify whether the files should be reorganised in the periodical Reorg If you don t want this you also have the possibility of doing this at any time using the RGZDIRMAIL command The values allowed are YES Files will be reorganised automatically NO Files will not be reorganised automatically Reorg attachments RGZATTACH Here you specify whether the attachments should also be reorganised in the periodical Reorg The values allowed are YES Attachments will be reorganised automatically NO Attachments will not be reorganised automatically DirectMail 400 configuration CFGDIRMAIL Type choices press Enter Reorg deletes emails permanent YES YES NO Activate trace HO YES NO PDFlib License Key NONE CryptLib Licensekey A8A61687EE72326C DirectFax installed YES YES NO GSM Text installed YES YES NO DirectMedia installed YES YES NO Time diffe
233. n 3 Schedule time SCDTIME Schedule date SCDDATE If you want to send the e mail on a specific date time please enter this here Otherwise the email will be sent as soon as possible Use text only TEXTONLY If this parameter is set to YES only the text will be used from the spooled file no graphics or other elements Green bars GREENBAR with HTML format Specify whether the lines in the HTML format should be separated by white green bars giving the effect of a print on paper stock Page table PAGETABLE With documents containing multiple pages a page table is inserted in the HTML format at the beginning of the document ensuring better navigation Paper size PAPERSIZE Specify the paper size for the PDF file This setting is only available with EPDF format The values allowed are A0 to A6 DIN German industry norm formats B5 DIN German industry norm format LEDGER LEGAL LETTER P11 17 Other formats Landscape ROTATION Specify whether the form should be rotated to landscape format This setting is only available with EPDF format The values allowed are Page 298 Send spoolfile DirectMail SPLF The value for the spoolfile page rotation is used YES The form is in landscape format NO The form is not in landscape format AUTO The form is automatically rotated so that the margins are not crossed CPI CPI Here you can set individual text widths in CPI characters per inch differing from the
234. n DirectView N Use in AutoMail Y DirectMail Enhancements Corrections Page 333 Specifies whether the AutoMail definition is used for DirectView or AutoMail With the new command WRKDVWUSR Work with DirectView users you can register users and set user defaults You can define both users and user groups If you set this parameter WRKSPLF Change display option CHGOPTDSP to YES in the command CFGDIRMAIL Option 8 Attributes changes in WRKSPLF and WRKOUTQ The program used for fast configuration of spool conversion with DirectView is called if the current user has SPLCTL rights Definitions created in this way are mini AutoMail definitions They can be changed with WRKATMDEF If IFS object selection is available and DirectMedia is installed IFS objects can be displayed with option 5 If the product language is changed an attempt is made to use the appropriate language library QSYSnnnn New CHGDVWUSR command 19 3 Version 3 40 Additional characters for a valid email address can be specified in the positions 931 940 of DMDTAARA DirectHelp includes online Help DirectView improved format check with GUMBO The command RTVORGSPLF uses now also DirectView for display The spool conversion from SCS or AFP to TIF now supports also the limitation of the page range The spool conversion from SCS or AFP to TIF now supports also the page format SPLF Spool files now can also be converted into the HPT Host
235. n ie re Fritas Pott meme Som EH remar f10 w Pit anml Tt ep i te Cibamitos P fper Sen 0206 Definition screen The necessary configuration specifications for the automatic processing of the spoolfiles with AutoMail are is entered through this definition screen Function keys F10 Menu Many functions in AutoMail are called via the integrated pull down menu Press F10 to go to the menu bar In the menu bar you can navigate with the tab key as well as the cursor keys and select the menu items with the Enter key F13 CSV tab When the spool data output is in CSV format you can position the cursor in the spool data area and add a column separation with this function key The separation of the column always occurs behind the defined position F22 Queues With F22 you skip to the output definition queues which should be monitored with AutoMail which is described above 12 3 1 Session definitions Some definitions are reflected in the contents of the spoolfiles displayed To enable a visual difference you can configure the colour settings via the menu item Session settings which you reach pressing F10 option il e and Session settings DirectMail AutoMail Page 191 AutoMail session settings Type selection press enter Colors Report prompt a Report index 3 Current index 5 Functions Pos A 2 F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0207 Session definitions Report prompt Colour selection for repo
236. n nennen 271 13 2 6 Command CVTSTMEPDFE eene rca 273 13 2 7 Command DLTATMBCH ener en nen nensi nnn intres 275 13 2 8 Command DSPMIM Ie eie deett Ld dee HL ae dee dU ta dpa 275 13 2 9 Command EXCADRTRF sess cnn cnn 277 13 2 10 CGommandENPEML ATI 277 13 2 11 Command PNGTCPPORT Piresi iritan i i a aa 278 19 2442 Command PRTEML saiun dd dia it 279 13 2 13 Command RLSATMBCH sssssssssssssssesseee eene nnn enne nns nns nennen 281 13 2 14 Command RGZDIRMAIL sse nnne 281 13 2 15 Command RSTOBJIES sse nene nnne renis 282 13 2 16 Command HI VOROGGPLE sessi entree nns enne 283 19 217 Gommand SAVOBJUJIFS EE 284 13 2 18 Command SCNRPLSTME nennen nnn entente nenas 285 13 2 19 Command CHGDMLENG nnne nre aa aaa aaa sadaa kana iaa 286 13 2 20 lt Gommand SNDOBUJETP iicet dee e tete e ad 287 13 2 21 Command ROVOBUOETP 15 netter ade 288 13 2 22 Command DNMORIETP entree entere sn nennen nnns nnns nenas 289 13 2 23 Gommand Kei Dat GH RT 290 13 2 24 Command STMF TOPR F ener enne tnter enses nnne 290 13 2 25 Gommand AE EE 292 19 2 26 Command SETPMR iicet eiue e tiet d dT neta 293 14 0 Send spoolfile 1 rer id ainia ia 295 14 1 Send spoolfile via email option 191 295 14 2 Send spool with WRKSPLF option 1321 302 14 3 Send spool with WRKOUTQ option 14 eene 303 Page 6 Table of Contents DirectMail 14 4 Spool file sending forma
237. n the search NO Subfolders are not included in the search DirectMail Email APIs Page 253 Output in email API WRTEMLAPI Type choices press Enter Data replacement Search string Replace with Multi occurance for more values Stream file CCSID Parameter CCSID F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F24 More keys NO NO YES STMF 1 32767 STMF JoB 1 32767 JOB Bottom Fl2 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display 0320 Attach PC documents page 2 Search and replace SCNRPL Allows you to search and replace within an attachment Search string Search string Replace with Replacement string Multi occurrence Specify whether there are multiple occurrences of the search string on the page The values allowed are NO Search string occurs only once default YES Search string may occur more than once Data stream file CCISD STMFCCSID The values allowed are STMF default Number 1 32767 Parameter CCSID PARAMCCSID The values allowed are JOB default Number 1 32767 13 1 2 2 Attach spoolfile Page Email APIs 254 DirectMail With WRTEMLAPI you can program attachment of spoolfiles to emails Output in email API WRTEMLAPI Type choices press Enter Objecttype gt SPLF SPLF SAVF IFS FILE Alias filename e ORIG Compress data NO NO
238. n to EPDF every bold printed character will be moved horizontally i e the bold print will be simulated through the slight movement This movement factor can be specified in the DMDTAARA data area The default value is 0 5 GM ADR DTAARA DMDTAARA 765 3 VALUE 0 5 The higher the value the larger the movement of the overlay Spool to EPDF conversion now also supports barcodes with the BCD command This command requires the additional license DM400BCD If you do not have a license the text No license will be printed on the barcode Position 771 When converting databases into CSV it can now be specified whether numerical values should be set in If the position 771 is put to N no will be inserted The values allowed are Y Insert the characters N Do not insert the characters CHGDTAARA DTAARA DMDTAARA 771 1 VALUE J Position 815 When converting spool data to HTML and EPDF the green bars will be inserted by default every three lines This value can be changed with this place When 1 is specified a colour change will be made after each line CHGDTAARA DTAARA DMDTAARA 815 1 VALUE 1 Page Accessing DirectMail 46 DirectMail Position 816 835 An Exit Program can now also support the assignment of a spoolfile to an AutoMail definition In the data area DMDTAARA in the positions 816 825 it is the program name and in 826 835 the program library which are to be entered In order to use
239. nd forward emails to colleagues and send messages to the recipients mobile phones about the incoming emails The sequence of actions can be freely defined in the expert mode but is fixed in the simple mode Note The function Delete is always executed last RENGELE Work with email distribution 20 02 03 16 03 38 a O Lc ed Mailbox RENGEL Select option press enter 2 Change 3 Copy 4 Delete S Criteria 9 Tasks 12 Reset Hits Op Name Description Type Activ Hits since E ABWOl BASIC Yes O 16 01 01 ADROi BASIC Yes o 16 01 01 ANTO1 BASIC Yes 2100 16 01 01 EXIT test EXPERT Yos 2105 17 04 00 EXPO1 EXPERT Yes 2099 16 01 01 FAXO1 BASIC Yes O 16 01 01 INFOOL BASIC Yes 3 07 02 00 KOPO1 BASIC Yes 2097 16 01 01 LOEO1 BASIC Yes o 16 01 01 LOEO2 BASIC Yes O 16 01 01 SMSOi BASIC Yes 2099 16 01 01 UMLO1 BASIC Yes O 16 01 01 E3 Exit F5 Refrezh F6 Create F12 Cancel F17 Top FiB BRottom 0149 Incoming Mail Assistant Options 2 Change Allows you to change an existing definition define a new filter and initiate other actions 3 Copy For easily duplicating existing definitions which can then be changed DirectMail I260Fncoming Mail Assistant Page 157 4 Delete Deletes a existing definition 8 Criteria Displays the definition attributes To display attributes you must first switch from simple to expert mode 9 Functions Displays the functions assigned to a definition 12 Reset hits Resets the number
240. ndex fields are defined from the contents of the database with function key F6 7e oa en wma FEX a Mete AAA 4 1999 2003 by Tesimsker Sof FRE Earth PARC 0220 Define database index Page 202 AutoMail DirectMail 0339 Specify database index Database field This is the field from the database These fields can be displayed with function key F 4 and selected with option 1 Index name By default the index name is identical to the database field but it can also be individually named with the index names being unique Description The text description of the index field is the DDS field description when copied from a database Length An index field can be limited in length so that only part of the field content is selected When copying from a database the associated field length will be used Group index This parameter is only required when an index shall be inserted into a HTML file or into another file with hierarchical organisation see additional attachments in HTML format In this case a superior index will be assigned to each index Example of a list Open accounts Customer 4711 Miller corp Inv no Date Amount 0815 01 02 2006 735 40 0816 02 02 2006 21 40 Total 756 80 DirectMail AutoMail Page 203 This list could contain the following indexes Index Group index Customer lt empty gt Inv no Customer Date Inv no Amount Inv no Total Customer Work with AutoMai
241. ne 27 4 0 Accessing DirectMiail 12 1 13er Leite ecu ceues sduteceeduuuecedstuieces euuteets 29 4 1 The DirectMail main men 29 4 2 Configure DirectMail 400 Menu option 1 29 4 3 Summer winter time adiustment sse eene entente nnne nnns 43 4 3 1 Configuration of time adlustment nnns 43 4 3 2 System time via INternet nennen nennen nnns 45 4 4 Data area DMDTAARA tete nee pen aere iem pad ec a enn 45 4 5 DirectMail library and directories nene 49 5 0 Mailboxes Menu Option 2 1 luleeeeeee lees eiiis esee eene nennen nenne nnne nnn nn tn errar 51 5 1 Change Mailbox Option 2 53 5 2 Gopy mailbox Option 3 iti eate e e dt dede e ee 60 5 3 Delete mailbox OptIOTa EE 60 5 4 Mailbox work with emails option 8 61 5 5 Email address OPON D desen do tne A Tees ette e e Pon ta ette deg 61 5 6 Email accounts Option 10 ui e eL Leti e e Ho de cede delves dd 63 DirectMail Table of Contents Page 3 5 7 5 8 5 9 5 10 5 11 5 12 6 0 6 1 6 2 7 0 5 6 1 Add email account F6 E 64 5 6 2 Change email account option 21 67 5 6 3 Copy email account option 3 68 5 6 4 Delete email account option A 68 5 6 5 Display email account option D 69 5 6 6 Change email account password Option 8 sse 70 5 6 7 Check email account option 9 nennen 70 5 6 8 Transmit emails option 101 70 Address book option 1721 70 5 7 1 Add address book entr
242. neo nte mmm c p os 30 Data authority D ata back p M Data stream ei RE 254 Database source Database E Database index fields EE 199 Database library s IK ODDO ODD I TM p M HE Days of week Ae DDS field description Decompress Decompress attachments Define index Define prompt PS Pan OMe IR E GT Delete address book entry Delete address entry Delete EEN Delete attachments m Delta sexe tenaci aee VERE NER I GE Delete emailaccouhit ek ete RI NIRE EELER Delete email automatically es DELAS EE Delete C0 6 lt a EE Delete IFS object WE EE UE Delete EE Delete obiect 253 255 260 261 273 REI US 268 272 295 DirectMail Enhancements Corrections Page 341 IR e EI 291 Delete viewer EE 320 Delete Prompt EE 97 Deleted IR TOM EE 101 159 325 D tour EE 167 Digital TD NEE 133 RTE EE 131 151 KEE 54 IRC EE 42 168 DirectMail IFS path 30 DirectMail library 49 Dire E EU 29 DirectMedia EE 42 Directories RTE 188 313 Direct View conversion and E EU 323 DirectView system configuration KIK a ENEE Display address book entry nnde eie eniti on eii ER HR R e sire reper Ee EE EROR EE Display attachments s IR Display ELE Display reference Display spoolfile US
243. nly used to give the attachment a descriptive name e g instead of REPRTFMT INVOICE is used as a spoolfile name The values allowed are Page AutoMail 212 DirectMail Name A name for the attachment FILE The attachment uses the spoolfile name Attach to email text Specify whether the spoolfile should be sent as an attachment or as a text The values allowed are Y The object content should be used as text N The object content should be used as an attachment A The content of the spoolfile should be attached as alternative text to the email and consequently recipient sees this text directly Green bars GREENBAR with HTML format Specify whether the lines in the HTML format should be separated by white green bars giving the effect of a print on paper stock The values allowed are Y Green bars are added N No green bars are added Pagetable PAGETABLE With documents containing multiple pages a page table is inserted in the HTML format at the beginning of the document ensuring better navigation The values allowed are Y A page table is inserted N No page table is inserted 12 5 4 Email text Every sent spoolfile can be completed with a predefined text which is saved as an email in the mailbox So you can attach a formatted standard text e g standard phases when sending offers Predefined email texts can be created by simply creating an email with the Editor and then saving it only and not sending it
244. nt as an attachment or as a text If files exist in HTML format or if HTML is specified as the conversion format these files can be used as an alternative text Email programs supporting HTML as an alternative text then display the HTML document instead of the text The parameter ADDTOTXT ALT also has to be specified with the command WRTEMLAPI The values allowed are DirectMail Email APIs Page 255 YES The object content should be used as a text NO The object content should be used as an attachment ALT The object content should be used as alternative text With some email programs this content is then displayed instead of the email text e g to represent underlining etc Spool file FILE The name of the spoolfile to be attached Job name User Number JOB The job information for the spoolfile can be displayed with the iSeries command WRKSPLF Spool file number SPLNBR The spool sequence number for the job Output format FORMAT Specify in which format the spoolfile should be attached to the email The values allowed are TXT The spoolfile is converted to ASCII text and attached CSV The spoolfile is converted to semicolon delimited text and attached HTML The spoolfile is converted into an HTML document and attached PDF The spoolfile is converted to PDF format read with Acrobat Reader and attached EPDF Adobe s PDF file format but in the Enhanced Version of DirectView PDF This format s
245. numerous functions user MEIER retrieves mails for meier test de for info test de for vertrieb test de etc Generally an account must be available for every email address See chapter Email Accounts Option 10 12 Address book For the administration of email addresses a structured address book is stored in DirectMail which you can administer via this option See chapter Address book Option 12 13 Distribution One of the outstanding features of DirectMail is the Incoming Mail Assistant with the help of which you can automate processes Functions such as forwarding automatic reply notification etc are possible The Incoming Mail Assistant will be described in the chapter Incoming Mail Assistant 14 Absence Working together with the Incoming Mail Assistant you can send an automatic reply to the sender if you are absent e g e g Your email to meier test de was received Mr Meier is on holidays until 14 09 Your email will be dealt with afterwards The times of absence can be administrated with this option See chapter Absence Option 14 15 Auto sign Here you can enter a text which will be sent as a signature with every email Consequently you can automatically send the salutation company name address etc with the email See chapter Edit AutoSignature Option 15 Fehler Es wurde kein Textmarkenname vergeben 16 Password When you want to protect your mailbox from unauthorised access you can enter a password
246. o 24 00 0008 QUTCOFFSET during Summer Time DirectMail iSeries Configuration for Sending E mail Page 27 Page 28 Accessing DirectMail DirectMail 4 0 Accessing DirectMail 4 1 4 2 The following describes the main DirectMail menu and how to configure DirectMail The DirectMail main menu The DirectMail menu can be called using the following commands ADDLI BLE DI RMAIL GO EMAIL The following options are available EMAIL DirectMail Menu Select one of the following 1 Configure DirectMail CFGDIRMAIL 2 Work with mailboxes WRKMAX 3 Email distribution WRKEMLDST 4 Start DirectMail monitor STREMLMON 5 End DirectMail monitor ENDEMLMON 6 Work with AutoMail WRKATMDEF 7 Work with emails WRKEML 8 Transfer Address Database WRKADRTRF 9 Open Email API OPNEMLAPI 10 Write Email API WRTEMLAP 1 11 Close Email API CLSEMLAP 1 12 Send spooled file using email SNDSPLEML 13 Send spool using WRKSPLF WRKSPLF 14 Send spool using WRKOUTO WRKOUTQ Auswahl oder Befehl F3 Exit F4 Prompt F9 Retrieve F12 Cancel Fl3 information Assistant F16 A5 400 main menu 0009 The DirectMail menu The options are described in detail in the individual sections The corresponding iSeries command is shown in brackets after each menu option You can call DirectMail functions either from the menu or as iSeries commands Configure DirectMail 400 Menu option 1 Use the command CF GDI R
247. o specify the spoolfile to be converted with a definition For all contents of a filter field use the special value ALL 1er e no nono ENEE RER RER ER ERR ee ee ENEE ER ER E ENEE o Configure DirectView Spooled File Type option and press enter Definition IvorceEo1 Description Invoice Filter Original Filename INVPRT QSYSPRT ALL ALL User data KISS52 Form type INVGSS STD Program KISS52 User ALL RENGEL OUTQ PRTOL PRTO1 Library QUSRSYS QUSRSYS More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F8 Attributes F12 Cancel ee RE E 0363 Storing a form To store a form the format must be set to EPDF You can then use F4 in the Form field to select the graphic file you want to use as the background for the PDF file from the IFS folder Toolmaker DirectMail400 Forms You can copy graphic files from the PC to this folder using either a network drive or the Series Navigator DirectMail DirectView Conversion and Display Page 325 e ZE TOOLMAKER Software ai A Ne Toolmaker Software News Faurecia Autositze GmbH amp Co KG r 38 REN ORIGINAL 31655 Stadthagen RECHNUNGSKOPIE Vertret Steirer Peter 1 In Steigfeld 1 D 87776 Sonthein Rechnung Nr 052432 Bestellung vom 14 10 05 Datum 18 10 05 5H Kundennummer 19783 Best Nr 13393424 05 Ang 031944 Wir bedanken uns f r Ihre Bestellung von Carsten Klupiec 1 DirectFax Softvare Vollversion Investnummer 09 2005 24 01
248. object 13 26 Command CVTSTMFPDF Using the command CVTSTMFPDF source stream files in the formats TIF JPG and GIF can be converted to PDF Convert File to PDF CVTSTMFPDF Type choices press Enter Source Stream File Delete NN l7 i 4 3 NO NO YES From Format TIEF TIFF JPG GIF Ze DES NEU 4n ans eas 2n Replace Existing File NO NO YES Papersize 24 A0 Al sai gt ER NEEN 2 e c ais os mm Bottom Margin mm Left Margin mm Right Margin mm Horizontal Alignzent n LEFT LEFT RIGHT MIDDLE Vertical Alignment Si TOP TOP BOTTOM MIDDLE Bottom P3 Exit B4 Prompt F5 Refrezn El2 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0267 Convert file to PDF From source stream file Specify the name of the source stream file with the full path Delete object Specify whether the file should be deleted after being converted The values allowed are YES The file is deleted after being converted to PDF NO The file is not deleted From format Specify the format of the file to be converted DirectMail Email APIs Page 273 The values allowed are TIFF The file is in TIFF format JPG The file is in JPG format GIF The file is in GIF format To source stream file Specify the name of the source stream file along with the full path for the converted file Replace existing file Specify whether any existing file is overwritten in the IFS The values allowed are YES
249. odel requires a new password and may incur license fees Please ask for a written quote first Licensing for DirectView is based on the number of users Please contact TOOLMAKER if you want to implement DirectMail for multiple users Technical requirements The OS 400 operating system Version 4 Release 5 or higher on your iSeries a network connection Ethernet or TokenRing an ISDN or DSL router e g Bianca X1200 or similar and an internet provider with an email account Extending the test period If you cannot fully test DirectMail within the agreed test period please give us a call We can arrange an extended test period by phone DirectMail General Information Page 9 1 5 1 6 Improvements to this manual This is a new edition of the manual We know from experience that typing or printing errors may have crept in or that some sections may not be described in sufficient detail You may think that some sections require changes or additions If so feel free to make changes to the manual and then send us a copy Thanks Versions We try to keep our manuals up to date However the manual may not correspond to the software version from time to time You can always find the latest information in the document Enhancements Version x xx on the most recent data medium Screens The iSeries screenshots in this manual may differ slightly from your actual screens Function keys The function keys used in the programs comp
250. oe Ai HR abe eR PRG 110 Index Index export to CSV EE 233 T dexnatrie tu acte A EE ee UNE RUDI URN IUS NU DEN 198 203 Indexes InSett EEN InSeft fio oc uet Hen RIRs aee doa a A MD NE 97 INSPSW 5 Install DirectHelponlineshelp System 2 eier 13 Tnstall from download erh eme ere te cae tede Ped eben Od bd des De ded Pent e eR e td pee degens Install from iSeries CD ROM A Install from PE A eei ent e ree e De Or RR PER ES Tnistall online help lies 1 Wee n sete BIET RON ea ERE Installation Internet ISDN router ISDN Router iSeries command iSeries configuration iSeries Configuration iSeries objects Series Spoolfiles EE OB tada ds 256 267 269 271 Job name User aio 256 267 269 271 295 Page 344 Index DirectMail D EE 201 Key length Link address book entry Link function MATE ID erts stetit A AA A SE NA Ad Mail router Mail server Mail A RA lio MAILBOX EMI Sl AAA See iret eet A See A jen sedles lode eet See dee A 70 MailbOoXx s eere EE eT E ETERS A Ra e i e iet Mailing list Mailing list Main menu ljlnble ant a e A A A Message block Message text Mime files tia EAU EE MIME Tomat Min pages HTML EPDF page table Mobile photo et Mas uate EH 174 lege Re AE TE EE Move address book EE Move to folder ET E RE Multi occurrence EE Multiple functions Se Multiple occurrence ge
251. of Unicode with DirectMail 1 To support Toolmaker customers that have branch offices or customers in eastern European countries using different character sets we have implemented an additional option Unicode for the conversion of spooled files This is incorporated in the product PDFlib 0 2 1 Unicode license You can use Unicode conversion for PDF with the license model DM400UNI DirectMail Unicode Page 153 For Unicode support of DirectMail you can enter the PDFlib license code in the command CFGDIRMAIL in parameter UNICODELIC format IEOFOA 7E9C9B 5AODXC 7E1EGE If the license key is not set to NONE DirectMail always tries to convert with Unicode If you use an invalid license key you will receive an error message You can enter 0 to test the program During testing pages are stamped with www pdflib com 10 2 2 Unicode fonts A new folder FONTS has been added to the IFS folder Toolmaker DirectMail400 Copy the fonts you want to use for PDF conversion to this folder For example you can copy the font Courier New from the Windows font folder to FONTS Note Because you cannot copy fonts using Windows Explorer use the DOS command COPY For example COPY C VWI NDOWS FONTS COUR TTF x VDirectMai l 400 Fonts Where x x mapped iSeries drive Because some fonts are protected by copyright it is the customers responsibility to use Windows True Type fonts You can use Microsoft s Font Property Tool
252. of functions in expert mode DirectMail I260Fncoming Mail Assistant Page 185 Page 186 AutoMail DirectMail 12 0 AutoMail Many users already use DirectFax 400 the user friendly fax system for iSeries from Toolmaker What is already a standard in DirectFax 400 is now with AutoMail also available to the users of DirectMail 400 Spool files are read out without special programming purely through parameter inputs in the configuration program from output queues and are automatically sent by email converted or archived Note As the function AutoMail works with spoolfiles the DirectMail user profile DIRMAIL must have the special authority SPLCTL 12 1 AutoMail configuration DirectMail provides an extensive program for the configuration of the AutoMail functions which can be started by means of option 6 from the DirectMail main menu or via the command WRKATMDEF RENGEL Work with AutoMail Definitions 01 04 13 01 12 Position to E Server not active Select option press enter 2 Change 3 Copy 4 Delete 98 Description i0 Bundles i2 Reset Hits Op Definition Description Active Hits since TEST test Yes d 2 TESTO test No 11535 TESTO2 test Yes TEST1 test Yes Ende E3 Exit FE5 Refresh F6 Creste F12 Cancel F17 Top FlS8 Bottom F22 2Queues 0202 The AutoMail configuration program Options 2 Change Use this option to edit existing definitions to change parameters etc 3zCopy Use this option to cop
253. of hits for each definition 11 1 Create an Incoming Mail Assistant definition Use F 6 from the display Work with Incoming Mail Assistant to create a new definition New definitions can be created in simple or expert mode Select definition type Select one of the following 1 Simple mode BASIC 2 Expert mode EXPERT Choice F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0150 Select definition type Options 1 Simple mode In simple mode you can start with the Incoming Mail Assistant without any previous experience Definitions made in simple mode can be copied to expert mode at any time 2 Expert mode Expert mode provides you with more flexibility and functions Use this mode after gaining experience with simple mode The following demonstrates Incoming Mail Assistant functions using simple mode 11 1 1 Create definition F6 Every definition is assigned a unique name which can be used to change activate deactivate or delete the definition at any time Page 158 260Fncoming Mail Assistant DirectMail CMA Definition BASIC 2 09 05 10 03 4 Definition J Active Y Y Yes N No Filter Mailbox Account Absence From Priority To a e _ m Attachments Reference Negative Text Phonetic l Select 4 Delete Opt Function Function parameter Send email if absend Add to addressbook Addressbook entry Copy to folder Delete email Detour to receiver Send via fax Forward to email receiver Move to
254. often these spoolfiles will be printed out and sent by fax You can also send this data directly by email Select spoolfiles DR 20025 a pe RR Name CURRENT ALL Print device ALL Name ALL Formtype ALL Formtype ALL Userdata ALL Userdata ALL F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0094 Select spoolfiles User User creating the spoolfile Print device Print device where the spool shall be printed Form type Form type of the spoolfile User data User data of the spoolfile Delimit the range of spool data you want to display for selection DirectMail A221Fttachments Page 117 20 02 03 15 33 34 Select Spooled File RENGELE Select option press enter l Select 2 Change 3 Hold 4 Delete 5 Display 6 Release 72Messages S Attributes Device Gent Act Opt File User Queue User data Stat Page Page Copy A osxserT RENGELE PRTOi RDY 1 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOi RDY 1 1 OSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOL RDY Y amp QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOL RDY 1 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOL RDY 1 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOi RDY 1 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOL RDY 1 E QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOL RDY 1 E QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOL RDY L 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRT i RDY H 1 OSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOL RDY 1 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOL RDY 1 1 More E3 Exit Fd Prompt E5 Refresh El0 View 3 Fll View 2 F12 Cancel Fl7 Top Fl8 Bottom F22 Printer F23 More options 0095 Display spoolfiles Use 1 to select the spoolfile s that are to be attached and specify the sending optio
255. on delimited text as the default file format GUMBO Sets SPLAMATIC as the default file format for converted spoolfiles RAW Copies the pure data stream to a PC file used for PCL and AFP HPT Sets HPT Host Print Transform as the default file format Default Spool A Matic format DFTGMBFMT Enter the standard format for SPLAMATIC here you can see the different formats using F4 Workstation customising object WSCST With conversion using host print transform you can insert a workstation customising object which will be used when converting the printer data stream Library Enter the name of the library in which the workstation customising object is saved Paper size PAPERSIZE Specifies the default value of the paper size for the conversion of spoolfiles into PDF format The values allowed can be displayed using F4 PDF zoom for viewing PDFZOOM Specifies the zoom factor for the opening of a file using Acrobat Reader The values allowed for this parameter are FITPAGE The complete page will fit in the display FITHEIGHT The height of the page will fit in the display FITWIDTH The width of the page will fit in the display FITBOX The zoom factor will be selected so that the smallest rectangle which can accommodate all page objects will fit in the display RETAIN Keeps the current zoom factor MAX The maximum zoom factor will be set PDF version PDFVERSION Specifies the version for opening files using Acro
256. oolfile via email SNDSPLEML Type choices press Enter Overlay first page vone i Form positioning Top margin mm we Number Bottom margin mm Number Left margin mm Number Overlay second page FIRSTPAGE Form positioning Top margin mm eee Number Bottom margin mm Number Left margin mm n Number More F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0290 Send spoolfile via email screen 4 Overlay first page OVERLAY Enter the name of a form to be added to the PDF file The file must be in the FORMS directory of DirectMail400 This setting is only allowed when using EPDF format Form positioning MARGINS Enter the margins so that the graphic can be aligned as required Overlay second page OVERLAY2 Specify the form for continuation pages The values allowed are FIRSTPAGE Continuation pages same as first page NONE No form Form positioning MARGINS2 Enter the margins so that the graphic on continuation pages can be aligned as required Page 300 Send spoolfile DirectMail Send spoolfile via email SNDSPLEML Type choices press Enter PDF security settings Master password frone User password s NONE Encryption key length 40 40 128 Allow prinb csc fe sts se ES YES NO YES Allow modify YES N
257. ord You must have a DM400API license to use the command RNMOBJFTP 13 2 23 Command DLTOBJFTP Use the command DLTOBJFTP to delete files using FTP Delete Object using FTP DLTOBJFTP Type choices press Enter Remote object toolmaker test txt Remote system ees S20TCP MIO USE ie ip 6 pp ooo Er r i CMA Remote password s s LLLLLLJ Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display P24 More keys 0309 Delete object using FTP Remote object Type the name of the remote object you want to delete Remote system Enter the name of the remote system on which you want to delete the object Remote user Enter a valid user on the remote system Remote password The user s password on the remote system You must have a DM400API license to use the command DLTOBJFTP 13 2 24 Command STMFTOPRTF Use the command STMFTOPRTF to copy an IFS data stream file to a USERASCII printfile A number of output parameters are required Page 290 Email APIs DirectMail Copy Streamfile to PRTF STMFTOPRTF Type choices press Enter Stream e 22 v v uos toolmaker test prn Delete stream file Hi NO YES Output queue ss wee JoB Name JOB DEV Library Name LIBL CURLIB Spooled filename DET Name DFT Hold spooled file NO NO YES Save spooled file
258. ornfip re Direct E surtir Configure online help Configure patlis iii lili ii e ei Rede e Dex Sepe Er as pd dee Configure SMTP Configure TCP IP applications CONFIRM WEE ON Confirm password Confirmation Page 340 Index DirectMail Ree EE 35 Conversion descripta eege een Hie ees st 307 TTPA DaT RETS ELODA ii ERA E EE AEE E AEA EAA E A E AAN EE dd 68 Copy email to folder 164 Copy MAD Seed Eege 60 Copy path 80 Copyright note 46 COST rie EE 63 Create address book entry sssssss 162 Create an Incoming Mail Assistant definition essere ener tete ener trennen treten enne enne 158 Create AutoMail definition Js ento ehe tnb eese t anite 190 324 Create definition Create Direct View user definition eos trt died Fe ere ao eo 315 Create email Create Index CTE ALE OULGUCUIES isa o eet etre etui p tee p Me b Rp ta E ALL et 189 sciL em ER UI O 158 CSV column separation CSV leet eege ege epa gees A mei CRT CSV c HC Current owner password Js CVDATMSPEE certet dE EE E ter eei use CV TSPLDE EE CVTSTMEPDE 5 enean Pp aee n etre b tee b ese er reto ORE Data authorities for file export csi eei i
259. ose a Full service Class 1 Digital ID or a 60 day Trial Class 1 Digital ID 0116 Step 1 VeriSign complete enrolment form Enter your details in the fields Do NOT tick the checkbox Check this Box to Protect Your Private Key otherwise DirectMail cannot process the signature Click on the Accept button to request the ID and then OK after confirming your email address is correct Microsoft Internet Explorer E l Xj 9 Confirm your emai address mo robert engeli hein baustoffe de If your e mal address is correct click OK if not cick CANCEL and correct it in the enrolment Form If the e mail address is not correct you vall not be able to use your Digital ID es 0117 Step 2 VeriSign complete enrolment form Select Yes in the following dialog Page 134 E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures DirectMail Potentil Scripting Wpodlok boon This Web site is requesting a mew certificate oss your behar You Should alon only trusted geb bes bo request a cernthicebe Por pou Do you nant bo reques a certi icate mow lS 0118 Potential scripting violation After a few minutes you will receive a confirmation email from VeriSign with a link for activating the ID Click the link E 6 AE Xa y g Pay Pel Fold D De en di en Frome Vertigo Digtal D Center Dal Sehrday January 10 2008 225 aN To rendr engel de Subjects Tid Cas 1 en Digtal o Pius Intute Be sure to follow these steps u
260. ot a component of DirectMail ADDTOARC FILE amp IFSOBJ INDEX1 8 CUNO INDEX2 amp SPLFIL 12 6 3 Spool segmentation When processing large spoolfiles which consist of single elements e g a summary billing consisting of 500 pages altogether but segmented into 280 single bills the spoolfiles must also be separated The definition of this function is done in the Spool segment which is activated with F 10 as well as option Spool and Spool segment Define spool segmente Type selection press enter Create segments by index 1 D D Beware Nome EMAIL SEMEN au enum ix Index EN a ae Index 4 Index 5 e aptum e gt BB Escit Fa eompt Fi2 Cancel 0240 Define spool segments Page 234 AutoMail DirectMail Index 1 5 Specify here according to which criteria the separation of the whole spoolfile into single documents should take place The values allowed are Name The name of one or several index fields which should be regarded as separators for the segmentation of the spoolfile The option of the index fields can also be selected with the function key F4 Here you may have to take into account subsequent processing steps like for example the operation of an archiving interface With the example of the separation of a summary billing the division by the customer number may be useful as all successive customer bills are put together to constitute one email When archiving every bill however is req
261. ou can use F6 change the definitions for users or user groups DirectMail DirectView Page 315 Change User Definition Type in name and description USER e eer a e GRA POE voe 6 5e e al UzUser G Group Use DirectView Y Y Yes N No Standard format PCL Confirm format Y Y Yes N No Use AutoMail Y Y Yes N No F3 Exit F4 Prompt Fl2 Cancel 0350 Change user definition User The user s iSeries ID Type Applies the definition to a user or group Use DirectView Specifies whether or not DirectView is used for this user You can use this option to temporarily disable the DirectView conversion function Standard format Defines the standard format for the user or group The values allowed for this parameter are HTML Sets HTML as the default file format Data is displayed as a table with alternating green and white rows to improve readability The application used to display the files is your web browser NONE No conversion specified The files are displayed in OS 400 format CSV Sets semicolon delimited text as the default file format Before conversion you will usually need to rework the spoolfile with an AutoMail definition to delimit columns with F13 The default application for viewing the file is Microsoft Excel EPDF Adobe s PDF file format but in the Enhanced Version of DirectView PDF Th
262. our email provider DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 63 Work with mail accounts PC9 PCS mailbox Select option press enter 2 Change 3 Copy 4 Delete 5 Display 8 Password 9 Check 10 Transfer Op Account ID Description Act pcs Account for PC9 Yes Ende F3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create Fi2 Cancel F17 Top Fl189Bottom 0025 Work with mail accounts Options 2 Change You can change the mail account information here 3zCopy For copying an email account e g for a new email address See chapter Copy email account option 3 4 Delete For deleting an email account See chapter Delete email account option 4 5zDisplay For displaying the information of a mail account See chapter Display email account option 5 8 Password With this you can change the password for the access to your emails See chapter Change email account password option 8 9 Check For the manual checking of servers user ID and password See chapter Check email account option 9 10 Transmit For transmitting new emails See chapter Transmit emails option 10 5 6 1 Add email account F6 F6 For every email address an email account is added to the mailbox of a user Page 64 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail Add Email Account Account ID li Description dE e eege W 6 e ef Y Yes N No Mailserver PtP Profile MAILCFG Name NONE MAILCFG Delete messag
263. owed are 0 20 The number of columns between fields NONE No column separation default 13 1 3 Close email API option 11 To close and send an email use the command CL SEMLAPI AB Dan n are v sees m ke m Tn M hme n ws ss LI eee nate teg e w PAU mr t PADUA os uss this se hw AR kavs 0259 Close and send email Send email SEND Close the email file and send the email The values allowed are EDIT starts editor for further editing after closing the email YES Sends the email NO Saves the email in the mailbox that was specified when being opened HOLD The created email is put in the inbox with the status HLD Schedule time SCDTIME Schedule date SCDDATE If you want to send an email at a specific date time enter it here Otherwise the email will be sent as soon as possible 13 2 Additional DirectMail commands Additional DirectMail commands are described hereafter 13 2 1 Command CRTSECPDF This command is used to encrypt PDF files that are sent by email It allows you to protect confidential documents so that only recipients with password data can open them Up to 128 bit encryption is supported Certificates are not supported with this type of encryption Note Even 128 bit encryption is only as secure as the password itself Use a password as long as possible with mixed characters and digits DirectMail Email APIs Page 263 Create Secured PDF CRTSECPDF Ty
264. pe choices press Enter PDF file AAA Seen New PDF file IAN SLE 2 22 nu wa NO YES NO Current master passvord IPS NONE Allow print SAME SAME YES NO Allow modify Sien SAME SAME YES NO ML Ee SV ie ke ie SAME SAME YES NO Allow annotations SAME SAME YES NO Allow forms e SAME SAME YES NO Allow accessible SAME SAME YES NO Allow assemble r SAME SAME YES NO Allow hiresprint r SAME SAME YES NO Encryption key length SAME SAME 40 128 NONE Master password T Ee SAME More ES3 Exit Fd Prompt P5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel Fi3 How to use this display F24 Moro keys 0260 Encrypt PDF file PDF file Specify a folder and name for the unencrypted PDF file New PDF file Specify the folder and name for the encrypted PDF file Replace file If the file already exists it can be replaced The values allowed are YES Overwrite the file if a file with the same name exists NO Do not overwrite the file Current owner password The currently owner password for the file This is required if the file is already protected by a password in order to change the following attributes Allow print Specify whether the recipient may print the file The values allowed are YES The file may be printed NO The file may not be printed SAME The attribute is not changed Allow change Specify whether the recipient may modify the
265. pooled files PleMark F2 Copy F3 Exit F Delete Prompt FS Insert F8 Properties F9 List Fl0 Attachments F12 Cancel F24 More keys 0292 The Editor display 14 2 Send spool with WRKSPLF option 13 You can also send spoolfiles using the iSeries command WRKSPLF Work with spoolfiles Work with All Spcoled Files Type optionz Press Enter l Send 2 Change 3 lt Hold 4 Delete 5 Display 6 Release 7 Messages B Attributes 5 Work with printing status Device or Total Cur Opt File User Queue User Data Sts Pages Page Copy QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOL RDY 1 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOL RDY 1 H QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTO1 RDY 1 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOl RDY 1 1 OSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOW RDY i i QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTO1 RDY 1 1 QSYSERT RENGELE PRTOL RDY 1 amp QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTO1 RDY 1 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTOL RDY 1 8 More Parameters for options 1 2 3 or command gt F3 Exit Fi0 Viow 4 Fil Viow 2 Fl2 Cancel F22 Printers F24 More kevys 0293 The WRKSPLF display Select the spoolfile to be sent with option 1 Page 302 Send spoolfile DirectMail Seiest Shir mail y te SELSPLES D gt Type choices press Enter gt QSYSPRT gt OPLADEVODOT Borro Ee e mua mc ES Refresn Bie cance Een to use this display ee keys 0294 Select mail system To send using DirectMail select EMAIL as the mail system The further parameters correspond to chapter Send spoolfile via email menu option 12 Send spoolfile via email SNDSPL
266. pped before being sent The file can then be unzipped by the recipient with a standard program like PKUNZIP WINZIP etc DirectMail supports the GZIP format as a pack format The values allowed are YES The file is packed before being attached to the email NO The file is not packed before being attached to the email Delete spoolfile DLT Specify whether the spoolfile should be deleted after being converted The values allowed are YES The spoolfile is deleted after being converted NO The spoolfile is not deleted Public data authority DTAAUT Specify the authority with which the object should be protected in the IFS The values allowed are NONE The object is created without any object authority Page Email APIs 268 DirectMail Authority The object is created with the specified authorities RWX RW RX WX R W X EXCLUDE No user has access to the object 13 2 3 Command DSPSPLFDMD You can use the command DSPSPLFDMD to display a spoolfile with DirectMedia Display SPLF using DirectMeida DSPSPLFDMD Type choices press Enter Spool file HELPDEMP hara Jobname s Naze User Nane Humber 000001 999999 Spool fi lenumber ONLY 1 999999 ONLY LAST Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys 0323 Display spool with DireciMedia Spool file FILE Specify the name of the spoolfile Job name User Number JOB The job information for th
267. program the Email Monitor must be active 6 1 Start E mail Monitor option 4 You can start this program either interactively using menu option 4 or using the iSeries command STRDI RMAIL STREMLMON We recommend that you include the starting procedure of the Email Monitor into the starting program of iSeries the QSTRUP CL program Make sure that the TCP IP program gets enough time to be started You can achieve this by adding a delay statement following the STRTCP command e g For example 0033 00 STRTCP 0034 00 DLYJOB DLY 60 0034 01 DIRMAIL STREMLMON When no emails are to be sent you will recognise the inactivity of the DirectMail server through a status display from within the mailbox RENGEL DirectMail 400 20 08 04 16 01 14 Server not active l Select Change Delete 5 Dizplay 6 Print T Beply pcs PC9 mailbox Deleted Deleted Items 12 0062 Server inactive 6 2 End Email Monitor option 5 Now and then you may not want to send any emails This can be the case e g when your provider informs you about maintenance works or in cases of complete breakdown of your email server or of your provider s email server In order not to start unnecessary connection attempts use option 5 from the DirectMail menu or the iSeries command ENDDI RMAI L ENDEMLMON to end the Email Monitor With this you can also specify whether the DirectMail subsystem should be shut down in a controlled mode OPTI ON CNTRLD orimmediately
268. r Mailbox CMA Account Absence Prom Priority TO Attachments Reference TMT TOOLMAKER Negative Text Phonetic l Select 4 Delete Opt Function Function parameter Send email if absend Yes 1 Add to addressbook Extern 0157 Create address entry in the folder Extern 11 15 Delete address entry In the same way you can automatically delete address entries from address books if the sender of the email notifies that he does not want any more information DirectMail I260Fncoming Mail Assistant Page 163 CMA Definition BASIC Definition DELADDR 2 09 05 10 48 48 Active Y Y Yes N No F lter Mailbox CMA Account Absence From Priority Em o oo Attachments Reference DELETE Negative N Text Phonetic N l Select 4 Delete Opt Function Function parameter Send email if absend Yes Add to addressbook Extern Addressbook entry 0158 Delete address book entry Enter your filter criteria and enter 1 next to the function Delete address entry Select option press enter Ieser a S Di p1 gt Sates system Bonatr e Directmajil Benut er 0159 Select folder Select the address book from which the address should be deleted by entering 1 CMA Definition BASIC 2 09 05 10 48 48 Definition DELADDR Y Yes N No Active Y Filter Mailbox CMA Account Absence From Priority TO s Attachments Reference DELETE Negative N Text Phonetic
269. r EIDIRIN Type dem press Enter mio ig Character value 0274 Transfer address Enter the name of the saved transfer definition you want to execute 13 2 10 Command EXPEMLATT DirectMail Email APIs Page 277 Using the command EXPEMLATT you can export the attachments from a received email without having to open the email beforehand Export Email Attachment EXPEMLATT Type choices press Enter Mail ID Attachment number wt e e FIRST Number PIRST LAST gt RSE E Replace file NO NO YES Bottom F3 Exit E4 Prompt E5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0275 Export email attachment Mail ID Enter the 20 character mail ID that identifies every email uniquely You get the 20 character mail ID automatically from the Incoming Mail Assistant using the function EXITPGM among others Attachment number Identify the number of the attachment that you want to export The values allowed are FIRST The first attachment is exported LAST The last attachment is exported NUMBER The attachment with the listed number is exported IFS path Enter the IFS path in which the attachment should be saved Replace object Specify whether any existing document in the IFS is overwritten The values allowed are YES Existing document is overwritten NO Existing document is not overwritten 13 2 11 Command PNGTCPPORT Use the command PNGTCPPORT to test UDP connections Page 2
270. r DirectMail This directory can be changed with CFGDIRMAIL DirectMail400 Certs Filing directory for digital certificates DirectMail400 Fonts Fonts for Unicode PDF conversion DirectMail400 Forms Form templates for DirectMail DirectMail400 Graphics Storage of graphic data DirectMail400 Mailboxes Saved emails in eml format for the display with DirectMedia DirectMail400 Sent Email files received in Mime format DirectMail400 Received Email files received in Mime format DirectMail400 Temp Temporary DirectMail files DirectMail400 Temp Automail Temporary files for Automail DirectMail400 Temp Convert Temporary files for conversions DirectMail400 Temp MimeSnd Temporary MIME files for sending DirectMail400 Temp MimeRcv DirectMail Accessing DirectMail Page 49 Temporary MIME files for reception Page 50 Accessing DirectMail DirectMail 5 0 Mailboxes Menu Option 2 Every user in DirectMail should get their own mailbox in which to save in and outgoing emails in one area Mailboxes can also exist independently without being assigned by the user This way special functions like group mailboxes for Info Sending etc can be carried out The only danger with this is the mailbox becoming deserted without any user assignment In these cases precautions should be taken so that mailboxes without user assignment can be checked regularly Work with DirectMail mailboxes From the main menu yo
271. r data stream Use text only TEXTONLY If this parameter is set to YES only the text will be used from the spooled file no graphics or other elements Paper size PAPERSIZE Specifies the default value of the paper size for the conversion of spoolfiles into PDF format The values allowed can be displayed using F4 Landscape ROTATION Specify whether the form should be rotated to landscape format This setting is only available with EPDF format The values allowed are SPLF The value for the spoolfile page rotation is used YES The form is in landscape format NO The form is not in landscape format AUTO The form is automatically rotated so that the margins are not crossed CPI CPI Here you can set individual text widths in CPI characters per inch differing from the spoolfile The values allowed are Number A valid CPI setting e g 5 8 10 12 15 16 7 0 The spoolfile CPI value is used LPI LPI DirectMail Email APIs Page 257 Here you can set individual text heights in LPI lines per inch differing from the spoolfile The values allowed are Number A valid LPI setting e g 5 8 10 12 15 16 7 0 The spoolfile LPI value is used PDF version FONT Specifies the version for opening files using Acrobat Reader It is important to ensure that PDF forms are created with the PDF version set here or a previous version The values allowed are 1 3 Acrobat 4 1 4 Acrobat 5 1 5 Acrobat 6 1 6
272. r less identical to the screen when changing a copy definition CMA Change DirectMail Address Transfer 2 09 05 14 50 Type changes press enter Definition v e sg see eg TESTO Description s TEST IMPORT FROM FILE Database source e KUNDST Name ISS 4 55 GEN B Name LIBL Member ses see o cr on on FIRST Name FIRST Database CCSID 2 JOB JOB FILE SYSVAL CCSID Select address book X Y Yes N No F3 Exit F4 Prompt F12 Cancel 0046 Create change copy path Input fields Definition Here you see the name of the description you can still change this description when creating a definition Description The description of the copy path Databse source Address file from where the data is copied Library Library where it is stored Member member to be used CCSID of database Page 80 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail Allows you to enter the CCSID for the database file Imported data is translated from the CCSID for the database file to the CCSID for the DirectMail server CFGDIRMAIL The values allowed are JOB The CCSID for the job definition is used FILE The CCSID for the database file is used SYSVAL The system CCSID is used CCSID Enter the CCSID for the database Select address book Enter Y to select an address book or N to continue to use a preset address book Press the enter key to proceed When you have entered
273. r signing The values allowed for this parameter are N Email will not be signed Y Email will be signed digitally Schedule time Schedule date If you want to send an email at a specific date time enter it here Otherwise the email will be sent as soon as possible Provided that you have not yet completed all necessary entries and try to exit the email using F 3 an error message will appear Exit email Your email has not been completed Exit editor anyway Y Yes N No i F3 Exit F12 Cancel DirectMail W170Fork with emails option 7 Page 99 0067 Error message Exit email You can exit and reject the email using Option or go back to the editor using N or F 12 7 2 Select folder option 1 Use this option to select emails for display from a specific folder or subfolder RENGELE DirectMail 400 20 02 03 15 15 18 i Select 2 Change 4 Delete S bisplay 6 Print 7 Reply RENGEL Rebert Engel Ausgang Postausgang Eingang Posteangang Fehler Fehlerhafte Objekte Geloschte Objekte Gesendete Objekte 2 E 0068 Select folder 7 3 Select email option 1 Use this option to select emails for editing from a specific folder or subfolder 20 02 03 15 16 02 Edit DirectMail 400 Email Sent 20 02 03 13 05 Prom Toolmaker Kaufering Robert Engel To lrtzand sauterz398yucoz bc Ec Bcc dus Attachments Subject contakt for firewall translations Hello Bertrand here my conta
274. re transmissions as defined by the German Law on Signatures as amended in March 2001 As long as a higher authority is trusted all dependant certificates will automatically be classified as trustworthy 9 3 Request a digital ID VeriSign allows you to create digital IDs valid for 60 days free of charge The following describes the procedure for enrolment Use this link to go directly to the VeriSign site http www verisign com client enrollment index html E VeriSign Microsoft Internet Explorer Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Fevoriten Extras Personal Digital ID Enrollment You are about to begin the enrollment process for a Class 1 Digital ID Enroliment can be completed online within a few minutes Your Class 1 Digtal ID rs bound to your validated e mail sddress and can be used to digitally sign your e mail and receive encrypted e mail lt can also be used by your Wab browser as the equivalent of an electronic membership card or passport to identify yourself to participating Web sites that wish to restrict access eliminating the need to remember usemames and passwords INTERNATIONAL CUSTOMERS You should enroll for your Class 1 indmdual certificate through your LOCAL AFFILIATE H you want a Digital ID to send secure e mail from an e mail package other than Microsofl Outlook Express Microsoft Outlook or Netscaps Messenger please click here 7 Class 1 Digital ID Authenticates your e mail address Automatic l
275. red in DirectMail If this is the case and direct receiving is set to Y for the recipient then the route over the POP SMTP Server will not be taken but instead the email will be copied directly to the inbox of the recipient This is considerably quicker and means less CPU loading The values allowed are Y Direct receiving is possible N Direct receiving is not possible Standard folder Set the folder which should be defaulted when working with emails The values allowed are E Error list I Incoming mails L Last used folder O Outgoing mails S Sent objects Empty Deleted folder on exit Here you can set whether your emails that are filed in the Deleted folder should be finally removed when you exit DirectMail The values allowed are Page 54 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail Y When exiting DirectMail emails will be removed from the Deleted folder N When exiting DirectMail no emails will be removed B Emails that should be deleted require a confirmation when exiting DirectMail Change mailbox options Ty changes ress enter ype ges P E3 Exit P4 Prompt PB Address P12 Cancel 0019 Change mailbox options page 2 S MTP server SMTP Server 0 9Sxysvau TCP IP port for SMTP 1 9999 O System value SMTP server timeout 1 999 sec O system value POP before SMTP e amp Y Yes N No SMTP Authentification N Y Yes N No SMTP auth protocol A POP Account FIRST Name FIRST Encrypt
276. rence to UTC time 9100 2400 to 2400 h HHMM Configure daylight saving NO YES NO Set message block size NOMAX HO YES NO Check Email Addresses online HO NO BOTH BATCH INTERACT CCSID for server jobs STD Number STD Bottom F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fl3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0014 5 The DirectMail configuration screen Reorg deletes emails permanent RGZDLTPERM This parameter defines whether email is deleted permanently during reorganisation or moved to the folder for deleted objects For example to move email from a folder to the Deleted folder after ten days and then permanently delete it after another ten days set 10 days for the original folder and 20 days for the Deleted folder Activate trace TRACE In order to observe the file transfer between POP SMTP server and DirectMail you may activate a trace In case of TRACE YES for each outmail server a trace file is created in the debug directory named Jobname Jobnumber txt within the IFS Note This function should only be activated when there are problems with DirectMail and after consultation with the TOOLMAKER Hotline DirectMail Accessing DirectMail Page 41 PDFLib license key PDFLIBLIC Allows you to enter a PDFLib license key CryptLib license key CRYPLIC Enter the license key into this parameter if the license DM400CRY was acquired It is not the Toolmaker SoftKey but the license key of XPS
277. ries library See chapter Attach iSeries libraries option 5 6 AS 400 database Use this option to attach an iSeries database See chapter Attach iSeries libraries option 5 8 1 Attach PC documents option 1 PC documents come from different sources Either you have PCs yourself in your company with which you create documents which are to be sent later with DirectMail or you receive PC files as an attachment of received emails that should be forwarded All sources have one thing in common the storage space of PC documents which should be processed with DirectMail All PC documents will be saved temporarily in the Integrated File System of iSeries IFS In addition to the accessibility by DirectMail this has another advantage if you include the IFS in your daily backup all PC documents from this area will be stored in your daily data backup You can attach PC documents with Option 1 from the display Select file type 3 Next level O Filename Filetype Size Changed at Main Directory 10 01 03 20 44 Dev Directory 10 01 03 19 47 Directma11400 Directory 4 02 03 8 19 DIRFAXTMP Directory 11 01 03 0 25 DirMedia Directory 21 01 03 14 08 Etc Directory 10 01 03 19 47 Gss Directory 11 01 03 6 24 Home Directory 20 02 03 12 11 Hoppenstedt Directory 17 02 03 17 14 Itp Directory 11 01 03 12 26 LANSAIMG Directory 11 01 03 0 29 Pd 1ib Directory 13 01 03 15 05 Weitere F3eExit P5 Reftresh F12 Cance
278. rity Read confirmation CONFIRM If the recipients email program supports this function you will receive confirmation that the recipient has opened the email The values allowed are Page 248 Email APIs DirectMail YES The receiver is requested to deliver a confirmation NO No confirmation is requested Encrypt email With this setting you specify whether the email should be encrypted Encryption can only be set to YES if you possess the license DM400CRY The values allowed for this parameter are NO Emails are not encrypted YES Emails are encrypted POSSIBLE Encryption is allowed and is set with the individual mail transaction MAILBOX The encryption setting for the mailbox is used SYSVAL The encryption setting from the DirectMail configuration is used Sign email DirectMail also supports the digital signature of e mails in order to ensure their authenticity Signing can only be set to YES if you possess the license DM400CRY The values allowed for this parameter are NO Emails are not signed YES Emails are digitally signed MAILBOX The signature setting for the mailbox is used SYSVAL The signature setting from the DirectMail configuration is used IFS copy name IFSBACKUP The name with which the email should be filed in the IFS after being sent IFS copy path IFSPATH The IFS directory in which the email should be filed after being sent DirectMail Email APIs Page 249 Open email API OPNEMLA
279. rogram Program name KISSOO Name Library e Ry KISS Kame LIBL Parameter Start Substr End Substr Nr Field Valu Len Find Pos Find Pos 1 MAILID 20 NONE 0 NONE 0 2 MAILBOX 10 NONE 0 NONE 0 3 SUBJECT 42 1 des 4 SUBJECT 16 NOWE 0 NORR 0 5 TEXT 1 25 Object 8 Muoue 0 6 NONE NONE D NONE H 7 3MNONE NONR 0 AO D 8 NONE NONE H NONE D SS CNONR HK ORK H t NONE Not used BLANK E3 Exit F4 Prompt Fl12 Cancel KENE od 0199 Parameter definition Parameter3 in this case is a character string from the reference with 42 digits The contents of the parameter is extracted from a string in brackets beginning one digit behind the character and ends one digit before the character With this e g the parameter with length 42 from the reference Order with license key 23432 23123 12341 can be transferred to your program using the character string 23432 23123 12341 Parameter4 contains the first 10 digits from the reference Parameter5 looks for the constant Reference in the first text line and then transfers the 25 characters behind that 8 digits behind the constant Reference With access to both of the following files a programmer can read out the reference and the contents of the email text DirectMail I260Fncoming Mail Assistant Page 181 DMITMHDR Head file of the email incl reference text DMITMTXT Text lines of the
280. rs can be integrated and standard conversion can be configured Each description consists of a sequence of CL commands that will be processed during conversion Variables that will be provided by DirectMail can be inserted into the CL commands Example CVTSPLF OBJ amp IFSOBJ FILE amp FILNAM JOB amp JOBNUM amp USRNAM amp JOBNAM SPLNBR amp FILNUM FORMAT EPDF amp IFSOBJ IFS object amp FILNAM Spool file name amp JOBNAM Spool file job name amp USRNAM Spool file job user amp JOBNUM Spool file job number The above command line would execute a simple conversion to EPDF The conversion description can be used in the commands CVTSPLF WRTEMLAPI in the FORMAT parameter DirectMail Enhancements Corrections Page 335 Page 336 Index DirectMail 20 0 Index SCIN DEX A A NN 213 YABSEN EEN 179 ADRADD uu 179 ADRRMV uu 179 BAST LACH WEE 276 MD BASES Eet Agen e Bech Ee eet Ahh e Ree Soha aha 262 270 SUR INDIEN ee at eie s 207 DELETE DETOUR ee cp i ee cedi ii o E HR Sat ado CE ERE CIRCO RR abcd ast 179 SDELROUTEE 2 5 P A E tci e t setis c EA 23 DISPLAY BDET WEE PMA aa 39 235 303 304 257 268 296 TEBPDE 20b Mob el cer eM E S 36 119 212 256 267 296 314 316 318 MEX CLUDE rena aa etm eu tete uve br v eel ium 31 32 FEE PLO TAM Et 177 PE A NN 179 180 A ee ee e ee ee 179 FIRST 2 278 FITBOX end FITHEIGHT sea FITPAGE
281. rs can be used for some characters amp Space character Alpha character Any character Numeric character Not blank For example for the date prompt 1 12 05 you would use 12 5 Email parameters In order to send the spoolfile to the correct recipient the defined index fields must still be integrated into the sending process This is done with the function email that you call through F 10 as well as option E ma i gt DirectMail AutoMail Page 207 B 1 E Mail Recipient RC 2 E Mail Sender SE 3 Output format OF 4 Email Text Attachment ET 5 PDF form overlay PF 6 PDF Security PS 0225 Email parameters 12 5 1 Email recipient With the function mail recipient you can either set constant values or index fields as an email recipient The index fields can again be selected from the list of defined index fields using function key F4 Type email recipient TESTIA Type email recipients and press enter Typo A An CHOC n mnC Typ Name or index Address or index WGerxit F Prompt F Refre h ridl View Fi2 Cancel DirectMail 400 c 1999 2003 by Toolmakex Software GmbH Kaufering 0226 Email recipient Type The values allowed are A To C CC Copy Page 208 AutoMail DirectMail B BCC BlindCopy Name or Index Specify the recipients name or enter an index field through which the recipient s name is determ
282. rt prompt Report index Colour selection for report index Current index Colour selection for current index Functions Colour selection for functions 12 3 2 Open spoolfiles i E i E 2 E 5 E a s E From the definition screen press F 10 to skip to the menu bar Select the menu item Fi e with the Enter key and then the menu option Open spool Select spoolfiles user D D D Bcurrenwr Print device ALY Weem ge o a SARE Userdata D ALL SEXE FI2 cCancel 0208 Select spoolfiles User User creating the spoolfile Print device Print device where the spool shall be printed Name ACUBREMT ALL 2 Name ALL Formtype ALL Userdata ALL Page AutoMail 192 DirectMail Form type Form type of the spoolfile User data User data of the spoolfile Filter the spoolfiles to be displayed by entering the parameter values With this you limit spoolfiles displayed on the following screen and consequently facilitate the selection of the required spoolfile 20 02 03 17 25 50 Select Spooled File RENGELE Select option press enter l Select 2 Change 3 Hold 4 Delete 5 Display Release 7zMessages S Attributes Device Gsmt Act Opt File User Queue User data Stat Page Page Copy A QPJOBLOG RENGELE PRTO1 QPADEVOOO7 RDY 36 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTO1 RDY 1 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTO1 RDY 1 1 QSYSPRT RENGELE PRTO1 RDY 1 1 OSYSPRT RENGELE PRTO1 RDY 1 d QSYSPRT RENG
283. rules applying R Read W Write X Execute EXCLUDE No user sees exported files in the IFS Email file extension EXT The file extension that DirectMail 400 uses to save e mail files in the IFS in MIME format EML files for example can be opened with Microsoft Outlook Express on the PC The iSeries uses NOT as the file extension for saving MIME files Save e mail SAVE Here you can specify whether e mails sent or received with DirectMail should be saved as an original MIME PC file in the IFS This backup copy can be used later for example for archiving Outgoing mails will be saved in the subfolder Sent below the DirectMail folder Incoming mails are filed in the folder Received The file name consists of a Mail ID with a maximum of 20 characters and the extension specified in the EXT parameter The values allowed for this parameter are BOTH Incoming and outgoing mails will be saved IN Only incoming mails will be saved OUT Only outgoing mails will be saved NONE No mails will be saved Authorization Email SEND Export MIMSNDOUT Allows you to specify file rights for files exported to the iSeries integrated file system during sending The values allowed for this parameter are ALL All users have full access rights to the files NONE No user has access rights to the files RWX RX RW WX R W X Rights are assigned using the IFS options with the following rules applying R2 Read W Write X Execute
284. s SENDER name email address de The values allowed are Sender s name and email address DirectMail Email APIs Page 247 MAILBOX The information is copied from the mailbox in the MAILBOX parameter Receiver RECEIVER Provide here the names and email address es of the email receiver The format for the receiver is RECEIVER TO name email address de CC name email TO specifies the receiver s who should receive the email as an original CC specifies the receiver s who should receive the email as a copy BCC specifies the receiver s who should receive the email as a Blind copy Other recipients do not see this copy Open email API OPNEMLADI Type choices press Enter Reference A Messagetext for more values Priority NORMAL NORMAL HIGH LOW Read confirmation d NO NO YES Encrypt Email NO NO YES POSSIBLE Sign Email e NO NO YES MAILBOX SYSVAL LES copy name STD IPS copy path STD Bottc P3 Exit F 4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel Fi3 How to use this display F24 More keys 0252 Open email page 2 Subject SUBJECT The email s subject Message text TEXT Here you can enter a message text for the email Priority PTY Specifies the priority with which the email should be sent The values allowed are HIGH The email is sent with high priority NORMAL The email is sent with normal priority LOW The email is sent with low prio
285. s ren renedv de Please click on the Install button to the right to install E the Digital 1D SEE 0121 Spet 4 Install digital ID Confirm the messages that follow by clicking Yes x Mines serpiente enl dene be brane cipe n Mak eelere Sin rel verbrauenmwrdien Websites das Aituakderen von Zertf aren Die Website kann Zertfbcabe sales en denen Se nicht estr ena durch de wiederum geheelt BA eatery geil pening Arar iria edd ad Thre Daten haben Scl dese Programm jetzt de Zertifikabs heeuf gen Wichen Se af Is menn Se deser Webete vertrauen Anderri als Vielen See adf et JS 0122 Potential scripting violation 9 4 Export a public key The exported public key is required to encrypt outgoing e mail to a specific recipient Now export the public part of your digital ID to a file and send it to your DirectMail mailbox for example with Outlook 2000 In Outlook click Tools Options Security and then on the button Import Export Digital ID DirectMail E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures Page 137 Import Export Digital ID Import existing Digital ID from a file Import the Digital ID From the file to your computer You must use the password you entered while exporting the certificate to this file Import File Browse Password Digital ID Name Export your Digital ID to a File Export the Digital ID information into a file Enter a password to protect t
286. s Eis gt PRINT DISPLAY PRINT INBOX Output queue io cs se pa ds JOB Name JOB D3bESEY voo 0406 oco o y Name LIBL CURLIB Hold spooled file NO NO YES Copies i 1 1 255 MEE serian sa a E A 1 255 Bottom F3 Exit FA Prompt E5 Refresh F12 Cancel Fi3 How to use this display E24 More keys 0271 Print Mime file with PRINT Display IFS Mime File DSPMIM Type choices press Enter IFS Object LX ex s gt fcss cssMAIL99 99002631 eml QUEE oU quy Aw EX x gt INBOX DISPLAY PRINT INBOX SMR EIBONM socs io 63 SR Eis CURRENT Character value CURRENT Bottom F3 Exit F Prompt F5 Refresh Fi2 Cancel Fi3 lt How to use this display F24 More keys Page 276 Email APIs DirectMail 0272 Transfer the Mime file to the current user s mailbox Work with attachments 14 10 05 15 10 41 Select option press enter 1 Export 2 Change 4 Delete 5 Display 7zRename Op Filename Filetype Size Changed at A IL HELPDEMP HTM SPL 23 KB 1 07 05 9 55 N F8BKN4L21LE513AP3 EML IFS 22 KB 17 06 04 21 35 N HELPDEMP HTM SPL 23 KB 1 07 05 9 55 m 1 Bottom F3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create Pi2 Cancel F24 More keys 0273 Display Mime file attachments 13 2 9 Command EXCADRTRF Using the command EXCADRTRF you can execute the requests saved in transfer definitions and transfer your address files into the DirectMail address database frente Altos Transfe
287. s and import them into DirectMail DirectMail E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures Page 143 Option Options 1 Export Use this option to export certificates to IFS directories 2 Change Use this option to change the certificate details Change Certificate Email Address f gr toolmaker de Description Heiko Groeneveld D Standard sna E Y Y Yes N No Force encryption N Y Yes N No E3 Exit F12 Cancel 0134 Changing a certificate Email address If the administrator has requested certificates for multiple users with the same e mail address you can adjust the address here The e mail address is the unique assignment of a certificate to a recipient Description A description for your own use Standard If this parameter is set to Yes the certificate will be used when sending to the e mail address The values allowed are Y This is the standard certificate N This is an alternative certificate may be changed to the standard certificate when the standard certificate expires Force encryption Allows you to force encryption for all e mail sent to this address irrespective of or AutoMail settings The values allowed are Y E mail to this address is always encrypted N The settings for sending the e mail are used 4 Delete Use this option to delete a certificate Page 144 E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures DirectMail 5 Display Use this option to display the contents of the
288. s reference Option 8 17 Move For moving an entry into another address book See chapter Move address book entry Option 17 18 Certificates For administrating the digital certificates of the address book entries See the chapter on Certificates Option 15 Special function keys F4 Prompt Displays a selection of the available folders in the address book DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 71 Select folder 24 02 05 10 05 34 Select option press enter leSelect S Display i 0 Folder Description 1 H Extern Externe Adreibicher Ende Bett PSeRefresh Pl2sCancel Fl1 sTop Fif Bottos 0033 Special function keys F10 All With this function key you can display all entries in all subfolders of the address book which can make the search for entries easier F13 Standard When you have selected a folder and want to have it displayed always when calling the address book you can set this function with this function key 5 7 1 Add address book entry F6 UsingFunction key 6 youcan add anew entry to an address book You must decide whether you want to create an address entry or a mailing list An address entry is a single email address to which you can sent outgoing mails A mailing list serves for sending mails to several email addresses without having to enter each recipient individually So you can e g create an internal mailing list AD for all employees from the Accounting Departmen
289. s regading the firewall translations Best regards Robert Engel ITOOLMAKER Software GmbH Phone 49 98191 968 249 mail ren tcolmaker de Fi Mark E2 Copy F3 Exit F4 Delete Prompt F5 Insert F8 Proportios F9 List Pid Attachments Fi2 Cancol F24 Mocro keys DirectMail W170Fork with emails option 7 Page 101 0071 Change email 7 6 Delete folder option 4 Use this option to delete folders subfolders no longer needed Note Please note that the emails in the folder will be deleted as well H Delete object After confirmation by pressing enter the object will be moved into the folder for deleted objects Cancel this operation with F3 or F12 Object test E3 Exit F12 Cancel 0072 Delete folder Confirm your option using the Ent er key or return to the previous screen using F 12 7 7 Delete email option 4 Use this option to delete emails no longer needed H Delete emails After confirmation by pressing enter the object will be moved into the folder for deleted objects Cancel this operation with F3 or F12 Op Recipient Subject 4 RH Date Time bertrand vauters39 yu gt contakt for firewall transla gt 20 062 03 13 09 Ed Exit Fl2 Cancel 0073 Delete email Confirm your option using the Ent er key or return to the previous screen using F 12 Page 102 W170Fork with emails option 7 DirectMail 7 8 Display email option 5 You can see the text components of an email us
290. s sss seen sn tenens nnn sse 206 12 5 Emalliparamieters oe op ee te de d a ee NER ES 207 129041 Gu Helen EE 208 UE SR E UR EE 209 12 5 3 Spool output format 211 12 5 4 Ema Eunice A IE Aa 213 12 5 5 PDF fori i ide ta ge He ar bd aU b t EH tds 215 12 5 6 PDF Sep Lc EH Led d Ho ie Ld e ai dti 217 12 5 7 Email attachments it Ei aed Lege coL dte arco ds es 218 12 6 Spool actions uico a Aa dd 229 12 6 1 lt Spool UE 229 12 6 2 Spool expOrt d nca te Ue b Het and du Hi de ee es 231 12 6 3 Spool seomentaton ennt snnt enisi nnne 234 12 6 4 Spool bundling i Lit ge La ee crier de edet EE dd 235 12 7 tree usteet eet ide idit e Er dd ee Hd ded c d ees 236 124 lee EE 236 12 7 2 Function insert tesvticommande AA 238 12 43 WOK WIH functions 5 p ee eee te tiet t P ee 242 12 8 Work with spoolfile DUNCIOS enne enne nnns nre nennen 243 13 0 Gu UR EE 247 13 1 Create and send emails automatically sese 247 13 1 1 Open email API option 9 247 13 1 2 Output in email option 101 250 13 1 3 Close email API option 11 263 13 2 Additional DirectMail commande 263 13 2 1 Command CRTSECPDE entree nennen sen nr entres ees nnne nenas 263 19 2 2 Command GVTSPLE ent e e Een see EE ERR APR AR Ran Des 266 13 23 Command DSPSPLEDMD sse eene nnne nennen nnns nennen nes 269 13 24 Command CVTD E eene en tenter inn nn intense sinn sentent 269 13 2 5 Command CVTATMSPLF enne nennen sn treten nnns nn
291. s the pure data stream to a PC file used for PCL and AFP HPT The spoolfile is converted into an HPT document and attached Start page Start page from where the spoolfile shall be attached End page End page until the spoolfile shall be attached After selecting the spoolfiles an overview of the attachments will be displayed DirectMail A221Fttachments Page 119 Work with attachments 20 02 03 15 34 48 Select option press enter 1 Export 4 Delete 5 Display JeRename SeAttributes Op Filename Filetype Size Changed at A BH so Name ntm IFS 497 20 02 03 11 44 N DirectMail 2 00 tif IFS 37 KB 20 02 03 11 44 N QSYSPRT PDF SPL 2 KB 20 02 03 13 13 N t Ende E3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create Fi2 Cancel E24 More keys 0097 Overview of attachments 8 3 Attach Series objects option 4 DirectMail is different from PC mail systems in that it can send native objects from the Series as email attachments When the recipients of your email use an Series with DirectMail they can comfortably receive Series objects from you and restore them to the Series Save Object SAVOBJ Type choices press Enter Objects aclpsre Name generic ALL t for more values Library rengel Name generic for more values ff Object types ALL ALL ALRTBL BNDDIR for more values Additional Parameters Target release gt CURRENT CURRENT PRV V R5MO Bottom E3 Exit Fd Prompt F5 Refresh Fi0
292. se e eh 160 Account ID eco ntn ede RR OIA PES ct REO HET 65 ACCOUNT iet IE ce e P Wem imet 52 63 68 95 111 Pon c cu x AN 65 159 Activity CO d et iR ree e Oeste eile e be o RE He eee 178 Add absence Add email accoutnt EE Add entty EE Add functions in expert mode Addimailing list EE Page 338 Index DirectMail Addie WELPrO Seet A A ibis 320 A o Ee dd see ect Ae diese G Address book entry Address book from RER lee EE 110 TER HN dese ege RARO UOow REPE 72 ADDTOTXT 253 255 262 ALIAS est exa Ge eM ee Mt na ete ee ted 252 255 260 261 Alias filename 252 255 260 261 302 Allow access to contents we 265 Allow assemble aar 265 AN OW CHANGE c M 264 H eent 265 Allow copy I All w form fields o roro tei n ate ee t REGROUPE EU I QUEE 265 Allow thigh resolution print ii 266 Allow print Ir Allow SAV OBI SAVEIB 5 iei es ides 59 Alt Gr RE Alt Hex B5 as Always ask for p ssWOId 4n 65 Cosco EE toad REIR IU SHE ted SE Goth ARMES 87 Amount check timeframie trn ha ei inb on rre E o e te a bere pere e e etis 36 AND ER c Cc 159 Anh nge AS GIDIfext einer neon ene emineat eiie enel perte ere 37 315 317 318 118
293. signed Hold email Specify here whether the processed email is to be held in the outbox or sent immediately The values allowed are Y Hold email N Do not hold email it will be sent immediately Schedule time With this parameter you specify at what time an email should be sent The values allowed are Time The email is only sent at the set time Empty The email is sent immediately 12 5 3 Spool output format DirectMail can convert spoolfiles into different formats before they are sent with AutoMail The formats are defined with the Output format function Define Spool Outputformat Type selection press enter Output format Breve Format F4 Prompt If GUMBO Gumbo output format MI AA Format F4 Prompt Workstation cust object HONE Mame HOWE MAII Library Kame LIBL Filename FILE _ Name FILE hdd to email text cw 2 a Yes N No AvALtermat Green bars gr ET X Y Yes N No Pagetable x Tas Nelo F3CExit F4 Prompt F12 Cancel 0228 Define spool output format Output format DirectMail AutoMail Page 211 Specify in which format the spoolfile should be attached to the email The values allowed are Format CSV The spoolfile is converted to semicolon delimited text and attached TXT The spoolfile is converted to ASCII text and attached HTML The spoolfile is converted into an HTML document and attached PDF The spoolfile is converted to PDF forma
294. sing the command RGZDIRMAIL you can reorganise DirectMail at any time and also optionally reorganise physical files i eSc maia Rss yp ORUOEGEEO X GEORG XO Bottom e e e E m en SE e SL co use this tispli y e e or 0279 Reorg DirectMail Execute RGZPFM in Reorg Specifies whether files are also physically reorganised deleted records removed during a logical reorganisation of DirectMail The values allowed are YES The files are reorganised NO The files are not reorganised Reorganise attachments Specifies whether attachments are also physically reorganised deleted records removed during a logical reorganisation of DirectMail The values allowed are YES The attachments are reorganised NO The attachments are not reorganised Remove emails during reorg RGZRMV DirectMail Email APIs Page 281 Specifies whether mails are physically deleted after the defined number of days or moved to the Deleted folder The values allowed are YES Mail is deleted after the defined number of days default NO Mail is moved to the Deleted folder after the defined number of days Mail in the Deleted folder is deleted after it expires The expiry period is calculated as if the mail had been manually deleted 13 2 15 Command RSTOBJIFS Using the command RSTOBJIFS you can restore objects saved in the Integrated File System IFS with the command SAVOBJIFS During backup iSeries data is saved in a savefile and
295. sing the same computer you used to begin the process Copy your Digtal D PIN Your Digtal 1D PIM is ec eedeB248 be MAC REI bech Go to Vensa secure Lol D Center c fldentalid venien cort enroliment mesicom Y Paste or enter your Del D PIN Then select the SUBMIT button to iat your Digital TD 0119 VeriSign digital ID pickup instructions When the internet page is displayed enter your PIN and click Submit DirectMail E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures Page 135 0120 Step 3 Pick up digital ID You can now install the digital ID on your computer by clicking the Install button Page 136 E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures DirectMail ET ertific ate Downlo ad Microsoft internet Explorer Datei Bearbeten Ansicht Favoriten Extras Q 9 2712 sen dre diem OC Adresse la https fdigtald verisign comico birisophia exo VeriSign Digital ID Services Step 4 of 4 Install Digital ID Step 1 Complete Entollment Form Step 3 Pidcap Digital 1D Step 2 Check E mail Stop 4 Install Digital ID Your Digital ID Your Digital ID has been successfully generated Organization VenSign Inc Organizational Unit VeriSign Trust Network Organizational Unit www verisign com repository PPA Incorp by Ref LIAB LTD c 98 Organizational Unit Persona Not Validated Organizational Unit Digital ID Class 1 Microsoft Common Name robert engel Email Addres
296. t read with Acrobat Reader and attached EPDF Adobe s PDF file format but in the Enhanced Version of DirectView PDF This format supports elements such as form overlays allowing you to use background JPG or TIF files with the spool to create complete printed forms When selecting the EPDF format please refer to the chapter PDF formFehler Es wurde kein Textmarkenname vergeben TIFF The spoolfile is converted to a TIFF graphic and attached ORIG The email recipient works with DirectMail and can view the spoolfile in iSeries format GUMBO The spoolfile is converted by Gumbo SPLAMATIC and attached RAW Copies the pure data stream to a PC file used for PCL and AFP HPT The spoolfile is converted into an HPT document and attached NONE The spoolfile is not converted and not attached to the email This is useful if you want to use the spool output as the trigger or delivery mechanism for index information for an email Gumbo output format Enter the standard format for SPLAMATIC from Gumbo the different formats can be displayed through F 4 Workstation customising object With conversion using host print transform you can insert a workstation customising object which will be used when converting the printer data stream Library Enter the name of the library in which the workstation customising object is saved File name Specify the name of the attachment into which the spool is converted This parameter is mai
297. t name and press F 8 Note Here you can also add email addresses to the address book using Function key 6 F9 List Displays a list of all recipients recipients can be added using F4 ee EEN EEN List selection Recipient Recipient s Email Addresses Toolmaker Software GmbH i F3 Exit F4 Prompt F5 Refresh Fl2 Cancel 0065 Display list F10 Attachments Jumps to the display Work with Attachments The function Attachments is explained more precisely further below in this Guide F14 Move Moves a highlighted text behind the line following the cursor position F15 Insert from Not yet active F17 Top Position at top F18 Bottom DirectMail W170Fork with emails option 7 Page 97 Position at bottom 7 1 1 Exit email and send F3 When you have completely entered the recipient s subject text and attachments you can send the email using F 3 Send email Save email Y Y Yes N No Sem 2 e ENEE YwYes N No Read confirmation N Y Yes N No Priority N H high N normal L Low S Encrypt Email N Y Yes N No P Partia Sign Email 9M Y Yes N No Schedule time Schedule date E3 Exit F12 Cancel 0066 Send email Save email Use this option to save the email and reserve it for sending The values allowed are Y The email will be saved N The email will be rejected Send email Use this option to start the procedure of sending the email The values allowed are Y
298. t or an external mailing list SP for all Sales Partners The composition of the mailing list is left up to you A a 4 6 d db b SR RE TA dog 656 818 B d wA eoe e e E F6 Create new entry S Select type of entry i 1 Address 2 Address list BBM Exit Fi2 Cancel Via a Si ete 2 072 5 m we eres e a wee 8 R aeo m ere de Se Page 72 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail 0034 Add address book entry Options 1 Address book entry Use this option to create an address book entry i e a physical email address in an address book See chapter Add address book entry Option 1 2 Mailing list Use this option to compose a mailing list in which you can reference address entries in turn See chapter Add address mailing list Option 2 The type of entry that you want to change governs the follow up screen If you highlight an address with 2 the address to be changed will be displayed otherwise list name and text of the mailing list 5 7 1 1 Add address book entry option 1 With option 1 you create an address book entry in an address book Email address First name Exiedhelm Last name a Bruegge Email fbrgtoolmakec ce Company Title Department Private Address H Phone numbers Phone Mobile Fax Pravate Address Street 212 code Country Nation City gt E3 Exit Fl2 Cancel 0035 Adaress book entry Enter the address information of the new created entry please make sur
299. t text f command Move area d n UND y H k H e 0 Delete area Choice E gt EUER Fi2 cancel 0242 Add functions After selecting the desired function select the desired start position for the function with the cursor key confirm with the enter key and if necessary enter further parameters like e g the number of rows when inserting rows or the target position for movements When entering functions you will always be asked whether a prompt should be created A prompt is a fixed point which is referred to when carrying out the function E g you could put a prompt on the constant term job name when printing a job log The following function is then only carried out if the defined term is also found at the highlighted position Page 236 AutoMail DirectMail Insert row Please type number of rows Rows Ha 0243 Function insert rows Lines Number of lines to be inserted For every function that you carry out the spoolfile gets an additional coloured mark Consequently it is always obvious at which position which function was carried out 0244 Spool file with inserted functions You will recognise the type of function if you press the enter key on a coloured highlighted area DirectMail AutoMail Page 237 Change AutoMail Function Type changes press enter Type of function Move area From rowfcolum ga 39 To row colum ET 98 Target row colum 11 59 DVO
300. t the email using F 3 7 11 Reply to all recipients option 8 When you have received an email which other recipients have received as well you can reply to all participants using this option As with Reply the recipients and the comment text are already inserted 20 02 03 15 22 08 Edit DirectMail 400 Email Sent 20 02 03 15 22 From Toolmaker Kaufering Robert Engel lo Toolmakex Kaufering Robert Engel tmsin teclmaker deff cc CC ee a Subject BE contakt for firewall translations From Toolmaker Kaufering Robert Engel SMTP ren toolmaker de Sent Thursday 20 February 2003 13 09 To bertrand wauters39Byucom be Subject contakt for firewall translations Hello Bertrand Fl Mark E2 Copy F3 Exit Fd Delete Prompt F5 Insert FB Propertiez F9 List Pi0 Attachments Fi2 Cancel F24 More keys 0079 Reply to all participants 7 12 Forward email option 9 This function allows you to forward a received email to another recipient in this case the original email will be attached DirectMail W170Fork with emails option 7 Page 105 20 02 03 15 23 22 Edit DirectMail 400 Email Sent 20 02 03 15 23 From Toolsaker Kaufering Robert Engel M a EI cc cias Subject EW contakt for firewall translations rom Toolmaker Kaufering Robert Engel SMTP renftoolmaker de lee Thursday 20 February 2003 13 09 Iro bertrand wauters29 yucom be Subject contakt for firewall translations Mello
301. tHelp Wizard Se Help Tags 10 Panels 11 Fields 12 Formats Op Applicat Description Activ Xxxxxx Tool Yes Bottom FA Exit FS5sRefresh F6 Create FlO DirectHelp library list Fli Display loq F12 Cancel Fl4 Import F24 More keys 1018 Help paths You can use option 2 to change the DirectMail application for all users Add Help Path Type choices and press Enter Application XXXXXX Name ANY User Group ANY Name ANY Path HEP oe program filesNtoolmakerNxxxxx x P3 Exit F4 Prompt Fi2 Cancel 1019 Change help path Application Name of the application the help file path shall be configured for User Group Use ANY to create a setting for all system users You can make custom settings for users and groups by using the menu option Work with help users to create and group users With menu option Page Installation 18 DirectMail Work with help path configuration you can now replace the user ANY with the users or groups you have created in order to define custom locations for employees For example a rep s local PC a department server or a branch server You can find more information on this topic in the manual of the DirectHelp online help system You will also find information on configuring the help display for menus and commands in the DirectHelp manual Path Enter the path for the help file here By default help files are installed in the path c Program FilesttoolmakenPRODUCT NA
302. tMail can automatically determine the possible login procedure Therefore the default value is AUTO Only in certain cases is it necessary to specify the procedure to be used With the MailServer of the Schlund company auth mail onlinehome de for example a PLAIN protocol is used which differs from the standard In this case the S SCHLUND value can also be entered Values can be retrieved using F4 The POP account serves to determine the necessary user password for the SMTP server Should POP and SMTP user password not be identical a DUMMY deactivated POP account can be used for the SMTP registration POP account When POP before SMTP is set to Yes a POP account must be specified here with which the user will identify to the SMTP server The values allowed for this parameter are FIRST The first POP account of this mailbox will be used Name The POP account with the specified name will be used Encrypt email With this setting you configure the general procedure as to whether e mails that are sent by DirectMail should be encrypted This can be changed depending on each e mail transaction The values allowed for this parameter are N Emails will not be encrypted Y Emails will be encrypted M The encryption is possible the email will be sent encrypted with the certificate existing S The setting from the DirectMail Configuration will be used Sign Email DirectMail also supports the digital signature of e mails in order to
303. te certificates Option 18 With private certificates outgoing emails are signed with DirectMail The chapter titled Email Encryption and Digital Signatures describes the use and export of private certificates The import of private certificates is described here With DirectMail you can import private certificates you have received from trust centres 1 Work with private certificates ENGLISH english Select option press enter 1 Export 2 Change 4 Delete 5 Display 11 Standard Op Name Description valid from to No records to display F3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create F12 Cancel Fl7 Top F18 Bottom DirectMail 400 c 1999 2004 by Toolmaker Software GmbH Kaufering 0058 Private certificates Options 1 Export Page 88 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail Use this option to export a certificate from DirectMail 2 Change You can modify a certificate 4 Delete To remove certificates no longer used 5 Display Displays the contents of a certificate 11 Standard Use this option to define the corresponding certificate as standard certificate of the mailbox Function keys F6 Create With this import existing certificates into the DirectMail databases Create private certificate Select certificate type l Create private certificate Choice ll F3 Exit Fl2 Cancel 0059 Create private certificate Import a certificate from the IFS with option 1 o o 9 9 94 9o 9 9 9
304. te users with option 4 16 1 1 DirectView system configuration The System Configuration screen allows you to define the global values applied when users display spoolfiles DirectView settings can be either progressive or restrictive Progressive means that you activate DirectView and set a default format Users for which no alternative settings have been made then see the spoolfile in the format you have defined Restrictive means that you activate DirectView but set the default conversion to NONE Users then see their standard 5250 spool display A compromise between these two options is also available You activate DirectView set default conversion to NONE and activate the Confirm format option This prompts for the format The user can then leave the value NONE to view the original spool or select another format DirectMail DirectView Page 313 Use F10 to call system configuration DNR NNN NENNEN NENNT DirectView System Configuration Type in name and description Chagen WRKSPLF option Y Y Yes N No Format for DSPSPLF EPDF NONE Format Confirm format ww 2255 N Y Yes N No Use AutoMail for DSPSPLF Y Y Yes N No F3 Exit F4 Prompt Fl2 Cancel Lar o ss 0349 DirectView system configuration WRKSPLF change display option This parameter controls display options The values allowed for this parameter are Y
305. ted This can be changed depending on each e mail transaction The values allowed for this parameter are NO E mail not encrypted YES E mail encrypted POSSIBLE The encryption is possible the e mail be will sent encrypted with the certificate existing Sign e mail SIGN DirectMail also supports the digital signature of e mails in order to ensure their authenticity The values allowed for this parameter are NO E mails are not signed YES E mails are digitally signed Check connection only with modem communication VERIFY Specify whether the internet intranet connection should be checked every time a mail is sent or received The values allowed for this parameter are NO The connection will not be checked 1 9999 Enter a port number YES The connection is to be checked DirectMail will only send receive data when the connection has successfully been checked Server for check VRYSVR If YES is defined in the VERIFY parameter the server for checking the connection has to be specified here DirectMail will then try to establish a connection to this server before every receiving or sending operation Note The server address can be either an IP address or a name The name must be compatible with the name server or the iSeries host table entries Example e mail toolmaker de e 204 12 179 1 Page 34 Accessing DirectMail DirectMail Port for check VRYPORT The TCP IP port of the destination
306. th CCSID 880 and once with CCDIS 273 on a German system You will receive two PDF files one with the German character set and one with the Cyrillic character set as shown in the following example LU L t t h p a WW XX P LI e oU DirectMail Unicode Page 155 0148 CCSID 237 German The stamp www pdflib com indicates that you are using a PDFlib test license Page 156 Unicode DirectMail 11 0 Incoming Mail Assistant The Incoming Mail Assistant is one of the outstanding functions of DirectMail Many functions which are carried out interactively like inserting addresses into the address book routing and forwarding emails to colleagues automatic email reply in case of absence and notification about incoming emails via mobile phone can be automated and operated without manual intervention using the Incoming Mail Assistant The Incoming Mail Assistant can be started both globally across all mailboxes if you select option 3 from the DirectMail menu and for each mailbox selecting option 13 from the display Work with Mailboxes Inputs are possible in the Simple mode or in Expert mode We recommend that you gain experience first through using simple mode and then use the expert mode In the expert mode functions can be combined together more easily without having to repeat the definition For example in the expert mode you can insert the incoming email address into an address book detour a
307. the created files can be deleted again with this program The values allowed are Y The created files are deleted N The created files stay in the directory and must be deleted manually 12 6 2 1 Spool command for archiving Generally in the AutoMail archive interface Menu Spool Export all self created index fields can be entered with a amp in front of the name e g index name CUNO parameter name amp CUNO DirectMail AutoMail Page 233 In addition over 20 standard parameters are available most of them with spoolfile attributes The following reserved names are then useable for parameters at the Spool export archive interface from AutoMail it must be currently started with a amp e g amp SPLFIL ATMDEF AutoMail definition name IFSFIL IFS file name for export file IFSPTH IFS path IFSOBJ IFS object path file name ALIAS Alias name for the email attachment file SPLFIL Spool file name SPLUSR Spool user SPLJOB Spool job name SPLJNR Spool job number SPLFNR Spool file number SPLSTS Spool status e g READY SPLUDT Spool user data SPLDAT Spool date YYYYMMDD SPLTIM Spool time HHMMSS SPLFRM Spool form type SPLPAG Spool number of pages CSVFIL CSV file name CSVPTH CSV file path in IFS CSVOBJ CSV object path file name TMPPTH Temporary IFS path TMPOBJ Temporary IFS object path file name Example of a command for archiving Note As a rule the archiving software is itself a third party product and n
308. this includes just the header or text The values allowed are Y Only the email headers will be received N The complete emails incl text and attachments will be received Login User Every email account has a user as well as a password which is required in order to guarantee the proper safety You can obtain the user name from your system administrator or your provider With LOCALHOST in the Mail Server parameter it is not necessary to enter a password Confirm password Enter the password related your user ID here Both inputs will be checked against each other if they do not correlate you will receive an error message Confirmation Re enter password for confirmation Polling interval DirectMail is able to check your email accounts for incoming mails in preset intervals Specify the time intervals in which this should occur Page 66 M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 DirectMail The values allowed are Minutes Any value every x minutes the account will be checked for incoming emails 0 The system value from the DirectMail configuration will be used Time window Specify here within which time window the check should take place in the defined interval With this you avoid e g that your emails will be checked overnight and unnecessary connection fees are produced The values allowed are 0 00 24 00 Time from to 0 The system value from the DirectMail configuration will be used Days of week Mark here on which day of the
309. tion Page 15 The self extracting file will guide you step by step through the installation process When the installation is complete you can display the joblog The last line should read Product successfully installed Please refer to the Toolmaker hotline for a revision of the installation process if you cannot find this remark For this purpose save the joblog and send it via email to the Toolmaker hotline 2 4 Configure online help Because server path and folder settings vary from customer to customer Toolmaker has developed the online help system so that it can be customised to your environment with a few simple steps To start configuration enter ADDLI BLE DI RMEDI A GO HELP The online help menu is displayed HELP DirectHelp Menu Select one of the Following 1 Work with help users x ork with help applications 3 Work with help path configuration Selection or command F3 Exit FA Prompt F9 Retrieve Fli2sCancel Fl3 Information Assistant FI6 AS 400 main menu 1017 The DirectHelp menu 2 4 1 Check application First check whether the application you want configure the online help for is installed in the DirectHelp help system To do so use option Work with Help Applications Page 16 Installation DirectMail RENGEL Position to Work with Help Applications 5 04 06 14 55 26 Type choices and press Enter 2 Change 4 Delete 7eDirectHelp Wizard S Help Tags 10 Panels ll Fields 129 Formats
310. to check font copyrights Download it from http www microsoft com typography property property htm The tool also indicates whether the font supports unicode In the ENT command for PDF conversion you can now specify TTF files for Truetype fonts The TTF file must be located in the folder Toolmaker DirectMail400 Fonts This function is only available with a DM400UNI license With the new PDF command CCS you can specify the CCSID for a spooled file The syntax for this is ACCS JOB for the job CCSID default CCS OWNER for the CCSID of the spoolfile owner ACCS SYS for the CCSID of the system value QCCSID ACCS n n Number of the codepage for example CCS 273 German CCS 37 USA CCS 880 Cyrillic 10 2 3 DirectMail commands and AutoMail For the commands CVTSPLF SNDSPLEML and WRTEMLAPI we have added the new parameters CCSID and FONT for conversion to EPDF For AutoMail we have also added the new parameters CCSID and FONT for conversion to EPDF Page 154 Unicode DirectMail 10 2 4 Test Unicode To test the Unicode feature set the parameter UNICODELIC in the command CFGDIRMAIL to 0 and send a spoolfile with unicode characters as follows Create an email switch to attachments with F10 select a spoolfile and use EPDF as the conversion format Set the parameter Font to a Truetype font and set the CCSID to 880 Cyrillic if you work on a German or English system Send the spooled file once wi
311. to folder 1 Delete email 0165 Delete email automatically Enter yurfil ter criteria and enter 1 next to the function Delete email CMA Definition BASIC 2 09 05 11 24 24 Definition DELETE Active Y Y Yes N No Filter Mailbox CMA Account Absence From RENGEL Priority TO Attachments Reference DELETE Negative N Text Phonetic N l Select 4 Delete Opt Function Function parameter Send email if absend Yes e Add to addressbook Extern Addressbook entry Extern Copy to folder CMA Delete email Yes 0166 BUY CHEAP emails automatically deleted Page 166 260Fncoming Mail Assistant DirectMail 11 1 8 Detour email Emails that are not for you can be detoured to the appropriate recipient with DirectMail You can also use the same function when absent to detour your emails to your home address or to a colleague CMA Definition BASIC 2 09 05 11 24 24 Definition DETOUR Active Y Y Yes N NO Filter Mailbox CMA Account Absence Prom Priority TO Attachments Reference DETOUR TO RECEIVER Negative N Text Phonetic N l Select 4 Delete Opt Function Function parameter Send email if absend Yes Add to addressbook Extern Addressbook entry Extern Copy to folder CMA Delete email Yes i Detour to receiver 0167 Detour email Enter your filter criteria and enter 1 next to the function Detour to receiver DirectMail Email receipient N
312. ts A 304 15 0 Conversion descriptions a arai aa ree rre aeae a Aea aeea an aaee da aer aa aaa da ra iee inae dadeni didaa 307 15 1 Work with conversion descriptions WDRGPUCNN eee 307 15 1 1 Create a conversion description 307 15 1 2 Change Conversion Commande 308 15 9 3 GOPYCONVEFSIONS TEE 310 15 1 4 Delete E EE 310 16 0 DINO ET 313 16 1 Work with DirectView users WWDRDVWUISP nn enne 313 16 1 1 DirectView system configuration ssssssssssseeee eene 313 16 1 2 Create DirectView user definition essssssseseeenee enne 315 16 2 Configure DirectView users CHGDVWUSR eene 317 16 3 Assign other viewer programs to document types eene 319 17 0 DirectView Conversion and Display eeeeeeeeeeeses esee enne nennt nnn nennt nn nnnnn 323 1 1 Display SpOoltil ici da tti teer Per dee Ee Rt Rae nis 323 17 2 Spool attributes Create AutoMail definition eeeeeennene 324 18 0 Conversion descriptions lesseeeeeeee eese esseseseeee cr 329 18 1 Work with conversion descriptions WRKSPLONYV sse 329 18 1 1 Create a conversion description 330 18 1 2 Create a conversion Commande 330 18 1 8 Change conversion Commande 330 18 1 4 Copy conversions esee enne ennemi en nennen sins sn nene enne 332 18 1 5 Delete converslons E Ce die ete ge er thea 332 19 0 Enhancements Corrections
313. u can jump to the mailboxes with Option 2 alternatively use the WRKMBX command You will receive the following display RENGEL Work with DirectMail 400 mailboxes 20 08 04 07 12 05 Position to Version 02 92 00 Select option press enter 2 Change 3 Copy 4 Delete Mail Box 9 Address 10 Accounts 12 Addressbook 13 lt Distribution Op Mailbox Description User Received PC9 PC9 mailbox Yes QSECOFR Yes RENGEL Robert Engel Yes Ende F3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 cCreate Fl2 cancel Fi7 Top F18 Bottom F23 More options 0017 Work with mailboxes Options 2 Change Use this option to change the information for the mailbox and the configuration settings See chapter Change mailbox Option 2 3 Copy For copying a mailbox e g for a new user See chapter Copy mailbox Option 3 4 Delete For deleting a mailbox e g when a staff member leaves See chapter Delete mailbox Option 4 8 Mailbox Displays the in and outgoing emails With this option new emails can be created and sent interactively as well See chapter Mailbox work with emails option 8 DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 51 9 Address With this the mailbox owner s address information can be changed It will be stored in the user directory See chapter Email address option 9 10 Accounts Several accounts can be assigned to every mailbox This is necessary if e g numerous providers must be polled or if an employee is in charge of
314. u specify in one of the subsequent versions of DirectMail which profile will be used to access the provider The values allowed are Name The name of a valid PtP profile DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 65 NONE No PtP profile is available for this account MAILCFG The PtP profile specified in the configuration will be used Delete messages Specify whether your emails should be deleted on the provider server after they have been received Note After this value has changed from N to Y all messages already received will be deleted from the provider server The values allowed are Y The mails will be deleted after receipt N The mails remain stored on the provider server Note Please note that with Option N the mails use storage space on the provider server and that the storage space available for you may be used up eventually When the storage space available for you is exhausted you can no longer receive any emails the sender will receive an email with the corresponding error message Only receive email header With this you specify when you only want to receive the email header Then only the header information of the email will be transmitted but not the content This can be important when you get large emails and would first of all like to get an overview of the incoming information It will basically be a few lines of text that you receive because the mail server sends a specific amount of bytes whether or not
315. uired as one document Therefore in this case the separation must occur by the bill number EMAIL The division of spoolfiles occurs according to the email address i e the spoolfile is separated with every newly occurring email address 12 6 4 Spool bundling Here you specify which criteria should match while creating spoolfile bundles Spooled File Bundleling Type selection press enter Sohedule for bundleling Fixed timg cos i i MN MM or Time interval Minutes Timeframe HH MM HH MM or Maximum pages Pages BPS Exit FA Prompt F12 Cancel 0241 Spool bundling To the file names of the PDF files were added an ongoing number to ensure that no duplicate file names exist Fixed time The bundling will be made at this specified time for example daily at 6 00 p m DirectMail AutoMail Page 235 Or Time interval The bundling will be made after expiring of the specified time interval Time window Here you can specify a time frame within the bundling should take place For example only between 8 00 a m until 6 00 p m Or Number of pages Specify the value here if the bundling should be closed after a defined number of pages 12 7 Extras Describe additional functions here 12 7 1 Functions With SCS spoolfiles AutoMail allows you to incorporate text functions EB Punction Type option and press enter insert rows Delete rows Insert columns colurms inser
316. upports elements such as form overlays allowing you to use background JPG or TIF files with the spool to create complete printed forms ORIG The email recipient works with DirectMail and can view the spoolfile in iSeries format TIFF The spoolfile is converted into a TIFF graphic and attached GUMBO The spoolfile is converted by Gumbo SPLAMATIC and attached RAW Copies the pure data stream to a PC file used for PCL and AFP PCL PCL is used for page descriptions HPT The spoolfile is converted into an HPT document and attached Page range from to PAGERANGE Allows you to select a page range for the spoolfile to be attached The values allowed are Page 256 Email APIs DirectMail Page number 0 999999 LAST Attach up to the last page number END Attach up to the last page number Green bars GREENBAR with HTML format Specify whether the lines in the HTML format should be separated by white green bars giving the effect of a print on paper stock Page table PAGETABLE With documents containing multiple pages a page table is inserted in the HTML format at the beginning of the document ensuring better navigation The following parameters are also available when attaching spoolfiles Spool A Matic format GUMBOFMT Workstation customising object WSCST Library With conversion using host print transform you can insert a workstation customising object which will be used when converting the printe
317. ve c movel txdta srcdta c write emloutf srcrec c enddo c c Programmende c move on inlr c CORR RRR RRR RRR RRR RRR KK KKK c Programmstartroutine ct c inzsr BEGSR c c Demodatei EMLOUTF in OGPL l schen erstellen c eval clcmd c CLRPFM FILE QGPL EMLOUTF G exsr runcl ic if in50 c eval clcmd c CRTSRCPF FILE QGPL EMLOUTF c RCDLEN 92 MBR FILE c exsr runcl endif c e eval clemd e OVRDBF FILE EMLOUTF c TOFILE QGPL EMLOUTF exsr runcl c C Alle Dateien ffnen c open emloutf c open dmitmhdr c open dmitmtxt c ENDSR CARRO III III III III ROO RR RAR ARA c Execute System Command c c RunCl BEGSR E CALL QCMDEXC 50 Page 184 260Fncoming Mail Assistant DirectMail c PARM ClCmd 256 E PARM 256 CmdLen 15 5 c c ENDSR QUK Kk ck kk kk ck III II kk ke Sk kk kk Sk Sk ke ke k Sk ke kk Sk Sk ck Sk Sk ke ke kk ke ke ke kk ke ke II II I I II A ko koe OPEN The function OPEN is only available in expert mode and marks an incoming email corresponding to the filter criteria as opened STOP Stops the email distribution with these functions QSECOFR Work with Assisten Functions 8 03 05 13 58 07 Defintion TESTO1 test Select option press enter 2 Change 4 Delete 8 Parameter Op Seq Function Description Function parameter Activ H 10 COPY Copy to folder QSECOFR Deleted Wo 20 FORWARD Forward to email receiver Robert Engel No 0201 Combinations
318. vie OT RR DIDS PEDE 37 FORWARD 179 AN OO 274 O 263 37 119 212 256 268 296 315 317 319 e RR LEE 36 118 212 256 262 267 270 296 314 316 318 TIN EE INBOX INDEX FEBDGBER eee RE RI EI E 216 LEGAL m E E INE Eutr ee cbe e cess tds Meroe tose tede A coe eon e eres 216 ANO EE 210 231 IMAME ee an RU UIDERI Als Ce IM QE Dp St 66 MAX we 37 PINION EE 179 wk LA TEE EE 314 316 318 Lk RR EE 45 OPEN cierta mnt a E ls E soccer 185 ORIG 119 212 256 260 261 268 296 314 316 318 ELE EE 31 ue dd 209 O A M P 315 316 318 PDE 36 119 212 256 267 296 315 316 318 DirectMail Enhancements Corrections Page 337 WON EE PREPA RETAIN SE AM AA TEE A AO HT C 207 NA E EE 31 32 ESA EE 261 ee EC EE 38 297 ESMS EE 179 EN EE 216 257 299 TSTODB ia EE iei tee nme oid ab estie aue ROO 185 TIFF 212 256 267 274 315 317 318 ETOP 40 been 52 83 95 160 167 Absence from inailbox oue ee e eet eee ete de dt ede eee ex leet eh Ege tene eerie eee tees agente nh 110 Absence message 161 Access CALA E 63 Access to third party print output EE 59 ACUM Jos
319. week the check should be carried out By doing this you can e g exclude checks at the weekend saving connection costs The values allowed are X Mark each day every place corresponds to a day from Monday to Sunday on which the mail account should be checked The system value from the DirectMail configuration will be used Only when present Here you can specify whether the account should also be checked when you are not present The values allowed are Y The account will only be checked when the user is present N The account will be checked when the user is not present The account will always be checked independent of presence absence TCP IP port for POP The default value is 110 POP time out The values allowed are 1 999 Seconds The default value is 20 seconds 5 6 2 Change email account option 2 Here you can change the settings of your mail account DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 67 Change Email Account Account ID e E Description Account for PC9 Active o ee ee ees Y Yes N No Mailserver mail toolmaker en PtP Profile MAILCFG Name NONE MAILCFG Delete messages X Y Yes N No Receive email header Bui N Y Yes N No Login User PC9 Password S Confirm password Polling interval Minutes O SYSVAL Time window 0 00 0 00 HH MM O SYSVAL MTWTFSS Days of week X mark leer SYSVAL Only if absent e A Y Yes N No
320. what happens with the processed spoolfiles The dialog can be activated with the function key F 10 as well as option Spool and Spool files DirectMail AutoMail Page 229 Define spooled file tasks Type selection press enter Original spooled file Output genge ss QDELETE Hame SAME DELETE LADEN a4 6 aa 9595 Name LIBL BE x cake om orna Y Y Yes H Ho Codepage CCSID J B JUB OWNER SYSVAL CCSID Output queue ou AHOHE Name NOWE MAILBOX Library s 6 En o e Name LIBL Hold a 2 04 6 o2 ap ow En o Y Y Yes H Ho 0238 Define spoolfile actions Original spoolfile Outqueue library Specify whether the spoolfile is deleted after being processed or copied into an output queue The values allowed are Name The name of an output queue into which the spoolfile is copied after being processed SAME The spoolfile stands in the original output queue DELETE The spoolfile is deleted after being processed Library The outqueue s library Hold If spoolfiles are copied into an output queue or remain in the original output queue you can hold them with this parameter to avoid a renewed processing The values allowed are Y Yes the spoolfile is put into the output queue with the status HLD after being processed N No the spoolfile is not held after being processed Codepage CCSID Select the codepage The values allowed are JOB The job codepage is used
321. with option 9 The compressed file can be decompressed at any time with DirectMail or with other packing programs such as WinZip PKZIP etc Work with attachments 20 02 03 15 48 33 Select option press enter l2Export 4 Delete 5 Display 7 Rename S Attributes Op Filename Filetype Size Changed at AG PL No Name IFS 497 20 02 03 11 44 N DirectMail 2 00 tif IFS 37 KB 20 02 03 11 44 N OSYSPRT PDE SPL KB 20 02 03 13 13 N SaveFile sav SAVE 12 KB 20 02 03 15 36 N SaveFile sav SAVE 93 MB 20 02 03 15 38 N LSDF13 TXT FILE 29 KB 20 02 03 15 41 N 1 Ende E3 Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create F12 Cancel F24 More keys Compressing file No Name 0112 File compression Page 128 A221Fttachments DirectMail Work with attachments 20 02 03 25 48 26 Select option press enter 3 i Export 4 Delete 5 Display 72Rename B Attributes Op Filename Filetype Size Changed at A Dn No Name cz IFS 323 20 02 03 11 44 N z DirectMail 2 00 tif IFS 37 KB 20 02 03 11 44 N 3 QSYSPRT PDF SPL 2 KB 20 02 03 13 13 N z SaveFile sav SAVE 12 KB 20 02 03 15 36 N 3 SaveFile sav SAVE 93 MB 20 02 03 15 38 N S LSDF13 TXT FILE 29 KB 20 02 03 15 41 N Ende ES Exit F5 Refresh F6 Create Fi2 Cancel F24 More keys Decompressing file No Name gz 0113 Compressed file 8 11 1 1 Decompress attachments option 10 You can decompress attached files with option 1 0 DirectMail A221Fttachments Page 129 0114
322. wo systems can use the same number for two different characters or use different numbers for the same character All computers especially servers need to support many different systems but when data is passed between different systems or platforms it always runs the risk of corruption 10 1 Unicode basics Unicode is changing all that Unicode provides a unique number for every character no matter what the platform no matter what the program and no matter what the language The Unicode Standard has been adopted by such industry leaders as Apple HP IBM JustSystem Microsoft Oracle SAP Sun Sybase Unisys and many others Unicode is a prerequisite for modern standards such as XML Java ECMAScript JavaScript LDAP CORBA 3 0 WML etc and is the official way to implement ISO IEC 10646 It is supported in many operating systems all modern browsers and many other products The emergence of the Unicode Standard and the availability of tools supporting it are among the most significant recent global software technology trends Incorporating Unicode into client server or multi tiered applications and websites offers significant cost savings over the use of legacy character sets Unicode enables a single software product or a single website to be targeted across multiple platforms languages and countries without re engineering It allows data to be transported through many different systems without corruption 10 2 Implementation
323. y EG 72 5 7 2 Change address book entry option 2 essent 74 5 7 3 Link address book entry option 2 74 5 7 4 Delete address book entry Option 4 sse 75 5 7 5 Display address book entry option Ei 75 5 7 6 Display address reference option 8 76 5 7 7 Move address book entry option 17 77 5 7 8 Certificates option 181 77 5 7 9 Copy address book from database sse 79 Incoming Mail Assistant option 1721 82 Absence option 14 iia diete c xe ede He en du edet Do de de dae dad datas 83 5 9 1 Add absence F6 od e He d de ee Hc Eti d cedent 84 5 9 2 Change absence option 2 84 5 9 3 Delete absence option 4 aisats tii a E a E nennen nnne nnn 85 Edit AutoSignature option 1 85 Password option LEET 87 Private certificates Option 1891 88 Email lte E 91 Start E mail Monitor option A 91 End Email Monitor option D 91 Work with emails option 7 oooooococccnninonocnconcnnnnnnnanocn aa nese iaaeao daai enne nite ENEE aa daa aita aane 93 Greate new email A RE 95 7 1 1 Exitemail and Bt E 98 Selectifolder option Trecet ecc ette eee e De e abe oce ae 100 Select email Option TEE 100 AER essen enne enne trennen nnn snnt ns 100 Change email option 2 101 Delete folder option AN 102 Delete email option 4 EE 102 Display email option D 103 Pim email een Re 104 Reply to email option Z A 104 Reply to all recipients option 8 nennen nennen 105 Forwar
324. y an existing definition to a new definition 4 Delete Use this option to delete an AutoMail definition 8 Description Use this option to change the definition description DirectMail AutoMail Page 187 12 2 9 DirectView This option allows you to change the conversion settings required for DirectView 10 Bundles Displays the created spoolfile bundles and allows you to display the files in a bundle 12 Reset hits Use this option to reset the number of hits per AutoMail definition to zero Function keys F11 View Filter settings for the AutoMail definition are shown in the second view F22 Queues Define the output queues to be monitored You will find more information on these functions in the chapter OutqueuesFehler Es wurde kein Textmarkenname vergeben Outqueues With AutoMail you can not only monitor output queues defined by us but also dynamically define your own output queues which are to be regularly checked for new contents to be sent RENGELE Work with AutoMail Output Queues 20 02 03 17 22 32 Bunbhbinm te cs n H Select option press enter 2 Change 3 Copy Delete 12 Reset Hits Op Queue Library next poll Hits since Activ EMAIL QUSRSYS 20 02 03 17 22 2 4 01 08 Yes PRTLEX1855 LIBL 20 02 03 17 21 H 21 12 01 Yes PRTO6 LISL 20 02 03 17 24 20 02 03 14 D 11 12 00 Yes QPRINT QGPL 20 02 03 17 22 20 21 4 28 12 01 Yes Ende F3 Exit F5 Refrezh F6 Create FI2 Cancel F17 Top FiS Bottom 0
325. y email account option 5 This option displays the data of the mail account a change of data is not F3 Exit Fl2 Cancel 0030 Display email account possible H Display Email Account Account ID CMA Description Account for CMA Active e Y Y Yes N No Mailserver mail toolmaker en PtP Profile MAILCFG Name NONE MAILCFG Delete messages Y Y Yes N No Receive email header only N Y Yes N No Login User CMA Polling interval Minutes O SYSVAL Time window 0 00 0 00 HH MM O SYSVAL MTWTFSS Days of week e X zmark leer SYSVAL Only if absent A Y Yes N No A Allways TCP IP Port for POP 110 POP timeout 20 1 999 seconds M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 69 5 6 6 Change email account password option 8 When the password with your provider changes you must apply this change in DirectMail in order to continue to poll the mails for this account This is e g necessary if the password is changed or has expired on iSeries Change password for email account Ho ID gt PCS Description Account for PC9 Login User pcs Password H Confirm password ES Exit F12 Cancel 0031 Change password for mail account Password Enter the new password here Confirmation Enter the new password again for validation 5 6 7 Check email account option 9 Use this option to check your email server user ID and password 5 6 8 Transmit emails option 10 Use this option to you transmit emails not yet
326. y here whether the letters are to be converted in the index fields The values allowed are U Upper case letters The content is converted into upper case letters L Lower case letters The content is converted into lower case letters O Original The content is copied as it is in the spool Page AutoMail 198 DirectMail As many index fields can be collected from the spool as desired Multi occurrence Here you define whether the index is searched only once or multiple times per page With this e g technical drawings of the articles can be added to order lines The values allowed are Y Yes The index is checked for multiple occurrences N No The index is overtaken at the first occurrence the search terminates 12 4 1 3 Page range for check If your prompt for the definition of the customer number position in the spool is not constant you can define alternatively to the fixed position to be searched after the prompt a page area within which the constant is searched in our example the customer no Depending on the position of the constants the customer number will be extracted correctly from the spool Change AutoMail prompt Type selection press enter Prompt text Job name Row oo 3 Colum 3 Length a Area for check Row e Bla 2 1 999 Column 3 3 1 999 gt F3 Exit F12 Cancel 0215 Prompt Spool area for checking Row Column Here you can define an
327. y reasons The values allowed for this parameter are YES F21 for the command line is activated NO F21 for the command line is deactivated SPLAMATIC installed SPLAMATIC SPLAMATIC is a product of the company Gumbo with which you can convert the spoolfiles into different formats host print transform PDF etc DirectMail contains the interface to SPLAMATIC i e you can specify here whether you have installed SPLAMATIC and enter the default values for the spool conversion We have included the SPLAMATIC software on the CD if you are interested in this please call TOOLMAKER The values allowed for this parameter are YES SPLAMATIC from Gumbo is installed NO SPLAMATIC is not installed Standard format spool distribution DFTFORMAT Using DirectMail you can send the spoolfiles as an email attachment This parameter describes which format you select as the standard format for your system Note This value can be later overwritten by the user The values allowed for this parameter are HTML HTML Sets HTML as the default file format PDF Sets Adobe PDF as the default file format EPDF Adobe s PDF file format but in the Enhanced Version of DirectView PDF This format supports elements such as form Page Accessing DirectMail 36 DirectMail overlays allowing you to use background JPG or TIF files with the spool to create complete printed forms TXT Sets ASCII text as the default file format CSV Sets semicol
328. you can also move it physically When e g the address book in which entries are filed should be deleted together with a mailbox it may be appropriate in some cases to move the addresses into another address book in order not to loose them Select folder 20 08 04 10 54 38 Select option press enter 1 Select 5 Display Folder Description Extern Externe AdreBbucher Pcs Private Addressbcok for PCS S a sales Toolmaker Salesmen System DirectMail AdreBbucher Benutzer DirectMail Benutzer bh Buchhal tung test Testliste fur Verteilung INFOS Verteilerliste fur Infomaterial Messe Verteilerliste f r Messebesucher Ende BS Exit F5 Refresh F12 Cancel F17 Top F18 Bottom 0041 Move address book entry Options 1 Select Use this option to choose the address book into which the physical address should be moved 5 Display Use this option to display or hide the structure of the selected entry Use Option 1 to select the address book into which you want to move the address 5 7 8 Certificates option 18 Within the address book certificates for a recipient can be processed imported using option 15 DirectMail M10Failboxes Menu Option 2 Page 77 RENGEL Work wath Email Certificates 20 08 04 11 00 27 Select cpticn press enter l Export 2 Change J Delete 5 Display i11 Standard Op Email address Description C valid from to B xentrenedv de Robert Engel Std N 30 06 04 31 08 04 Ende FE3 Ex
329. you to define whether the certificate is a standard certificate or an alternative certificate for the specified e mail address The values allowed are YES This is a standard certificate NO This is an alternative certificate Force encryption Specifies that e mail to the specified address is always encrypted The values allowed are Yes Emails to this address are always encrypted NO The settings for sending the email are used Delete certificate file Specify whether the certificate file cer should be deleted physically from the IFS after the import The values allowed are Yes The certificate file is deleted after the import NO The certificate file remains in the IFS 9 6 3 Work with private certificates Within the address book certificates for a recipient can be processed imported using option 15 Work with private certificates ENGLISH english Select option press enter isExport 2 Change 4sDelete 5 Display li sStandard Op Hame Description valid from to E REN robert engel Std 20 07 04 21 09 04 t Bottom F3 Exit F5 Rofresh F6 Create Fi2 Cancol F17 Top F18 Bottom 0139 Private certificates DirectMail E mail Encryption and Digital Signatures Page 147 Options 1 Export Use this option to export certificates to IFS directories 2 Change Use this option to change the description of the certificate 4 Delete Use this option to delete a certificate 5 Display Use this option to

DirectMail

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents